Skip to main content

Degree Programme in Business Administration

Qualification Awarded and the Level of Qualification

Bachelor of Business Administration, EQF 6

Contact Information

Head of Competence Area
Hanna Pihlajarinne
Head of Degree Program
Markus Jähi
Study Councellor
Minna Wilska and Eija Reunanen
Emails firstname.lastname@tuni.fi

Special Admission Requirements

General admission criteria, see TAMK’s websites.

Recognition of Prior Learning

It is possible for students to have their prior competence recognised.
See TAMK’s credit transfer guidelines

Qualification Requirements and Regulations

Completion of curriculum studies and achievement of related competence objectives.
Further information:
TAMK Degree Regulations
Ministry of Education and Culture

Profile of the Programme

The degree is a bachelor-level professional higher education degree.
The degree complies with the criteria set by the Finnish national degree system as well as with the European framework for degrees and other competence.

Key Learning Outcomes

The aim is to train a versatile, co-operative and language-skilled business expert. By doing learning, participating in projects, corporate collaborative projects and coaching team meetings, the student develops working life skills. The student's competence develops year by year, and the goal is a Bachelor's Degree in Business Administration that actively develops his or her own competence and working life, and whose professional skills are valued in working life. The main goal is good student employment. Strong basic knowledge and practical skills as well as the right attitude provide a good foundation for continuous learning at work and in life.
Annual themes are reflected in the curricula.

Occupational Profiles of Graduates with Examples

The Degree Programme in Business Administration is extensive. The degree enables employment in both the private and public sectors. A lot of business economists work in marketing, communications, sales, financial and human resources management, and international trade. After gaining work experience, Graduates from the TAMK BBA in Business Programme have the prerequisites to work in expert and managerial positions that require business skills or as an independent entrepreneur in a changing operating environment.

Access to Further Studies

The degree gives eligibility for master’s degrees.

Examination Regulations, Assessment and Grading

Assessment of study performances is based on TAMK’s assessment criteria
The detailed assessment criteria can be found in course implementation plans. The teaching and assessment methods are agreed on with students at the beginning of each course.
TAMK Degree Regulations

Graduation Requirements

Completion of studies and achievement of competence objectives in the extent set by the curriculum.

Mode of Study

Depending on the curriculum, the studies are implemented as full-time or multi-form implementations.

Development of the Programme

The Ministry of Education and Culture’ definitions of policy and TAMK’s strategy have been considered in the curriculum.

Degree Programme in Business Administration, Full-time Studies, Tampere
Code
(24LITA)
Degree Programme in Business Administration, Full-time Studies, Tampere
Code
(24LITA)

Studies for Exchange Students, Business and Administration
Code
(24KVLITA)
Degree Programme in Business Administration, Full-time Studies, Tampere
Code
(21LITA)

Studies for Exchange Students, Business and Administration
Code
(23KVLITA)
Degree Programme in Business Administration, Full-time Studies, Tampere
Code
(21LITA)

Studies for Exchange Students, Business and Administration
Code
(22KVLITA)
Degree Programme in Business Administration, Full-time Studies, Tampere
Code
(19LITA)

Degree Programme in Business Administration, Full-time Studies, Tampere
Code
(21LITA)

Studies for Exchange Students, Business and Administration
Code
(21KVLITA)
Degree Programme in Business Administration, Full-time Studies, Tampere
Code
(19LITA)

Studies for Exchange Students, Business and Administration
Code
(20KVLITA)
Degree Programme in Business Administration, Full-time Studies, Tampere
Code
(19LITA)

Studies for Exchange Students, Business and Administration
Code
(19KVLITA)
Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 24.04.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pia Lamminsivu
  • Marja-Liisa Timperi
  • Anu Kallionpää
Person in charge

Pia Lamminsivu

Groups
  • 23LIKO1

Objectives (course unit)

During the course, the students develop their own professional growth in a pragmatic and self-motivated way, utilizing the tools and principles offered by coaching. The role of coaching is to challenge and support the students’ activities, both individually and in a team. The students begin to build a professional portfolio, which is supplemented and updated through the studies.

Objectives:
After completing the course the students
- are able to identify their own starting points and to set overall goals, for both personal and professional growth
- understand their own and others' activities in the team
- know the importance of co-operation, communication skills, responsibility, commitment, lifelong learning and tolerance for change in the professional development
- are able to perceive business entities
- are able to search for information and to analyze different areas of business reflecting with their own development points and strengths
- are able to utilize online materials for job search
- know working life customs and current phenomena
- acknowledge the importance of independent accountability for their own professional development and learning.

Content (course unit)

ME AS AN INDIVIDUAL
What are my starting points for professional growth?
What are my personal strengths and development goals?
How do I work to achieve my goal?

ME AS A TEAM PLAYER
What are the key operating principles and principles for team operations?
What kind of a communicator am I in a team?
How do I contribute to achieving my team goals?

ME IN THE BUSINESS SECTOR
How is business evolving and changing?
What kinds of opportunities does it offer in the future?
What are the current business phenomena?

ME AT WORK
What kinds of future working life skills should I have?
What kind of orientation path do I choose in my studies?
How do I place and apply for a job?

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Pass (S) / Fail (0)
The student is actively involved in coaching and completes all individual and team assignments given during the whole course of the 1st academic year.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 24.04.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Katri Koli
  • Marja-Liisa Timperi
  • Taina Matis
  • Anu Kallionpää
Person in charge

Taina Matis

Groups
  • 23LIKO2

Objectives (course unit)

During the course, the students develop their own professional growth in a pragmatic and self-motivated way, utilizing the tools and principles offered by coaching. The role of coaching is to challenge and support the students’ activities, both individually and in a team. The students begin to build a professional portfolio, which is supplemented and updated through the studies.

Objectives:
After completing the course the students
- are able to identify their own starting points and to set overall goals, for both personal and professional growth
- understand their own and others' activities in the team
- know the importance of co-operation, communication skills, responsibility, commitment, lifelong learning and tolerance for change in the professional development
- are able to perceive business entities
- are able to search for information and to analyze different areas of business reflecting with their own development points and strengths
- are able to utilize online materials for job search
- know working life customs and current phenomena
- acknowledge the importance of independent accountability for their own professional development and learning.

Content (course unit)

ME AS AN INDIVIDUAL
What are my starting points for professional growth?
What are my personal strengths and development goals?
How do I work to achieve my goal?

ME AS A TEAM PLAYER
What are the key operating principles and principles for team operations?
What kind of a communicator am I in a team?
How do I contribute to achieving my team goals?

ME IN THE BUSINESS SECTOR
How is business evolving and changing?
What kinds of opportunities does it offer in the future?
What are the current business phenomena?

ME AT WORK
What kinds of future working life skills should I have?
What kind of orientation path do I choose in my studies?
How do I place and apply for a job?

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Pass (S) / Fail (0)
The student is actively involved in coaching and completes all individual and team assignments given during the whole course of the 1st academic year.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 30.04.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Marja-Liisa Timperi
  • Hanna Laasanen
  • Anu Kallionpää
Person in charge

Hanna Laasanen

Groups
  • 23LIKO3

Objectives (course unit)

During the course, the students develop their own professional growth in a pragmatic and self-motivated way, utilizing the tools and principles offered by coaching. The role of coaching is to challenge and support the students’ activities, both individually and in a team. The students begin to build a professional portfolio, which is supplemented and updated through the studies.

Objectives:
After completing the course the students
- are able to identify their own starting points and to set overall goals, for both personal and professional growth
- understand their own and others' activities in the team
- know the importance of co-operation, communication skills, responsibility, commitment, lifelong learning and tolerance for change in the professional development
- are able to perceive business entities
- are able to search for information and to analyze different areas of business reflecting with their own development points and strengths
- are able to utilize online materials for job search
- know working life customs and current phenomena
- acknowledge the importance of independent accountability for their own professional development and learning.

Content (course unit)

ME AS AN INDIVIDUAL
What are my starting points for professional growth?
What are my personal strengths and development goals?
How do I work to achieve my goal?

ME AS A TEAM PLAYER
What are the key operating principles and principles for team operations?
What kind of a communicator am I in a team?
How do I contribute to achieving my team goals?

ME IN THE BUSINESS SECTOR
How is business evolving and changing?
What kinds of opportunities does it offer in the future?
What are the current business phenomena?

ME AT WORK
What kinds of future working life skills should I have?
What kind of orientation path do I choose in my studies?
How do I place and apply for a job?

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Pass (S) / Fail (0)
The student is actively involved in coaching and completes all individual and team assignments given during the whole course of the 1st academic year.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Milja Valtonen
  • Marja-Liisa Timperi
  • Anu Kallionpää
Person in charge

Milja Valtonen

Groups
  • 23LIKO4

Objectives (course unit)

During the course, the students develop their own professional growth in a pragmatic and self-motivated way, utilizing the tools and principles offered by coaching. The role of coaching is to challenge and support the students’ activities, both individually and in a team. The students begin to build a professional portfolio, which is supplemented and updated through the studies.

Objectives:
After completing the course the students
- are able to identify their own starting points and to set overall goals, for both personal and professional growth
- understand their own and others' activities in the team
- know the importance of co-operation, communication skills, responsibility, commitment, lifelong learning and tolerance for change in the professional development
- are able to perceive business entities
- are able to search for information and to analyze different areas of business reflecting with their own development points and strengths
- are able to utilize online materials for job search
- know working life customs and current phenomena
- acknowledge the importance of independent accountability for their own professional development and learning.

Content (course unit)

ME AS AN INDIVIDUAL
What are my starting points for professional growth?
What are my personal strengths and development goals?
How do I work to achieve my goal?

ME AS A TEAM PLAYER
What are the key operating principles and principles for team operations?
What kind of a communicator am I in a team?
How do I contribute to achieving my team goals?

ME IN THE BUSINESS SECTOR
How is business evolving and changing?
What kinds of opportunities does it offer in the future?
What are the current business phenomena?

ME AT WORK
What kinds of future working life skills should I have?
What kind of orientation path do I choose in my studies?
How do I place and apply for a job?

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Pass (S) / Fail (0)
The student is actively involved in coaching and completes all individual and team assignments given during the whole course of the 1st academic year.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

06.09.2023 - 15.05.2024

Credits

3 op

RDI portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Marja-Liisa Timperi
  • Tuula Niemi
Person in charge

Tuula Niemi

Groups
  • 22LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students continue to improve their working life metaskills and professional know-how. Development discussion with the coach is included in the course.

Course Learning Outcomes:
After completing the course the students
- have improved their working life metaskills
- can utilize the variety of possibilities to study and can plan their studies according to their career plan
- know the process of applying for a job.

Content (course unit)

What kinds of career paths do business administration students have?
How to improve professional know-how and expertise?
How to develop the preparedness to apply for a job?
How to draw up a portfolio showing professional know-how?

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Approved
The student has completed the given exercises and thus they can combine the discussed subjects with professional context. They can observe and assess subjects from their own and their community’s point of view.

Fail
The student has not completed the given exercises and thus does not recognize the meaning of the discussed subjects in their studies and in searching for a job.

Assessment scale

Pass/Fail

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.05.2024

Credits

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tero Poutala
  • Marja-Liisa Timperi
Person in charge

Tero Poutala

Groups
  • 22LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students continue to improve their working life metaskills and professional know-how. Development discussion with the coach is included in the course.

Course Learning Outcomes:
After completing the course the students
- have improved their working life metaskills
- can utilize the variety of possibilities to study and can plan their studies according to their career plan
- know the process of applying for a job.

Content (course unit)

What kinds of career paths do business administration students have?
How to improve professional know-how and expertise?
How to develop the preparedness to apply for a job?
How to draw up a portfolio showing professional know-how?

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Approved
The student has completed the given exercises and thus they can combine the discussed subjects with professional context. They can observe and assess subjects from their own and their community’s point of view.

Fail
The student has not completed the given exercises and thus does not recognize the meaning of the discussed subjects in their studies and in searching for a job.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.05.2024

Credits

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Niina Syrjälä
  • Marja-Liisa Timperi
Person in charge

Niina Syrjälä

Groups
  • 22LIKOM

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students continue to improve their working life metaskills and professional know-how. Development discussion with the coach is included in the course.

Course Learning Outcomes:
After completing the course the students
- have improved their working life metaskills
- can utilize the variety of possibilities to study and can plan their studies according to their career plan
- know the process of applying for a job.

Content (course unit)

What kinds of career paths do business administration students have?
How to improve professional know-how and expertise?
How to develop the preparedness to apply for a job?
How to draw up a portfolio showing professional know-how?

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Approved
The student has completed the given exercises and thus they can combine the discussed subjects with professional context. They can observe and assess subjects from their own and their community’s point of view.

Fail
The student has not completed the given exercises and thus does not recognize the meaning of the discussed subjects in their studies and in searching for a job.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 02.05.2024

Credits

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Marja-Liisa Timperi
  • Petriina Vuorinen
Person in charge

Petriina Vuorinen

Groups
  • 22LIKOT

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students continue to improve their working life metaskills and professional know-how. Development discussion with the coach is included in the course.

Course Learning Outcomes:
After completing the course the students
- have improved their working life metaskills
- can utilize the variety of possibilities to study and can plan their studies according to their career plan
- know the process of applying for a job.

Content (course unit)

What kinds of career paths do business administration students have?
How to improve professional know-how and expertise?
How to develop the preparedness to apply for a job?
How to draw up a portfolio showing professional know-how?

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Approved
The student has completed the given exercises and thus they can combine the discussed subjects with professional context. They can observe and assess subjects from their own and their community’s point of view.

Fail
The student has not completed the given exercises and thus does not recognize the meaning of the discussed subjects in their studies and in searching for a job.

Assessment scale

Pass/Fail

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

13.09.2023 - 15.05.2024

Credits

2 op

Virtual portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

50 % Contact teaching, 50 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Marja-Liisa Timperi
  • Tuula Niemi
Person in charge

Tuula Niemi

Groups
  • 21LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the focus is on completing studies, graduating and searching for a job. Development discussion with coach is included in the course.

Course Learning Outcomes:
After completing the course the students
- reach the readiness to move into working life and are able to continuously develop their working life skills
- recognize the need for lifelong learning.

Content (course unit)

How to prepare for a job interview and how to act during the interview?
How can a portfolio be utilized in job searching?
What opportunities does a BBA have for continuing studies?
What are the alumni activities?

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Pass
The student has completed the given exercises and thus they can combine the discussed subjects in the professional context. They can observe and assess subjects from their own and their community’s point of view.

Fail
The student has not completed the given exercises and thus does not recognize the meaning of the discussed subjects in their studies and searching for a job.

Assessment scale

Pass/Fail

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 30.04.2024

Credits

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Sini Jokiniemi
  • Marja-Liisa Timperi
Person in charge

Sini Jokiniemi

Groups
  • 21LIKOM

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the focus is on completing studies, graduating and searching for a job. Development discussion with coach is included in the course.

Course Learning Outcomes:
After completing the course the students
- reach the readiness to move into working life and are able to continuously develop their working life skills
- recognize the need for lifelong learning.

Content (course unit)

How to prepare for a job interview and how to act during the interview?
How can a portfolio be utilized in job searching?
What opportunities does a BBA have for continuing studies?
What are the alumni activities?

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Pass
The student has completed the given exercises and thus they can combine the discussed subjects in the professional context. They can observe and assess subjects from their own and their community’s point of view.

Fail
The student has not completed the given exercises and thus does not recognize the meaning of the discussed subjects in their studies and searching for a job.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 17.03.2024

Credits

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Marja-Liisa Timperi
  • Matti Kolehmainen
Person in charge

Matti Kolehmainen

Groups
  • 21LIKOT

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the focus is on completing studies, graduating and searching for a job. Development discussion with coach is included in the course.

Course Learning Outcomes:
After completing the course the students
- reach the readiness to move into working life and are able to continuously develop their working life skills
- recognize the need for lifelong learning.

Content (course unit)

How to prepare for a job interview and how to act during the interview?
How can a portfolio be utilized in job searching?
What opportunities does a BBA have for continuing studies?
What are the alumni activities?

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Pass
The student has completed the given exercises and thus they can combine the discussed subjects in the professional context. They can observe and assess subjects from their own and their community’s point of view.

Fail
The student has not completed the given exercises and thus does not recognize the meaning of the discussed subjects in their studies and searching for a job.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 10.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.03.2024

Credits

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Hanna Laasanen
  • Marja-Liisa Timperi
Person in charge

Hanna Laasanen

Groups
  • 21LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the focus is on completing studies, graduating and searching for a job. Development discussion with coach is included in the course.

Course Learning Outcomes:
After completing the course the students
- reach the readiness to move into working life and are able to continuously develop their working life skills
- recognize the need for lifelong learning.

Content (course unit)

How to prepare for a job interview and how to act during the interview?
How can a portfolio be utilized in job searching?
What opportunities does a BBA have for continuing studies?
What are the alumni activities?

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Pass
The student has completed the given exercises and thus they can combine the discussed subjects in the professional context. They can observe and assess subjects from their own and their community’s point of view.

Fail
The student has not completed the given exercises and thus does not recognize the meaning of the discussed subjects in their studies and searching for a job.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

13.09.2023 - 11.10.2023

Timing

23.10.2023 - 12.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

4 op

Mode of delivery

20 % Contact teaching, 80 % Distance learning

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Sini Jokiniemi
  • Kirsi Tanner
Person in charge

Sini Jokiniemi

Groups
  • 22LIKOM

Objectives (course unit)

During this course the students will deepen their knowledge about the management and development of customer relationships and customer experience.

After completing the course the students
- are able to utilize customer understanding in creating the customer journey , as well as to create customer profiles and personas
- can design marketing communications and understand its significance in the creation of the customer experience
- identify sources of customer value and design customer-oriented services
- are able to set customer targets and design the related metrics.

Content (course unit)

How to create a customer profile, persona description, and a customer journey?
How to plan customer-oriented marketing communications?
How to develop customer processes and the value of customer relationships?
How is customer experience managed and measured?

Prerequisites (course unit)

1st year courses or equivalent knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student recognizes the tasks related to the management of the customer experience and is able to name the related areas. They know how to develop customer relationships.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to work according to instructions in situations related to customer experience management. They are able to take advantage of e.g. customer understanding in customer relationship development and customer-oriented marketing communications.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the areas of customer experience management and can apply them in practical work. They can plan customer-oriented marketing communications. The student is able to develop customer experience and is able to combine the issues of the different areas into a whole.

Location and time

First lessons at Tamk, otherwise oneline meetings.

Exam schedules

Moodle exam at the end of the course. Pre-assignments and workshops in connection with meetings. Submission and presentation of the assignment at the end of the course. Active attendance is a prerequisite for completing the course.

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Active presence in face-to-face meetings. Group works and its presentation.
Lectures, assignments, online discussions and workshops. Also participating in Sales Day Event. Flipped classroom. Independent information search.

Learning materials

Literature will be announced during first contact lessons.

Student workload

The total resource of an individual student is about 130 hours. The course lasts 7 weeks.

70 hours of teaching, independent information search and pre-assignments as individual work.
60 hours of group workshops and assignments.

Content scheduling

What is customer experience management?
How to create a customer profile, persona description, and a customer journey?
What is customer value management and how to develop customer value?
How to plan customer-oriented marketing communications?
How is customer experience managed and measured?

Completion alternatives

Possibility of accredition based on previously acquired competence or studification.

Practical training and working life cooperation

Working life examples, workshops and cases.

International connections

English-language material.

Further information

The course is use a Moodle learning environment.

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 19.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

4 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

20 % Contact teaching, 80 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Mika Jokinen
  • Kirsi Tanner
Person in charge

Mika Jokinen

Groups
  • 22ALITAV

Objectives (course unit)

During this course, you get to know marketing especially from a customer perspective and learn how to plan marketing.

The student is able to
- to think of marketing as strategic choices,
- carry out customer relationship marketing,
- draw up a marketing plan and carry out a marketing campaign,
- use research data in marketing.

Content (course unit)

What is strategic marketing planning?
What are customer profiling and customer relationship marketing?
How is a multichannel marketing campaign built and budgeted?
What requirements do channel selections cause for graphical communication?

Prerequisites (course unit)

Previous modules completed or equivalent knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The students know the basic concepts and methods related to customer relationship marketing, strategic marketing planning and graphic communications.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student masters the basic concepts and methods related to customer relationship marketing, strategic planning and graphic communications. The student is able to apply what he/she has learned to practical situations.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is familiar with the basic concepts and methods related to customer relationship marketing, strategic planning and graphical communication, knows the communication channels and is able to utilise them appropriately in marketing. The student is able to apply and analyse what he/she has learned for practical situations. The student is able to justify his/her decision comprehensively. If necessary, the student is also able to search for information and design new solutions for challenging situations.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student knows only some concepts related to customer relationship marketing, strategic marketing planning and graphic communications and does not know how to carry out a well-functioning marketing campaign.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 09.01.2024

Timing

18.01.2024 - 24.05.2024

Credits

10 op

Virtual portion

2 op

RDI portion

7 op

Mode of delivery

80 % Contact teaching, 20 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jouni Viidanoja
  • Mika Jokinen
  • Kirsi Tanner
Person in charge

Mika Jokinen

Groups
  • 22ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The student can execute customer related marketing. He/she knows the methods of marketing research and planning. The student can make small-scale marketing plans. He/she can use the graphic software applications.

Content (course unit)

Customer related marketing
Research and planning of marketing
Marketing plan
Graphic design and basic use of graphic software applications.

Prerequisites (course unit)

1. year studies and Research as a Tool or similar skills and knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Satisfactory

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Excellent

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

31.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

1 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

80 % Contact teaching, 20 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Mika Jokinen
  • Teppo Yrjönkoski
Person in charge

Teppo Yrjönkoski

Groups
  • 21ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The course will focus on B2B sales, where the focus is on finding solutions to drive the customer's business, and systems to support sales.


Students will be able to
- build solutions that improve the customer's business
- identify their own strengths in solution selling
- consider the importance of holistic customer relationship management
- manage customer relationships using appropriate tools and CRM systems.

Content (course unit)

How do I get to know and understand the customer's business?
How do I develop my skills as a solution provider?
What tools and systems do I use to manage my sales?
How can I use different CRM systems to manage customer relationships?

Prerequisites (course unit)

1. and 2. year studies or similar skills and knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student has completed the given tasks. The student knows the basic concepts of solution selling and customer relationship management. The student will be able to apply what he/she has learned at basic level. The student's ability to justify solutions is weak.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student has completed the given tasks. The student masters the basic concepts and key procedures related to solution selling and customer relationship management. The student can solve practical situations related to the subject area and justify his/her solutions.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student has completed the given tasks. The student knows the basic concepts and key procedures related to solution selling and customer relationship management. The student will be able to solve and analyse practical situations related to the subject. The student will be able to provide a comprehensive justification for his/her solutions. Where appropriate, they can also search for information and design solutions to challenging situations.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 10.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pia Lamminsivu
  • Mari Rytisalo
Person in charge

Mari Rytisalo

Groups
  • 21LIKOT
  • 22LIKOM
  • 22LIKOT
  • 22IB
  • 21LIKOM
  • 22LIKOH
  • 21LIKOJ
  • 21IB
  • 22LIKOJ
  • 21LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

During this course the students learn how to apply theories from various business disci-plines to real company problems. The students will be provided with a strong foundation of analytical tools and techniques, problem-solving methodologies and effective presentation and communication techniques. The students will then be able to apply and refine their use of these techniques through hands-on learning with several business cases.

After having completed the course, the students
- can develop and evaluate alternative feasible solutions for different international and na-tional business cases
- are able to apply theories and analytical tools from different business disciplines to real-world situations
- can make clear and justifiable recommendations to real-life business problems
- are able to present decisions to public in a professional manner
- demonstrate various leadership skills related to teamwork, innovation process manage-ment, work organization and methods, and initiative.

Content (course unit)

How to identify relevant information for different business decisions?
What are the methods in solving business cases with a structured approach?
How to give clear, convincing and engaging business presentations?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student is present the required amount of contact classes (80 %) but the contribution to the different processes of team work and presenting case solutions is not more than satisfactory.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

In solving the cases, the student is able to participate in decision-making and gives an average input in the process of defining the problem(s), gathering and analyzing relevant information, and finally developing and evaluating alternative courses of action. Based on this analytical process, the student is able to participate in creating a recommendation on what he/she thinks the best course of action is as well as providing detailed implementation and risk mitigation plans. Presentation skills are of an average level in professionalism and assertiveness. The operation in a team is varying in perspectives of being responsible, considerate, motivated and task-oriented.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

In solving the cases, the student is able to act as a decision-maker and go through the stages of defining the problem(s), gathering and analyzing relevant information, and finally developing and evaluating alternative courses of action. Based on this analytical process, the student is able to create a recommendation on what he/she thinks the best course of action is as well as providing detailed implementation and risk mitigation plans. Presentation skills are convincing and professional. The operation in a team is responsible, considerate, motivated and task-oriented.

Location and time

On main campus (Kuntokatu), see detailed schedule in intranet

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Teaching methods focus strongly on practical, hand-on learning. This will be implemented by providing business cases that students solve by applying knowledge from various areas of study and effectively present the solutions. There will also be lectures focusing on specific areas that needs to be considered in analyzing and solving business cases.

Student workload

Classroom sessions:42 hours
Class preparation (case analyses): 68 hours
Other assignments: 25 hours

Practical training and working life cooperation

The study module will be implemented in cooperation with companies that provide real business cases for student teams to solve.

International connections

The best student team will have an opportunity to represent TAMK in an international case competition given that they are willing to spend time on additional case coaching if necessary.

Further information

Criteria for enrolling to the study module:
- full-time student
- Studying Business Administration/International Business/Industrial Engineering/Management
Because of the nature of the study module, cancelling participation after the study module has started is not possible.
If selected to a team representing home institution in a business case competition, please notice that some competitions have a rule of an age limit.

Enrolment period

12.12.2023 - 28.01.2024

Timing

02.02.2024 - 30.04.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

80 % Contact teaching, 20 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Riitta Vihuri
Person in charge

Riitta Vihuri

Groups
  • 21LIKOT
  • 24KVHN1K
    International Business Exchange Student Group Spring 2024
  • 21LIKOM
  • 21LIKOJ
  • 21LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

The course covers the meaning of business responsibility and sustainability development in local and global business. The students learn the content of those concepts very widely. They learn to apply the theory of business responsibility and sustainability development to real companies. The students learn the content and meaning of circular economy.

After completing the course, the students:
- are able to describe the main contents of business responsibility, sustainable development and circular economy
- understand the meaning of those perspectives in business life
- can collect, analyze and compare the business responsibility and sustainable develop-ment of companies
- are able to apply the knowledge of business responsibility, sustainability development and circular economy to real companies business.

Content (course unit)

What is the content of business responsibility?
What is the content of sustainability development?
What is the content of circular economy?
Why are they relevant for companies?
How can companies tell these things to their stakeholders?
Co-operation project with international partners

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student has achieved the objectives of the course sufficiently. They understand and recognize the premises and principles of corporate responsibility, sustainable development and circular economy.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student has reached the objectives of the course well, although the skills and compe-tences are somewhat in need of further development. They are able to determine and apply the concepts and models of corporate responsibility, sustainable development and circular economy well and are able to conduct reasoned analysis.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student has reached the objectives of the course excellently. The student have mas-tered the concepts and models of corporate responsibility, sustainable development and cir-cular economy in an excellent manner. The student is able to conduct fluent and reasoned analysis and has good capabilities to apply their learning.

Location and time

The course begins in the beginning of February and ends in the end of April. Classes will be held on campus, face to face.. More detailed information will be shared on the course.

Exam schedules

To be notified and discussed during the classes.

Assessment methods and criteria

The grading will be based on the essay, case analysis assignment and the final project. To be able to complete the course the student also needs to participate in classes and complete the given pre-tasks as instructed.

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Team learning, project work, lectures and practical hands on exercises.

Learning materials

Literature and other additional material will be provided in class and on the Moodle page of the course.

Student workload

1 ECTS credit = ca. 26,66 hours of work. Completing the course requires that the student has successfully completed the following parts according to instructions given in class:
- Participation in classes
- Essay + Commenting
- Case analysis assignment
- Pre-tasks for classes
- Final project

Content scheduling

The classes will take place between weeks 2.2. - 12.4. The final project will be organised during during 22. - 26.4. More detailed information will be provided during classes.

Completion alternatives

If the student cannot participate on the course in the instructed way, they should always contact the teacher in order to find out if other ways of completing the course are possible.

Practical training and working life cooperation

Real life examples from real companies will be discussed during the course.

International connections

International aspects are dicussed during the course and themes are not only focused on Finland.

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 25.08.2023

Timing

24.08.2023 - 12.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Niina Syrjälä
  • Miina Kivelä
Person in charge

Miina Kivelä

Groups
  • 22ALITAV

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students learn about digital marketing and creating content to various digital platforms.

After completing the course the students
- know how to choose the right channels when planning digital marketing
- know how to plan and implement various content marketing campaigns
- are able to make the most of digital tools when implementing a sales process.

Content (course unit)

How to choose the best channels for digital marketing?
How to create engaging content?
How to succeed in digital marketing?
What are the characteristics of digital sales?
How to use analytics for segmentation?

Prerequisites (course unit)

1st year courses or equivalent knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows different digital platforms and can identify and name content types. They know what to take into consideration when planning a digital marketing campaign. The student knows the basics of digital marketing terminology.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student knows how to use the most common digital platforms and is able to create basic content to them. They can plan a modest digital marketing campaign to fixed segments and measure it. The student knows digital marketing terminology widely.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student knows how to use the most common digital platforms independently and is able to learn new ones quickly. The have mastered the art of content creation and know how to set goals and plan ahead. The student can plan, implement and measure digital marketing for fixed segments and also define new segments. They have mastered the digital marketing terminology.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student has not demonstrated his/her competence in the manner indicated by the objectives of the course.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 28.08.2023

Timing

30.08.2023 - 15.11.2023

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Mika Jokinen
  • Miina Kivelä
Person in charge

Miina Kivelä

Groups
  • 22LIKOM

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students learn about digital marketing and creating content to various digital platforms.

After completing the course the students
- know how to choose the right channels when planning digital marketing
- know how to plan and implement various content marketing campaigns
- are able to make the most of digital tools when implementing a sales process.

Content (course unit)

How to choose the best channels for digital marketing?
How to create engaging content?
How to succeed in digital marketing?
What are the characteristics of digital sales?
How to use analytics for segmentation?

Prerequisites (course unit)

1st year courses or equivalent knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows different digital platforms and can identify and name content types. They know what to take into consideration when planning a digital marketing campaign. The student knows the basics of digital marketing terminology.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student knows how to use the most common digital platforms and is able to create basic content to them. They can plan a modest digital marketing campaign to fixed segments and measure it. The student knows digital marketing terminology widely.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student knows how to use the most common digital platforms independently and is able to learn new ones quickly. The have mastered the art of content creation and know how to set goals and plan ahead. The student can plan, implement and measure digital marketing for fixed segments and also define new segments. They have mastered the digital marketing terminology.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student has not demonstrated his/her competence in the manner indicated by the objectives of the course.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.12.2023 - 07.01.2024

Timing

17.01.2024 - 08.03.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Mika Jokinen
  • Niina Syrjälä
Person in charge

Satu Kylmälä

Groups
  • 22LIKOT
  • 22LIKOH
  • 22LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students learn about digital marketing and creating content to various digital platforms.

After completing the course the students
- know how to choose the right channels when planning digital marketing
- know how to plan and implement various content marketing campaigns
- are able to make the most of digital tools when implementing a sales process.

Content (course unit)

How to choose the best channels for digital marketing?
How to create engaging content?
How to succeed in digital marketing?
What are the characteristics of digital sales?
How to use analytics for segmentation?

Prerequisites (course unit)

1st year courses or equivalent knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows different digital platforms and can identify and name content types. They know what to take into consideration when planning a digital marketing campaign. The student knows the basics of digital marketing terminology.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student knows how to use the most common digital platforms and is able to create basic content to them. They can plan a modest digital marketing campaign to fixed segments and measure it. The student knows digital marketing terminology widely.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student knows how to use the most common digital platforms independently and is able to learn new ones quickly. The have mastered the art of content creation and know how to set goals and plan ahead. The student can plan, implement and measure digital marketing for fixed segments and also define new segments. They have mastered the digital marketing terminology.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student has not demonstrated his/her competence in the manner indicated by the objectives of the course.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

06.04.2023 - 31.03.2024

Timing

03.04.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 45

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Mika Jokinen
  • Niina Syrjälä
Person in charge

Niina Syrjälä

Groups
  • 24AVODIGILIK
    Digitaalinen liiketoiminta 30 op, ryhmä 2
  • AVOINAMK

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students learn about digital marketing and creating content to various digital platforms.

After completing the course the students
- know how to choose the right channels when planning digital marketing
- know how to plan and implement various content marketing campaigns
- are able to make the most of digital tools when implementing a sales process.

Content (course unit)

How to choose the best channels for digital marketing?
How to create engaging content?
How to succeed in digital marketing?
What are the characteristics of digital sales?
How to use analytics for segmentation?

Prerequisites (course unit)

1st year courses or equivalent knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows different digital platforms and can identify and name content types. They know what to take into consideration when planning a digital marketing campaign. The student knows the basics of digital marketing terminology.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student knows how to use the most common digital platforms and is able to create basic content to them. They can plan a modest digital marketing campaign to fixed segments and measure it. The student knows digital marketing terminology widely.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student knows how to use the most common digital platforms independently and is able to learn new ones quickly. The have mastered the art of content creation and know how to set goals and plan ahead. The student can plan, implement and measure digital marketing for fixed segments and also define new segments. They have mastered the digital marketing terminology.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student has not demonstrated his/her competence in the manner indicated by the objectives of the course.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

01.08.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

31.08.2023 - 14.10.2023

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Master's Degree Programme in Entrepreneurship
  • Master's Degree Programme in Clinical Expertise and Development
  • Path Studies for Upper Secondary Students
  • Master's Degree Programme in Well-Being Technology
  • Degree Programme in Media, students who began in 2013 or earlier
  • Master's Degree Programme in International Sales and Sales Management
  • Master's Degree Programme in Media Production
  • Open University of Applied Sciences
  • Modern Executive Assistant
  • Digital Specialist Fast Track – Specialisation Education
  • Case Management in Social Services and Health Care, Specialisation Education
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
  • Specialisation Education in Digital Financial Management
  • Master's Degree Programme in Well-Being Technology
Teachers
  • Mari Stenvall
Groups
  • 23YAMK

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Student
• is able to perform the learning tasks of the course
• demonstrate that they are in control of the core content of the course
• is able to apply the lessons learned in working life situations, but there is much to improve in sharing knowledge

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Student
• performs the course as a whole fairly well
• An active learner and as an individual and in a team can demonstrate the applicability of knowledge and practices acquired from literature, lectures, and other sources to tasks analyzing and developing working life

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Student
• is able to perform all the parts of the course commendably
• she has shown interest and motivation to learn as an individual and in a team and is able to share her knowledge with others
• master the curriculum and apply the skills learned from literature, lectures, and other sources in analyzing and developing work-life skills

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 15.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 24.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Mari Stenvall
Person in charge

Mari Stenvall

Groups
  • 22ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The student knows how to start and manage e-marketing. The student can use digital media in sales process and knows the channels of it.

Content (course unit)

E-marketing
Digital media
Channels of digital media
Providing digital content

Prerequisites (course unit)

1. year studies or similar skills and knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Satisfactory

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Excellent

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 02.02.2024

Timing

26.01.2024 - 23.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Salla Nieminen
Person in charge

Pia Lamminsivu

Groups
  • 21ALITAM

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 25.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pauliina Airaksinen-Aminoff
Person in charge

Pauliina Airaksinen-Aminoff

Groups
  • 21ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The student is able to
- understand the possibilities given by the variety of people in organisations
- recognise his/her behaviour and utilise it at work

Content (course unit)

How does the variety of people manifest itself in organisations?
What challenges does the difference of people bring to managers’ work?
What is typical for my behaviour at work (Thomas analysis)?

Prerequisites (course unit)

Several years working experience.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Osallistuminen toteutussuunnitelman mukaisesti, hyväksytysti kirjoitettu analyysi omasta työyhteisöstä

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

XXX

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 23.10.2023

Credits

5 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Milja Valtonen
  • Tuula Niemi
  • Shaidul Kazi
Person in charge

Tuula Niemi

Groups
  • 21LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

The course deepens the students’ leadership skills through e.g. practical training.

After completing the course the students:
- are able to work in the situations that require practical supervisory skills
- are able to work in challenging and difficult supervisory situations
- understand the importance of competence development and the tools related to it
- understand the strength and potential of teamwork and motivation.

Content (course unit)

How to act as a supervisor in interviews, development discussions, etc.? (Practical situa-tions)
What kinds of challenging situations are there in supervisory work?
What kinds of the recommended course of actions should be learned in order to handle conflict situations?
How is it possible to make a team work efficiently?
Why is competence development important in the organization?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student recognizes the course of actions of the challenging supervisory situations and is able to name the recommended practices for the most common supervisory situations.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is familiar with the recommended practices in challenging supervisory situa-tions and is able to choose the most appropriate method from the different options and justify their choice. They are able to solve the problems and make plans for developing competence.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is reasonably able to look for different ways of working in challenging supervi-sory situations and to combine different solutions in a creative way. They understand widely the range of HR and supervisory situations and are able to evaluate the optimum perfor-mance of the teams. The student is able to work structurally and responsibly in practical su-pervisory situations and to apply management and leadership in practice.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 22.10.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Toni Lehtimäki
  • Milja Valtonen
Person in charge

Milja Valtonen

Groups
  • 22LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to familiarize students with the basics of supervisory work and to give them an idea of what supervisory work is.

After completing the course the students:
- know the most important elements of supervisory work and understand their significance
- are able to work in daily supervisory situations
- know how to design and develop the supervisory work in practice
- are able to work as part of an organization.

Content (course unit)

What is the supervisor work?
How are the orientation and recruiting work done in practice?
How to act in the most common supervisory situations?
What is the significance of the development discussions?
How is organizational competence developed?
What do the performance management and change management mean? What is quality management?
How are the organization and individual motivated?
Why is the communication an important part of supervisory work?
How do the organizational structures support the supervisory work and management / lead-ership?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the duties related to the supervisory work and is able to name the differ-ent parts of the work. They know different practices of the supervisory work.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to work according to the instructions in the situations related to the basic supervisory work. They can choose different ways of working and know how to apply the learning outcomes in HR and supervisory work in practice

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the complexity of supervisory work and is able to apply the issues they have learned about the leadership in practice. They are able to develop the supervisory work and to combine the issues of the various areas to form a coherent entity.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.11.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

13.03.2024 - 08.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Minna Wilska
Groups
  • AVOINAMK
  • 23AVOHRP
    HR- ja palkkahallinnon osaaja, syksy 2023

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to familiarize students with the basics of supervisory work and to give them an idea of what supervisory work is.

After completing the course the students:
- know the most important elements of supervisory work and understand their significance
- are able to work in daily supervisory situations
- know how to design and develop the supervisory work in practice
- are able to work as part of an organization.

Content (course unit)

What is the supervisor work?
How are the orientation and recruiting work done in practice?
How to act in the most common supervisory situations?
What is the significance of the development discussions?
How is organizational competence developed?
What do the performance management and change management mean? What is quality management?
How are the organization and individual motivated?
Why is the communication an important part of supervisory work?
How do the organizational structures support the supervisory work and management / lead-ership?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the duties related to the supervisory work and is able to name the differ-ent parts of the work. They know different practices of the supervisory work.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to work according to the instructions in the situations related to the basic supervisory work. They can choose different ways of working and know how to apply the learning outcomes in HR and supervisory work in practice

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the complexity of supervisory work and is able to apply the issues they have learned about the leadership in practice. They are able to develop the supervisory work and to combine the issues of the various areas to form a coherent entity.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

24.08.2023 - 22.10.2023

Timing

23.10.2023 - 31.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Minna Wilska
Person in charge

Minna Wilska

Groups
  • AVOINAMK
  • 23AVOLIPO

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to familiarize students with the basics of supervisory work and to give them an idea of what supervisory work is.

After completing the course the students:
- know the most important elements of supervisory work and understand their significance
- are able to work in daily supervisory situations
- know how to design and develop the supervisory work in practice
- are able to work as part of an organization.

Content (course unit)

What is the supervisor work?
How are the orientation and recruiting work done in practice?
How to act in the most common supervisory situations?
What is the significance of the development discussions?
How is organizational competence developed?
What do the performance management and change management mean? What is quality management?
How are the organization and individual motivated?
Why is the communication an important part of supervisory work?
How do the organizational structures support the supervisory work and management / lead-ership?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the duties related to the supervisory work and is able to name the differ-ent parts of the work. They know different practices of the supervisory work.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to work according to the instructions in the situations related to the basic supervisory work. They can choose different ways of working and know how to apply the learning outcomes in HR and supervisory work in practice

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the complexity of supervisory work and is able to apply the issues they have learned about the leadership in practice. They are able to develop the supervisory work and to combine the issues of the various areas to form a coherent entity.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 22.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 28.03.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Milja Valtonen
Person in charge

Milja Valtonen

Groups
  • 22LIKOM
  • 22LIKOJ
  • 22LIKOT

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to familiarize students with the basics of supervisory work and to give them an idea of what supervisory work is.

After completing the course the students:
- know the most important elements of supervisory work and understand their significance
- are able to work in daily supervisory situations
- know how to design and develop the supervisory work in practice
- are able to work as part of an organization.

Content (course unit)

What is the supervisor work?
How are the orientation and recruiting work done in practice?
How to act in the most common supervisory situations?
What is the significance of the development discussions?
How is organizational competence developed?
What do the performance management and change management mean? What is quality management?
How are the organization and individual motivated?
Why is the communication an important part of supervisory work?
How do the organizational structures support the supervisory work and management / lead-ership?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the duties related to the supervisory work and is able to name the differ-ent parts of the work. They know different practices of the supervisory work.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to work according to the instructions in the situations related to the basic supervisory work. They can choose different ways of working and know how to apply the learning outcomes in HR and supervisory work in practice

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the complexity of supervisory work and is able to apply the issues they have learned about the leadership in practice. They are able to develop the supervisory work and to combine the issues of the various areas to form a coherent entity.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

14.06.2023 - 28.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

3 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

40 % Contact teaching, 60 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jouni Ranta
Person in charge

Jouni Ranta

Groups
  • 21LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

After having completed this course the students will be familiar with the contents of property law in Finland.

The students
- understand the main concepts and principles of property law
- are able to locate and evaluate information from sources of property law
- can solve legal problems by reasoned analysis.

Content (course unit)

What are
- property rights, such as the right of ownership?
- third party protection?
- conveyance of real estate, such as real estate deal?
- real estate register?
- security and mortgage?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student has reached the course objectives sufficiently. They know the basics of key concepts, principles and rules of this area of law and are able to apply them to factual situa-tions sufficiently.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student has achieved the course objectives well, although their skills and competences are somewhat in need of further development. They know the main concepts, principles and rules of this area of law widely and are able to apply them to factual situations using rea-soned analysis.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student has conveyance the course objectives excellently. They have mastered the main concepts, principles and rules of property law and are able to apply them to complicated fac-tual situations using reasoned analysis.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

23.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

11.03.2024 - 26.04.2024

Credits

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pia Lamminsivu
Person in charge

Pia Lamminsivu

Groups
  • 21LIKOT

Objectives (course unit)

The course covers the main aspects of financial communication in English.

The students
- can review, evaluate and communicate a company's financial statements and other financial information regarding profitability, liquidity, solidity and efficiency
- understand the role of financial communication as a link between the company’s investors and its stakeholders
- providing full, timely and relevant financial information.

Content (course unit)

How can financial statements be analyzed?
What is included in financial communication?
What elements does a good financial report contain?
How should the investor and stakeholder relations be taken care of?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student is familiar with the most important concepts and gets through the given assignments on an adequate level.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is familiar with the importance of financial communication in business life and is able to produce and provide relevant information.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the role of financial communication as a link between the company’s investors and its stakeholders. They are also able to provide full, timely and relevant financial information and apply the knowledge in practical cases.

Location and time

Weeks 10-17/2024

Exam schedules

Course exam (preliminary) during week 17/2024
First retake exam in May, 2024
Second retake exam in September 2024 (exact date will be announced later)

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

- lectures
- discussions
- presentations
- homework/assignments

Learning materials

- Recommended reading will be listed in Moodle
- Some materials will be availabe in Moodle

Student workload

3 ECTS = 81 hours

Completion alternatives

---

Practical training and working life cooperation

---

International connections

---

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 22.10.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Matti Kolehmainen
Person in charge

Matti Kolehmainen

Groups
  • 22LIKOT

Objectives (course unit)

The course focuses on financing market operations, various financing and investment instruments and investment calculations.

After completing the course the students
- understand the functioning of financial markets
- understand how the valuation of financing and investment instruments
- are able to apply investment calculation methods and assess the profitability of investments.

Content (course unit)

What is the structure of Finnish financial markets and how are the markets operating?
What are the forms of financing? What are bonds? What are funds? How is the share price determined?
How to calculate the profitability of investments?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the functions of the financial markets on a basic level and knows how to name various instruments and knows the main differences. They know methods of investment calculations and are able to estimate the profitability of company’s real investments in simplified cases.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to explain the principles of the structure and operations of financial markets, and characteristics of various financing and investment instruments. They are able to evaluate the profitability of company's real investments using different methods.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the functioning of financial markets and the valuation of financing and investment instruments. They are able to apply investment calculation methods and assess the profitability of a company’s real investments. They are able to combine the subjects of the various fields into complete entities and to apply that knowledge in practical situations.

Location and time

Weeks 31/2022-41/2022

Exam schedules

Course
First retake exam on January 2022
Second retake exam in January - February 2022

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

- lectures
- assignments
- group work

Learning materials

1.Moderni rahoitus, Knüpfer Samuli ja Puttonen Vesa, Talentum, 2014 tai uudempi painos
2. Pörssisäätion guides: Osakeopas, Sijoittajan korko-opas, Sijoitusrahasto-opas, Sijoittajan vero-opas (www.porssisaatio.fi)

Student workload

5 ECTS, approximately 135h of work

Completion alternatives

----

Practical training and working life cooperation

----

Enrolment period

02.12.2023 - 07.01.2024

Timing

07.01.2024 - 04.03.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Matti Kolehmainen
Person in charge

Satu Kylmälä

Groups
  • 22LIKOM
  • 22LIKOH
  • 22LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

The course focuses on financing market operations, various financing and investment instruments and investment calculations.

After completing the course the students
- understand the functioning of financial markets
- understand how the valuation of financing and investment instruments
- are able to apply investment calculation methods and assess the profitability of investments.

Content (course unit)

What is the structure of Finnish financial markets and how are the markets operating?
What are the forms of financing? What are bonds? What are funds? How is the share price determined?
How to calculate the profitability of investments?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the functions of the financial markets on a basic level and knows how to name various instruments and knows the main differences. They know methods of investment calculations and are able to estimate the profitability of company’s real investments in simplified cases.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to explain the principles of the structure and operations of financial markets, and characteristics of various financing and investment instruments. They are able to evaluate the profitability of company's real investments using different methods.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the functioning of financial markets and the valuation of financing and investment instruments. They are able to apply investment calculation methods and assess the profitability of a company’s real investments. They are able to combine the subjects of the various fields into complete entities and to apply that knowledge in practical situations.

Location and time

Weeks 31/2022-41/2022

Exam schedules

Course
First retake exam on January 2022
Second retake exam in January - February 2022

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

- lectures
- assignments
- group work

Learning materials

1.Moderni rahoitus, Knüpfer Samuli ja Puttonen Vesa, Talentum, 2014 tai uudempi painos
2. Pörssisäätion guides: Osakeopas, Sijoittajan korko-opas, Sijoitusrahasto-opas, Sijoittajan vero-opas (www.porssisaatio.fi)

Student workload

5 ECTS, approximately 135h of work

Completion alternatives

----

Practical training and working life cooperation

----

Enrolment period

15.08.2023 - 11.10.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 24.04.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pia Lamminsivu
Person in charge

Taina Matis

Groups
  • 23LIKO1

Objectives (course unit)

The first year of Business Administration is a strong, unified competence-based and pedagogical entity.
In the Kykylaakso model being used, substance matter teaching supports learning in practice enterprises where theoretical knowledge can be put into practice in a risk-free environment.
The first year will form the basis for the upcoming years. The studies will be conducted on a student-centered basis using the tools and principles offered by coaching. The role of coaching is to support and challenge the students’ activities, both individually and in a team.

Objectives:
After completing the course the students
- know how business activities are planned and how to set up a business
- understand the core business processes
- understand the importance of marketing and sales to the profitability of a company
- know the prerequisites for profitability of the company's economic activity.

Content (course unit)

GETTING FAMILIAR WITH THE BUSINESS AND BUSINESS PLAN
What kind of information retrieval and analysis are needed when setting up a company?
Articles of incorporation
How is an enterprise founded?
Financing negotiations
What information and calculations are needed in financial negotiations?

BUSINESS
What kinds of processes and contracts are needed in the company's operational activities?
How should a business be analyzed?
How is project management utilized in the company's operations?

COMPANY ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
What is the accounting set up and how is it implemented?
What are the company's financial statements and how are they prepared?

SALES ACTIVITIES
What do successful sales require?
How to manage diverse communications and marketing communications in a variety of ways?

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
What are the components of international business and what are its success factors?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the steps of setting up a company. Execution of orders is limited, matters are presented in a declaratory way. Reports have shortcomings. The student knows and is familiar with the basic business processes, marketing and sales measures and economic activity from the perspective of the company's viability. The student participates in the group's activities and takes responsibility for their own activities.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The students has mastered the steps of setting up a business. The implementation of the mandates is thorough and comprehensive. The student understands well the basic business processes, marketing and sales measures and economic activity from the perspective of the company's viability. The student participates and takes responsibility for their own and the group's activities.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to implement the information needed to set up a business. Mandate implementations are realistic, in-depth, comprehensive and prove innovation. The development of the industry is also heavily involved in the work. The student is able to observe and analyze a broad base of business processes, marketing and sales measures and economic activity from the perspective of the company's viability. The student is proactive and acts responsibly, flexibly and constructively in the group.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

01.08.2023 - 11.10.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 24.04.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Niina Syrjälä
  • Taina Matis
Person in charge

Taina Matis

Groups
  • 23LIKO2

Objectives (course unit)

The first year of Business Administration is a strong, unified competence-based and pedagogical entity.
In the Kykylaakso model being used, substance matter teaching supports learning in practice enterprises where theoretical knowledge can be put into practice in a risk-free environment.
The first year will form the basis for the upcoming years. The studies will be conducted on a student-centered basis using the tools and principles offered by coaching. The role of coaching is to support and challenge the students’ activities, both individually and in a team.

Objectives:
After completing the course the students
- know how business activities are planned and how to set up a business
- understand the core business processes
- understand the importance of marketing and sales to the profitability of a company
- know the prerequisites for profitability of the company's economic activity.

Content (course unit)

GETTING FAMILIAR WITH THE BUSINESS AND BUSINESS PLAN
What kind of information retrieval and analysis are needed when setting up a company?
Articles of incorporation
How is an enterprise founded?
Financing negotiations
What information and calculations are needed in financial negotiations?

BUSINESS
What kinds of processes and contracts are needed in the company's operational activities?
How should a business be analyzed?
How is project management utilized in the company's operations?

COMPANY ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
What is the accounting set up and how is it implemented?
What are the company's financial statements and how are they prepared?

SALES ACTIVITIES
What do successful sales require?
How to manage diverse communications and marketing communications in a variety of ways?

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
What are the components of international business and what are its success factors?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the steps of setting up a company. Execution of orders is limited, matters are presented in a declaratory way. Reports have shortcomings. The student knows and is familiar with the basic business processes, marketing and sales measures and economic activity from the perspective of the company's viability. The student participates in the group's activities and takes responsibility for their own activities.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The students has mastered the steps of setting up a business. The implementation of the mandates is thorough and comprehensive. The student understands well the basic business processes, marketing and sales measures and economic activity from the perspective of the company's viability. The student participates and takes responsibility for their own and the group's activities.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to implement the information needed to set up a business. Mandate implementations are realistic, in-depth, comprehensive and prove innovation. The development of the industry is also heavily involved in the work. The student is able to observe and analyze a broad base of business processes, marketing and sales measures and economic activity from the perspective of the company's viability. The student is proactive and acts responsibly, flexibly and constructively in the group.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

15.08.2023 - 01.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 24.04.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Hanna Laasanen
Person in charge

Taina Matis

Groups
  • 23LIKO3

Objectives (course unit)

The first year of Business Administration is a strong, unified competence-based and pedagogical entity.
In the Kykylaakso model being used, substance matter teaching supports learning in practice enterprises where theoretical knowledge can be put into practice in a risk-free environment.
The first year will form the basis for the upcoming years. The studies will be conducted on a student-centered basis using the tools and principles offered by coaching. The role of coaching is to support and challenge the students’ activities, both individually and in a team.

Objectives:
After completing the course the students
- know how business activities are planned and how to set up a business
- understand the core business processes
- understand the importance of marketing and sales to the profitability of a company
- know the prerequisites for profitability of the company's economic activity.

Content (course unit)

GETTING FAMILIAR WITH THE BUSINESS AND BUSINESS PLAN
What kind of information retrieval and analysis are needed when setting up a company?
Articles of incorporation
How is an enterprise founded?
Financing negotiations
What information and calculations are needed in financial negotiations?

BUSINESS
What kinds of processes and contracts are needed in the company's operational activities?
How should a business be analyzed?
How is project management utilized in the company's operations?

COMPANY ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
What is the accounting set up and how is it implemented?
What are the company's financial statements and how are they prepared?

SALES ACTIVITIES
What do successful sales require?
How to manage diverse communications and marketing communications in a variety of ways?

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
What are the components of international business and what are its success factors?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the steps of setting up a company. Execution of orders is limited, matters are presented in a declaratory way. Reports have shortcomings. The student knows and is familiar with the basic business processes, marketing and sales measures and economic activity from the perspective of the company's viability. The student participates in the group's activities and takes responsibility for their own activities.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The students has mastered the steps of setting up a business. The implementation of the mandates is thorough and comprehensive. The student understands well the basic business processes, marketing and sales measures and economic activity from the perspective of the company's viability. The student participates and takes responsibility for their own and the group's activities.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to implement the information needed to set up a business. Mandate implementations are realistic, in-depth, comprehensive and prove innovation. The development of the industry is also heavily involved in the work. The student is able to observe and analyze a broad base of business processes, marketing and sales measures and economic activity from the perspective of the company's viability. The student is proactive and acts responsibly, flexibly and constructively in the group.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

15.08.2023 - 11.10.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 24.04.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Milja Valtonen
Person in charge

Taina Matis

Groups
  • 23LIKO4

Objectives (course unit)

The first year of Business Administration is a strong, unified competence-based and pedagogical entity.
In the Kykylaakso model being used, substance matter teaching supports learning in practice enterprises where theoretical knowledge can be put into practice in a risk-free environment.
The first year will form the basis for the upcoming years. The studies will be conducted on a student-centered basis using the tools and principles offered by coaching. The role of coaching is to support and challenge the students’ activities, both individually and in a team.

Objectives:
After completing the course the students
- know how business activities are planned and how to set up a business
- understand the core business processes
- understand the importance of marketing and sales to the profitability of a company
- know the prerequisites for profitability of the company's economic activity.

Content (course unit)

GETTING FAMILIAR WITH THE BUSINESS AND BUSINESS PLAN
What kind of information retrieval and analysis are needed when setting up a company?
Articles of incorporation
How is an enterprise founded?
Financing negotiations
What information and calculations are needed in financial negotiations?

BUSINESS
What kinds of processes and contracts are needed in the company's operational activities?
How should a business be analyzed?
How is project management utilized in the company's operations?

COMPANY ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
What is the accounting set up and how is it implemented?
What are the company's financial statements and how are they prepared?

SALES ACTIVITIES
What do successful sales require?
How to manage diverse communications and marketing communications in a variety of ways?

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
What are the components of international business and what are its success factors?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the steps of setting up a company. Execution of orders is limited, matters are presented in a declaratory way. Reports have shortcomings. The student knows and is familiar with the basic business processes, marketing and sales measures and economic activity from the perspective of the company's viability. The student participates in the group's activities and takes responsibility for their own activities.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The students has mastered the steps of setting up a business. The implementation of the mandates is thorough and comprehensive. The student understands well the basic business processes, marketing and sales measures and economic activity from the perspective of the company's viability. The student participates and takes responsibility for their own and the group's activities.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to implement the information needed to set up a business. Mandate implementations are realistic, in-depth, comprehensive and prove innovation. The development of the industry is also heavily involved in the work. The student is able to observe and analyze a broad base of business processes, marketing and sales measures and economic activity from the perspective of the company's viability. The student is proactive and acts responsibly, flexibly and constructively in the group.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

01.06.2023 - 27.08.2023

Timing

31.08.2023 - 18.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

1 op

RDI portion

4 op

Mode of delivery

80 % Contact teaching, 20 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Mika Jokinen
  • Sini Jokiniemi
Person in charge

Mika Jokinen

Groups
  • 21ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

Includes sales project.

Content (course unit)

How to design, carry out and measure a sales project?

Prerequisites (course unit)

1. and 2. year studies or similar skills and knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Satisfactory

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Excellent

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.12.2023 - 19.01.2024

Timing

19.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Minna Wilska
  • Hanna Laasanen
Person in charge

Minna Wilska

Groups
  • 24ALITAMAAJ
    Liiketalouden tutkinto-ohjelma 2024, Monimuoto, Juridiikka

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to familiarise students with the basics of HR and pre-employment work and the regulation of employment relations. The course will give the student an overview of what is involved in HR and chaperone work and what are the main responsibilities of the employer and the employee.

Students:
- Can deal with the most important situations in HR and chaperone work and understand their importance in the company's operations
- Can work as part of an organisation.
- knows how the main terms and conditions of employment are determined
- understands the basic obligations of the employer-employee relationship and the possible consequences of a breach of these obligations.

Content (course unit)

What is HR and pre-personal work?
How is induction and recruitment done in practice?
How are organisational competences developed, including through career development interviews?
What do performance and change management mean?
Why is communication an important part of chaperone work?
What are the key norms of the employment relationship?
What are the key rights and obligations of the employer and the employee and what are the consequences of breaching them?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student will identify the most important situations in HR and pre-personal work and understand the importance of communication in these jobs. The student will be able to perform the main tasks related to HR and chaperone work. Understand the basic concepts and responsibilities of the employment relationship.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Students will understand the role of HR and pre-employment work in the company as a whole and will be able to work as part of the organisation. He/she will be able to implement appropriate communication in these tasks. The student knows the basic concepts, key regulations and obligations related to the employment relationship. He/she will be able to solve practical issues related to the subject area and work constructively in a team.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands different situations of HR and supervisory work. They are able to plan work tasks and find solutions to different work situations. The student is able to apply a wide range of communication in HR and supervisory work. The student masters the basic concepts related to the employment relationship and the importance of regulations in determining the terms of employment and the obligations of the parties. He/she is able to make reasoning suggestions for solutions to practical questions. The student is motivated and commits to the work of the team in different situations.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

4 op

RDI portion

3 op

Mode of delivery

20 % Contact teaching, 80 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jouni Ranta
Person in charge

Jouni Ranta

Groups
  • 21LIKOJ
  • 22LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to develop basic skills in the application of public administration and administrative procedure regulations.

Student
- identify and present the main features of the legislation on administrative procedure, public access to public authorities, the system of administrative legal protection and control of legality
- apply administrative law standards in practice and justify their decisions
- take account of ethics, responsibility and professional cooperation in their work.

Content (course unit)

Functions and structure of public administration.
The legal relationship between the public authority and the client.
The right to good administration.
Administrative procedure.
Publicity of public authority activities.
The system of legal protection for the administration.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Students will identify the main principles and general doctrines of administrative law and apply what they have learned in practical situations. Students will identify administrative law problems, obtain information from different sources and solve administrative law issues. The student will describe the importance of taking into account ethics and responsibility in his/her work. He/she will participate in group work and reporting.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student identifies and understands the main principles and general doctrines of administrative law and is able to evaluate them critically. The student will be able to structure an administrative case into relevant sub-issues, argue for their resolution in the light of key legal rules and present a reasoned decision. Students will act ethically and responsibly in their work. The student is an active member of a team and reports well on his/her work.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student will critically analyse and evaluate key principles and general doctrines of administrative law. The student will identify problems in administrative law, obtain and analyse information from different sources and solve administrative law problems analytically, critically and comprehensively. The student will promote ethics and accountability at both individual and group level. Students will be highly motivated and committed to taking responsibility for their own and group performance and reporting.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Credits

10 op

RDI portion

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Mika Jokinen
Person in charge

Mika Jokinen

Groups
  • 23ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The practical training familiarizes the students in a supervised manner with the practical work assignments of the field, as well as with the application of knowledge and skills in working life.

After having completed the course the students
- can apply learned theory and skills in working life
- have learned the rules of working life
- have practical work experience in the field
- are able to plan their career based on the practical training experience
- can create their networks and contacts to working life
- can collect ideas for the Bachelor’s thesis.

Content (course unit)

What are the work tasks of BBAs?
How to act as a member of work communities?
What are my 'development areas' as regards working life skills?

Further information (course unit)

The student can complete a 10-credit internship under supervision or receive credit for a previously completed internship or prior relevant knowledge from the field of business administration.

Supervised internships are typically full-time and require 270 hours of commitment. Before starting the internship, the student must have the internship placement approved by their supervisor. A written agreement is drafted for the internship. During the internship period, the student is required to keep weekly notes as well as an initial and final report. The internship includes a learning task, the content of which is agreed upon with the supervisor.

In addition to the above-mentioned ways of completing the internship, adult students who work in relevant job roles during their studies can fulfill the internship requirement by writing a self-assessment report.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Approved:
The student has worked in the work assignments approved by the supervisor in accordance with the agreed number of hours, submitted the required documents to the supervisor and completed the feedback discussion about the training with the supervisor.
Fail:
One or more of the criteria for the practical training (see above) are missing.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.07.2024

Credits

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Miina Kivelä
Person in charge

Miina Kivelä

Groups
  • 23ALITAMAA
    Liiketalouden tutkinto-ohjelma 2023, Monimuoto, maakunta, verkkototeutus

Objectives (course unit)

The practical training familiarizes the students in a supervised manner with the practical work assignments of the field, as well as with the application of knowledge and skills in working life.

After having completed the course the students
- can apply learned theory and skills in working life
- have learned the rules of working life
- have practical work experience in the field
- are able to plan their career based on the practical training experience
- can create their networks and contacts to working life
- can collect ideas for the Bachelor’s thesis.

Content (course unit)

What are the work tasks of BBAs?
How to act as a member of work communities?
What are my 'development areas' as regards working life skills?

Further information (course unit)

The student can complete a 10-credit internship under supervision or receive credit for a previously completed internship or prior relevant knowledge from the field of business administration.

Supervised internships are typically full-time and require 270 hours of commitment. Before starting the internship, the student must have the internship placement approved by their supervisor. A written agreement is drafted for the internship. During the internship period, the student is required to keep weekly notes as well as an initial and final report. The internship includes a learning task, the content of which is agreed upon with the supervisor.

In addition to the above-mentioned ways of completing the internship, adult students who work in relevant job roles during their studies can fulfill the internship requirement by writing a self-assessment report.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Approved:
The student has worked in the work assignments approved by the supervisor in accordance with the agreed number of hours, submitted the required documents to the supervisor and completed the feedback discussion about the training with the supervisor.
Fail:
One or more of the criteria for the practical training (see above) are missing.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.12.2024

Credits

20 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Juha Ikonen
Person in charge

Juha Ikonen

Groups
  • 21ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The practical training familiarizes the students in a supervised manner with the practical work assignments of the field, as well as with the application of knowledge and skills in working life.

After having completed the course the students
- can apply learned theory and skills in a working life developing project
- have learned the rules of working life
- have practical work experience in the field
- are able to plan their career based on the practical training experience
- can create their networks and contacts to working life
- can collect ideas for the Bachelor’s thesis.

Content (course unit)

What does supervised practical training mean?
What are the work tasks of BBAs?
How to act as a member of work communities?
What are my 'development areas' as regards working life skills?

Further information (course unit)

The student can complete a 20-credit internship (2 internships) under supervision or receive credit for previously completed internships or prior relevant knowledge from the field of business administration related to the duties of a Bachelor of Business Administration.

Supervised internships are typically full-time and require a commitment of 540 hours. Before starting the internship, the student must participate in an internship orientation and have the internship placement approved by their supervisor. A written agreement is drafted for the internship. During the internship period, the student is required to keep weekly notes as well as an initial and final report. The internship includes a learning task, the content of which is agreed upon with the supervisor.

In addition to the above-mentioned ways of completing the internship, adult students who work in relevant job roles during their studies can fulfill the internship requirement by writing a self-assessment report towards the end of their studies.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Accepted:
The student has worked in his/her field and has applied and deepened his/her knowledge in this field. The student has worked in a job approved by the supervisor for the contracted number of hours, has submitted the required documentation to the supervisor and has had a feedback discussion with the supervisor.
Rejected:
The student has not worked the agreed number of hours in the field of work or has not submitted the required documentation or has not had a feedback discussion with the supervisor.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

01.09.2023 - 01.10.2025

Timing

01.09.2023 - 31.12.2025

Credits

20 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pietro Albanese
Person in charge

Pietro Albanese

Groups
  • 22ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The practical training familiarizes the students in a supervised manner with the practical work assignments of the field, as well as with the application of knowledge and skills in working life.

After having completed the course the students
- can apply learned theory and skills in a working life developing project
- have learned the rules of working life
- have practical work experience in the field
- are able to plan their career based on the practical training experience
- can create their networks and contacts to working life
- can collect ideas for the Bachelor’s thesis.

Content (course unit)

What does supervised practical training mean?
What are the work tasks of BBAs?
How to act as a member of work communities?
What are my 'development areas' as regards working life skills?

Further information (course unit)

The student can complete a 20-credit internship (2 internships) under supervision or receive credit for previously completed internships or prior relevant knowledge from the field of business administration related to the duties of a Bachelor of Business Administration.

Supervised internships are typically full-time and require a commitment of 540 hours. Before starting the internship, the student must participate in an internship orientation and have the internship placement approved by their supervisor. A written agreement is drafted for the internship. During the internship period, the student is required to keep weekly notes as well as an initial and final report. The internship includes a learning task, the content of which is agreed upon with the supervisor.

In addition to the above-mentioned ways of completing the internship, adult students who work in relevant job roles during their studies can fulfill the internship requirement by writing a self-assessment report towards the end of their studies.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Accepted:
The student has worked in his/her field and has applied and deepened his/her knowledge in this field. The student has worked in a job approved by the supervisor for the contracted number of hours, has submitted the required documentation to the supervisor and has had a feedback discussion with the supervisor.
Rejected:
The student has not worked the agreed number of hours in the field of work or has not submitted the required documentation or has not had a feedback discussion with the supervisor.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 12.01.2024

Timing

19.01.2024 - 03.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Minna Wilska
Person in charge

Minna Wilska

Groups
  • 22ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The students understand the importance of staff management and well-being at work for the organisation.

The students
- know the different areas of staff management
- understand the impact of a manager’s work for the well-being at work

Content (course unit)

What areas are there in staff management?
What kinds of systems organisations have created to support well-being at work?
How is well-being at work promoted in practice?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Satisfactory

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Excellent

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 28.04.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tero Poutala
Person in charge

Satu Kylmälä

Groups
  • 22LIKOM
  • 22LIKOT
  • 22LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

After completing the course the students know the basics of income taxation, inheritance tax and transfer tax.

The students
- understand the main concepts and principles of personal taxation
- are able to locate and evaluate information about taxation
- are able to analyze and solve related legal problems.

Content (course unit)

What are
- the basic provisions of earned income tax and capital income tax?
- the basic provisions of inheritance and gift tax?
- transfer tax?
- real estate tax?
- the basics of taxation procedure?
- legal remedies available for taxpayers?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student has reached the course objectives sufficiently. They know the basics of key concepts, principles and rules of this area of law and are able to apply them to factual situa-tions sufficiently.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student has reached the course objectives well, although their skills and competences are somewhat in need of further development. They know the main concepts, principles and rules of this area of law widely and are able to apply them to factual situations using rea-soned analysis.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student has reached the course objectives excellently. They have mastered the main concepts, principles and rules of personal taxation and are able to apply them to complicat-ed factual situations using reasoned analysis.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Arja Reinvall
Person in charge

Arja Reinvall

Groups
  • 21ALITAM

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2023 - 24.09.2023

Timing

05.10.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

3 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

40 % Contact teaching, 60 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Juha Ikonen
  • Markus Jähi
Person in charge

Markus Jähi

Groups
  • 23ALITAMAA
    Liiketalouden tutkinto-ohjelma 2023, Monimuoto, maakunta, verkkototeutus

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pietro Albanese
  • Vesa Vuorinen
  • Tero Poutala
Person in charge

Vesa Vuorinen

Groups
  • 23ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The student knows the innovation methods and can develop his/her ideas to innovations.
He/she knows the legislation of innovations.

Content (course unit)

Brainstorming methods
Developing an idea to an innovation
Tools needed in innovation process
Legislation concerning innovation

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student has participated in the team innovation event and completed the assigned tasks. The student knows the basic concepts related to innovation and related legislation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student has participated in the team innovation event and completed the assigned tasks. The student has a good command of the basic concepts and key procedures related to innovation and related legislation. The student will be able to solve practical problems related to the subject area and justify his/her solutions. The student will be able to apply what he/she has learned to practical situations.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student has participated in the team innovation event and completed the assigned tasks. The student knows the basic concepts and key procedures related to innovation and related legislation. The student understands the innovation process as a whole. The student will be able to solve and analyse practical problems related to the subject. The student will be able to justify his/her solutions in a comprehensive manner. The student will be able to apply his/her innovation skills in a broad range of areas.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.12.2023 - 07.02.2024

Timing

16.02.2024 - 17.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 45

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Juha Ikonen
  • Markus Jähi
Person in charge

Markus Jähi

Groups
  • 24ALITAMAAJ
    Liiketalouden tutkinto-ohjelma 2024, Monimuoto, Juridiikka

Objectives (course unit)

The student knows the innovation methods and can develop his/her ideas to innovations.
He/she knows the legislation of innovations.

Content (course unit)

Brainstorming methods
Developing an idea to an innovation
Tools needed in innovation process
Legislation concerning innovation

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student has participated in the team innovation event and completed the assigned tasks. The student knows the basic concepts related to innovation and related legislation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student has participated in the team innovation event and completed the assigned tasks. The student has a good command of the basic concepts and key procedures related to innovation and related legislation. The student will be able to solve practical problems related to the subject area and justify his/her solutions. The student will be able to apply what he/she has learned to practical situations.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student has participated in the team innovation event and completed the assigned tasks. The student knows the basic concepts and key procedures related to innovation and related legislation. The student understands the innovation process as a whole. The student will be able to solve and analyse practical problems related to the subject. The student will be able to justify his/her solutions in a comprehensive manner. The student will be able to apply his/her innovation skills in a broad range of areas.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 22.10.2023

Credits

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pietro Albanese
  • Mari Rytisalo
Person in charge

Mari Rytisalo

Groups
  • 22LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to introduce the student to the various dimensions of communication between cultures. The course will show different ways to comprehend cultures according to their deep structures and diverse communication patterns. Issues that create misunderstandings in intercultural interaction will be considered. Through these theoretical and practical observations, another objective of the course will be achieved: development of intercultural skills and competence in diverse multicultural contexts in general and specifically in the field of business.

Learning outcomes of the course unit
After completing the course students will
- be able to understand from more analytical perspective the different ways to comprehend cultures according to their deep structures and diverse communication patterns.
- be aware of the issues that create misunderstandings in intercultural interaction.
- be able to modify own communication style in a culturally sensitive manner.

Content (course unit)

What are the key concepts influencing intercultural communication?
What is the significance of intercultural communication skills in working life and business life?
What are cultural values and what is their impact in intercultural communication?
What are the benefits of diversity management?
What are the potential problems and ethical themes that need to be considered?
What is intercultural competence and how to be interculturally competent?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student recognizes the main elements that influence intercultural communication in general, but despite of this, their own communication style cannot be described as culturally sensitive. The student recognizes the existing challenges in intercultural work communities.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student works fluently in an adaptable manner with culturally diverse people. They know the cultural characteristics and acknowledge them in their own communication, aiming to common understanding. The student recognizes the elements and significance of intercultural communication in business communication.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student modifies their communication style according to the existing context and takes cultural features into consideration. They know the methods and codes of communication that are appropriate in transferring correct meanings. The student recognizes characteristics of different communication cultures and acts according to them. They observe and recognize cultural similarities and is competent in utilizing this knowledge in their own communication both in general and in the field of business.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

13.09.2023 - 11.10.2023

Timing

23.10.2023 - 31.12.2023

Credits

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pietro Albanese
  • Mari Rytisalo
Person in charge

Pietro Albanese

Groups
  • 22LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to introduce the student to the various dimensions of communication between cultures. The course will show different ways to comprehend cultures according to their deep structures and diverse communication patterns. Issues that create misunderstandings in intercultural interaction will be considered. Through these theoretical and practical observations, another objective of the course will be achieved: development of intercultural skills and competence in diverse multicultural contexts in general and specifically in the field of business.

Learning outcomes of the course unit
After completing the course students will
- be able to understand from more analytical perspective the different ways to comprehend cultures according to their deep structures and diverse communication patterns.
- be aware of the issues that create misunderstandings in intercultural interaction.
- be able to modify own communication style in a culturally sensitive manner.

Content (course unit)

What are the key concepts influencing intercultural communication?
What is the significance of intercultural communication skills in working life and business life?
What are cultural values and what is their impact in intercultural communication?
What are the benefits of diversity management?
What are the potential problems and ethical themes that need to be considered?
What is intercultural competence and how to be interculturally competent?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student recognizes the main elements that influence intercultural communication in general, but despite of this, their own communication style cannot be described as culturally sensitive. The student recognizes the existing challenges in intercultural work communities.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student works fluently in an adaptable manner with culturally diverse people. They know the cultural characteristics and acknowledge them in their own communication, aiming to common understanding. The student recognizes the elements and significance of intercultural communication in business communication.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student modifies their communication style according to the existing context and takes cultural features into consideration. They know the methods and codes of communication that are appropriate in transferring correct meanings. The student recognizes characteristics of different communication cultures and acts according to them. They observe and recognize cultural similarities and is competent in utilizing this knowledge in their own communication both in general and in the field of business.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 22.10.2023

Credits

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pietro Albanese
  • Mari Rytisalo
Person in charge

Mari Rytisalo

Groups
  • 22LIKOM

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to introduce the student to the various dimensions of communication between cultures. The course will show different ways to comprehend cultures according to their deep structures and diverse communication patterns. Issues that create misunderstandings in intercultural interaction will be considered. Through these theoretical and practical observations, another objective of the course will be achieved: development of intercultural skills and competence in diverse multicultural contexts in general and specifically in the field of business.

Learning outcomes of the course unit
After completing the course students will
- be able to understand from more analytical perspective the different ways to comprehend cultures according to their deep structures and diverse communication patterns.
- be aware of the issues that create misunderstandings in intercultural interaction.
- be able to modify own communication style in a culturally sensitive manner.

Content (course unit)

What are the key concepts influencing intercultural communication?
What is the significance of intercultural communication skills in working life and business life?
What are cultural values and what is their impact in intercultural communication?
What are the benefits of diversity management?
What are the potential problems and ethical themes that need to be considered?
What is intercultural competence and how to be interculturally competent?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student recognizes the main elements that influence intercultural communication in general, but despite of this, their own communication style cannot be described as culturally sensitive. The student recognizes the existing challenges in intercultural work communities.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student works fluently in an adaptable manner with culturally diverse people. They know the cultural characteristics and acknowledge them in their own communication, aiming to common understanding. The student recognizes the elements and significance of intercultural communication in business communication.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student modifies their communication style according to the existing context and takes cultural features into consideration. They know the methods and codes of communication that are appropriate in transferring correct meanings. The student recognizes characteristics of different communication cultures and acts according to them. They observe and recognize cultural similarities and is competent in utilizing this knowledge in their own communication both in general and in the field of business.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

13.09.2023 - 11.10.2023

Timing

23.10.2023 - 31.12.2023

Credits

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pietro Albanese
  • Mari Rytisalo
Person in charge

Pietro Albanese

Groups
  • 22LIKOT

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to introduce the student to the various dimensions of communication between cultures. The course will show different ways to comprehend cultures according to their deep structures and diverse communication patterns. Issues that create misunderstandings in intercultural interaction will be considered. Through these theoretical and practical observations, another objective of the course will be achieved: development of intercultural skills and competence in diverse multicultural contexts in general and specifically in the field of business.

Learning outcomes of the course unit
After completing the course students will
- be able to understand from more analytical perspective the different ways to comprehend cultures according to their deep structures and diverse communication patterns.
- be aware of the issues that create misunderstandings in intercultural interaction.
- be able to modify own communication style in a culturally sensitive manner.

Content (course unit)

What are the key concepts influencing intercultural communication?
What is the significance of intercultural communication skills in working life and business life?
What are cultural values and what is their impact in intercultural communication?
What are the benefits of diversity management?
What are the potential problems and ethical themes that need to be considered?
What is intercultural competence and how to be interculturally competent?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student recognizes the main elements that influence intercultural communication in general, but despite of this, their own communication style cannot be described as culturally sensitive. The student recognizes the existing challenges in intercultural work communities.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student works fluently in an adaptable manner with culturally diverse people. They know the cultural characteristics and acknowledge them in their own communication, aiming to common understanding. The student recognizes the elements and significance of intercultural communication in business communication.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student modifies their communication style according to the existing context and takes cultural features into consideration. They know the methods and codes of communication that are appropriate in transferring correct meanings. The student recognizes characteristics of different communication cultures and acts according to them. They observe and recognize cultural similarities and is competent in utilizing this knowledge in their own communication both in general and in the field of business.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 14.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 17.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

3 op

Mode of delivery

40 % Contact teaching, 60 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

15 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jouni Viidanoja
  • Kirsi Tanner
Person in charge

Kirsi Tanner

Groups
  • 21LIKOM

Objectives (course unit)

This course is implemented in co-operation with TAMK’s international partner universities. The students work on a branding project in teams consisting of members from several universities, using virtual communication tools: social media, video meetings and cloud services. In the project the students will learn how to analyze and develop a brand in an international context, but quite as importantly, how to handle cultural differences in an international project.

After completing the course the students
- are able to describe and apply a theoretical framework for developing a brand
- are able to analyze and evaluate strengths and development areas of a brand
- are able work in an international project using virtual communication tools.

Content (course unit)

How do international companies manage their brand development?
Which aspects in consumer behaviour are crucial in the brand marketing?
How to cope with cultural differences affecting project work in an international context?
How to use modern virtual communication tools in an international project?

Prerequisites (course unit)

2nd year courses or equivalent knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student has achieved the objectives of the course sufficiently. They understand the premises and principles of branding. Student recognizes, is able to determine and use the concepts and models of branding. The student’s skills working in the international team need to be further developed.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student has achieved the objectives of the course well although the skills and competences are somewhat in need of further development. They are able to identify and apply the concepts and models of branding well and to conduct reasoned analysis. The student knows how to behave in the international team.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student has achieved the objectives of the course excellently. They have mastered the concepts and models of branding in an excellent manner. The student is able to conduct fluent and reasoned analysis and has good capabilities to apply learning in practice. They are a valuable member of the international team.

Location and time

January-April 2023.

Three hours per week are scheduled: lectures, workshops and Moodle exam, and partly for group work. A more detailed schedule will be given at the first appointment.

Exam schedules

The course has several smaller individual tasks and Moodle exam (in period 4) as well as group work assignments, which are presented in several different stages. Return and presentation of the brand strategy at the end of the course. More detailed schedule for the first time.

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Team work: brand (video) analysis + short (desktop) research, ideation and design assignments; workshops + making a video, mentoring sessions, reporting and presentations in a webinar.

Individual work: independent information search, preparation for a teacher's meeting with the given materials, Moodle exam, self- and peer evaluation.

Learning materials

Materials in Moodle.
J. N. Kapferer: The new strategic brand management.

Additional literature:
Floor, K. 2006. Branding a Store. Amsterdam: BIS Publishers
Finne S., Sivonen H. 2009. The Retail Value Chain
Jansen. M.2006. Brand Prototyping
Usunier, J. 2000. Marketing across cultures
Edwards, H., Day, D.2005. Creating Passion Brands: How to build emotional brand connection with customers.
Aaker D. Building strong brands

Student workload

Scheduled class room hours ca. 39, other time resource individual work 24 hours and team work 67 hours.

Team work 3 cr (70%)
- brand analysis, research, ideation and design assignments (also report and presentation, self and peer review)
- workshops and preparation for them
- mentoring meetings

Brand video 1 cr

Individual work 2 cr (30%)
- independent information search
- preparation for a teacher's meeting with the given materials
- Moode exam

Content scheduling

- Course introduction, team formation; basic branding concepts
- Branding; and brand analysis and audit; brand identity and equity
- Branding models and frameworks; brand strategy; position, personality, commmunication; brand elements
- Creating strong and differiated brand, brand architecture
- Designing international brand strategy

Completion alternatives

The course's brand (video) analysis, research and design and workshop assignments can also be prepared for a self-acquired assignment or studification at your own workplace.

Practical training and working life cooperation

A work-based assignments.

International connections

English-language international material and international students.

Further information

Materials are in English.

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 08.09.2023

Timing

12.09.2023 - 30.11.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

15 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Mika Jokinen
  • Sini Jokiniemi
Person in charge

Sini Jokiniemi

Groups
  • 21LIKOM

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students learn different kinds of go to market –decisions and -actions. They improve their sales negotiation skills and learn new techniques needed in an international business environment. The students understand how different cultural aspects affect international sales and marketing.

After completing the course the students
- are able to define the most common market entry modes
- are able to use market intelligence in order to create an international marketing strategy
- are able to understand the cultural differences in international sales and marketing
- know how to sell and negotiate in an international context
- are able to communicate in a demanding international business environment.

Content (course unit)

What are the key marketing strategy decisions in international market entry?
How to implement international account management?
What are the professional B2B sales skills and techniques needed in an international business environment?

Prerequisites (course unit)

2nd year courses or equivalent knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student has achieved the learning outcomes of the course sufficiently. They understand the principles of international marketing and sales. The student recognizes, is able to determine, and use the concepts and models.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student has achieved the learning outcomes of the course well, although the skills and competences are somewhat in need of further development. They are able to determine and apply the concepts of the subject matter well and to apply them in simple tasks.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student has achieved the learning outcomes of the course excellently. They have mastered the concepts of the subject matter in an excellent manner. The student is able to conduct fluent and reasoned analysis and has good capabilities to apply what they have learnt.

Location and time

Location: Kauppi Campus, Tampere University of Applied Sciences,:
12.09.2023 09.00 - 11.00 B5-31
19.09.2023 09.00 - 11.00 B5-31
26.09.2023 09.00 - 11.00 B5-31
03.10.2023 09.00 - 11.00 B5-31
10.10.2023 09.00 - 11.00 B5-31
24.10.2023 09.00 - 11.00 B5-31
21.11.2023 09.00 - 11.00 B5-31
28.11.2023 13.00 - 16.00 B5-31

Schedule: during the first and second periods

Exam schedules

Moodle exam
Case Study report & presentation

Assessment methods and criteria

Case study (teamwork), including peer evaluation 60%
Individual Moodle Exam 40%

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Lectures, exercises and discussions (teachers and guests)
Individual search of information
Teamwork, team-based learning

Learning materials

Lecture materials and literature will be later available in Moodle.

Student workload

5 credits (5x27 hours of work)

Completion alternatives

Recognition of learning based on competence:
Students of Tampere University of Applied Sciences (TAMK) may propose recognition of learning based on their prior competence by using HyväHot Application in Pakki. Send the HyväHot application at least two weeks prior to the first lesson and choose the course's responsible teacher as the one handling the application. In the reply, the responsible teacher will inform a way to show your competence together with other additional information.

Recognition of learning based on studies/courses:
Students of Tampere University of Applied Sciences (TAMK) may propose to replace the course with a suitable course they have completed elsewhere before by using HyväHot Application in Pakki. Send the HyväHot application at least two weeks prior to the first lesson and choose the course's responsible teacher as the one handling the application.

Practical training and working life cooperation

Cases and assignments.

International connections

International cases and assignments.

Enrolment period

02.06.2023 - 31.07.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.09.2023

Credits

1 op

Virtual portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tuula Niemi
Groups
  • AVOINAMK
  • 23AVOHRP
    HR- ja palkkahallinnon osaaja, syksy 2023

Assessment scale

Pass/Fail

Enrolment period

13.09.2023 - 11.10.2023

Timing

24.10.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

RDI portion

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Minna Wilska
  • Tuula Niemi
Person in charge

Tuula Niemi

Groups
  • 21LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

The course deepens the students’ know-how in e.g. the area of supervisor-related indicators and systems.

After completing the course the students:
- understand and are able to interpret research data related to supervisory work
- understand the importance of measurement in leadership
- are able to interpret and understand the benefits and significance of the new systems
- are able to take advantage of the latest management tools in their own work communities.

Content (course unit)

How to find topical research data on leadership and how to apply it in one’s own work?
What are the current indicators for supervisory work?
How do information systems help management?
How do leadership systems help management: Lean, standards, etc.?
How do the artificial intelligence, robotics, trends, and social media affect leadership?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the importance of measurement in supervisory work, different leadership tools and is able to name the most commonly used management systems.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is familiar with the most common leadership indicators and is able to compare their suitability in different situations. They can choose management tools and systems that are suitable for their work environment from the options provided.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to find extensively research data on leadership and measurement and to apply the information they find in practice. The student knows widely modern systems of leadership and is able to use the latest tools in their own work community.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.11.2023 - 15.01.2024

Timing

27.03.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

RDI portion

3 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Minna Wilska
  • Tuula Niemi
Groups
  • AVOINAMK
  • 23AVOHRP
    HR- ja palkkahallinnon osaaja, syksy 2023

Objectives (course unit)

The course deepens the students’ know-how in e.g. the area of supervisor-related indicators and systems.

After completing the course the students:
- understand and are able to interpret research data related to supervisory work
- understand the importance of measurement in leadership
- are able to interpret and understand the benefits and significance of the new systems
- are able to take advantage of the latest management tools in their own work communities.

Content (course unit)

How to find topical research data on leadership and how to apply it in one’s own work?
What are the current indicators for supervisory work?
How do information systems help management?
How do leadership systems help management: Lean, standards, etc.?
How do the artificial intelligence, robotics, trends, and social media affect leadership?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the importance of measurement in supervisory work, different leadership tools and is able to name the most commonly used management systems.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is familiar with the most common leadership indicators and is able to compare their suitability in different situations. They can choose management tools and systems that are suitable for their work environment from the options provided.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to find extensively research data on leadership and measurement and to apply the information they find in practice. The student knows widely modern systems of leadership and is able to use the latest tools in their own work community.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 15.01.2024

Timing

26.01.2024 - 25.04.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

2 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

60 % Contact teaching, 40 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Milja Valtonen
  • Tuula Niemi
Person in charge

Tuula Niemi

Groups
  • 21ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

n the course the students will focus on current and future issues concerning leadership through the seminars they organize themselves.

After completing the course the students
- are able to identify and recognize the current and future trends in leadership.

Content (course unit)

What are the current issues of leadership today, e.g. ethics, rotational economics?
How do those phenomena affect supervisory work?
What future trends are predicted for leadership?
What is the leadership in the future?
What is the meaning futurology in leadership, weak signals, etc.?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student is able to identify basic leadership trends. They understand the importance of leader-ship development.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to identify different leadership trends. They understand the importance of leadership development, know how to consciously look for different ways of working, and are open to new ideas and trends.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to identify a wide range of leadership trends and to evaluate and combine them into their own professional context. They understand the importance of leadership development, know how to consciously look for different ways of working, and are open to new ideas and trends.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student is not sufficiently familiar with current trends in leadership and cannot name current issues of leadership.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 10.01.2024

Timing

16.01.2024 - 25.02.2024

Credits

5 op

RDI portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Milja Valtonen
  • Tuula Niemi
Person in charge

Milja Valtonen

Groups
  • 21LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

n the course the students will focus on current and future issues concerning leadership through the seminars they organize themselves.

After completing the course the students
- are able to identify and recognize the current and future trends in leadership.

Content (course unit)

What are the current issues of leadership today, e.g. ethics, rotational economics?
How do those phenomena affect supervisory work?
What future trends are predicted for leadership?
What is the leadership in the future?
What is the meaning futurology in leadership, weak signals, etc.?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student is able to identify basic leadership trends. They understand the importance of leader-ship development.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to identify different leadership trends. They understand the importance of leadership development, know how to consciously look for different ways of working, and are open to new ideas and trends.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to identify a wide range of leadership trends and to evaluate and combine them into their own professional context. They understand the importance of leadership development, know how to consciously look for different ways of working, and are open to new ideas and trends.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student is not sufficiently familiar with current trends in leadership and cannot name current issues of leadership.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

03.07.2023 - 31.08.2023

Timing

21.09.2023 - 08.11.2023

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 1000

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jouni Ranta
  • Tero Poutala
Person in charge

Jouni Ranta

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to develop basic skills in legal reasoning and the application of legal regulation.

Student
- identify and present the main features of public and private law regulation - identify and obtain legal information from different legal sources
- apply legal rules in practice and justify their decisions
- taking ethics and responsibility into account in their work

Content (course unit)

Legal order, branches of law, public law, private law, legal reasoning, legal sources, seeking legal information, legal decision.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Students will identify the main principles and general doctrines of private and public law and apply what they have learned in practical situations. Students will identify problems in civil and public law, seek information from different legal sources and solve legal problems. The student will describe the importance of taking ethics and responsibility into account in his/her work.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student will identify and understand the main principles and general doctrines of private and public law and be able to evaluate them critically. The student will be able to structure a civil and public law case into relevant sub-issues, argue for their resolution in the light of key legal rules in the field of law and present a reasoned solution. Students will act ethically and responsibly in their work.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student will critically analyse and evaluate key principles and general doctrines of private and public law. The student will identify legal problems, acquire and analyse information from different legal sources and solve legal problems analytically, critically and comprehensively. Students will promote ethics and responsibility at both individual and group level.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2023 - 17.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tero Poutala
Person in charge

Tero Poutala

Groups
  • 23ALITAMAA
    Liiketalouden tutkinto-ohjelma 2023, Monimuoto, maakunta, verkkototeutus

Objectives (course unit)

After completing the course, the student has the ability to identify and take into account the legal starting points related to the business.

Student
- knows legal entities and the key rules and principles concerning the conclusion, binding, invalidity and breach of contract of the contract
- understands the legal aspects and challenges associated with key business contract types and consumer contracts
- know the reasons for debt relationships and debt recovery processes. is able to apply the thematic provisions to practice and make reasoned proposals for solutions in practical situations.

Content (course unit)

- the grounds for contract law, including the conditions for the conclusion of the contract and the contractuality of the contract
- key business contracts and their terms, including contract models and standard contracts and terms of delivery
- specificities of consumer contracts;
- key principles for debt ratios and debt recovery processes

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The students know the basic concepts and regulations of the topics of the course and are able to apply them satisfactorily to practice.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is familiar with and is able to define the basic concepts of the topics of the course. The students are familiar with the key provisions of the topic and have the basic capacity to apply them to practice.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is familiar with and is able to define comprehensively the basic concepts of the topics of the course. The student is familiar with the key provisions of the topic and is able to analyse and apply the regulations to practice as well. If necessary, the student is able to search for information and present justifications for practical problems. The student is able to justify his/her decision comprehensively.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student has not demonstrated his/her competence in the manner indicated by the objectives of the course.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 23.02.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

60 % Contact teaching, 40 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Hanna Laasanen
  • Petriina Vuorinen
  • Taina Huhtinen
Person in charge

Petriina Vuorinen

Groups
  • 23LIKO1

Objectives (course unit)

During the course content the students familiarize themselves with labor law and payroll management. Another focus of the course is the profitability of business. The students deepen their understanding of financial transactions and get to use a transactions software.

JURISPRUDENCE AND PAYROLL CALCULATION 2 cr
After completing the course students
- know how the terms of employment contract are determined
- know the main rights and obligations of the employer and employee and the possible consequences for violating the obligations
- know how to terminate an employment relationship and what are the valid reasons for termination.
- can calculate the normal salary for employees and the deductions made before income taxation
- understand how the fringe benefits are taken into account when calculating salaries and how travel expenses are compensated
- are able to calculate overtime earnings based on the Working Hours Act and holiday pays based on the Annual Holidays Act.

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION 2 cr
After completing the course the students
- are able to calculate profit margins
- are able to prepare a small business profit budget, a cash flow budget and a balance sheet budget.

ACCOUNTING 1 cr
After completing the course the students
- have mastered basic financial transactions
- know the key regulations concerning value added taxes
- are able to use the basic functions of bookkeeping software.

Content (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE AND PAYROLL ACCOUNTING
How do the law, collective labor agreement and contract of employment determine the terms of employment?
What are the main rights and obligations of the employer and employee and the possible consequences for violating the obligations?
How to terminate an employment relationship and what are the valid reasons for termination?
What kinds of payroll systems can be used?
How are salaries calculated?
What kinds of compensations can employees have, in addition to the normal salary?

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
How to make use of profit margins in a profitability assessment?
How to create a budget for a small business?

ACCOUNTING
How does VAT affect international goods trade?
How to make use of bookkeeping software when making entries?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE AND PAYROLL ACCOUNTING
The student knows the basic concepts of employment. They know the main rights and obligations of the employer and employee and the possible consequences for violating the obligations. The student has the basic skills to apply the provisions in practice but they are not able to justify the solutions.

The student is able to calculate the normal salary for employees in the most common situations and is familiar with the most common fringe benefits and compensation of travel expenses. The student knows the basics of overtime earnings and holiday pays.

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student knows how to use overheads calculation to assess the profitability of a business. They knows the basic concepts related to budgeting. The student is able to prepare an earnings budget for a small business.

ACCOUNTING
The student knows the impact of VAT on the international goods trade. They are able to complete bookkeeping accounting.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE AND PAYROLL ACCOUNTING
The student has mastered well the basic concepts and provisions of employment. They know the main rights and obligations of the employer and employee and possible consequences for violating the obligations. The student is able to apply the provisions in practice and justify the solutions.

The student is able to calculate the normal salary for employees and is familiar with fringe benefits and compensation of travel expenses. They know how overtime earnings and holiday pays are determined.

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student manages the margin calculation in the company’s profitability assessment. They have mastered the basic concepts related to budgeting and are able to compile earnings and cash flow budgets for a small business.

ACCOUNTING
The student is familiar with the value added tax related to international trade in goods. They have mastered the use of the accounting software for making entries.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE AND PAYROLL ACCOUNTING
The student knows well the basic concepts and provisions of employment. They also know well the main rights and obligations of the employer and employee and possible consequences for violating the obligations. The student is able to analyze related legal problems and justify their solution comprehensively.

The student knows how to calculate salaries for employees and is able to apply the knowledge in different practical payroll accounting situations. They know where to seek for further information and are also able to look for new solutions or operations models.

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student is able to apply the calculation of the profit margin in the company’s profitability assessment and to draw conclusions from it. They understand budgeting as a whole. The student is able to prepare a small business result, cash flow and balance sheet budget.

ACCOUNTING
The student has mastered how the value added tax is related to international trade in goods.
They are able to efficiently utilize accounting software for making entries.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 23.02.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

60 % Contact teaching, 40 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Hanna Laasanen
  • Petriina Vuorinen
  • Taina Huhtinen
Person in charge

Petriina Vuorinen

Groups
  • 23LIKO2

Objectives (course unit)

During the course content the students familiarize themselves with labor law and payroll management. Another focus of the course is the profitability of business. The students deepen their understanding of financial transactions and get to use a transactions software.

JURISPRUDENCE AND PAYROLL CALCULATION 2 cr
After completing the course students
- know how the terms of employment contract are determined
- know the main rights and obligations of the employer and employee and the possible consequences for violating the obligations
- know how to terminate an employment relationship and what are the valid reasons for termination.
- can calculate the normal salary for employees and the deductions made before income taxation
- understand how the fringe benefits are taken into account when calculating salaries and how travel expenses are compensated
- are able to calculate overtime earnings based on the Working Hours Act and holiday pays based on the Annual Holidays Act.

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION 2 cr
After completing the course the students
- are able to calculate profit margins
- are able to prepare a small business profit budget, a cash flow budget and a balance sheet budget.

ACCOUNTING 1 cr
After completing the course the students
- have mastered basic financial transactions
- know the key regulations concerning value added taxes
- are able to use the basic functions of bookkeeping software.

Content (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE AND PAYROLL ACCOUNTING
How do the law, collective labor agreement and contract of employment determine the terms of employment?
What are the main rights and obligations of the employer and employee and the possible consequences for violating the obligations?
How to terminate an employment relationship and what are the valid reasons for termination?
What kinds of payroll systems can be used?
How are salaries calculated?
What kinds of compensations can employees have, in addition to the normal salary?

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
How to make use of profit margins in a profitability assessment?
How to create a budget for a small business?

ACCOUNTING
How does VAT affect international goods trade?
How to make use of bookkeeping software when making entries?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE AND PAYROLL ACCOUNTING
The student knows the basic concepts of employment. They know the main rights and obligations of the employer and employee and the possible consequences for violating the obligations. The student has the basic skills to apply the provisions in practice but they are not able to justify the solutions.

The student is able to calculate the normal salary for employees in the most common situations and is familiar with the most common fringe benefits and compensation of travel expenses. The student knows the basics of overtime earnings and holiday pays.

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student knows how to use overheads calculation to assess the profitability of a business. They knows the basic concepts related to budgeting. The student is able to prepare an earnings budget for a small business.

ACCOUNTING
The student knows the impact of VAT on the international goods trade. They are able to complete bookkeeping accounting.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE AND PAYROLL ACCOUNTING
The student has mastered well the basic concepts and provisions of employment. They know the main rights and obligations of the employer and employee and possible consequences for violating the obligations. The student is able to apply the provisions in practice and justify the solutions.

The student is able to calculate the normal salary for employees and is familiar with fringe benefits and compensation of travel expenses. They know how overtime earnings and holiday pays are determined.

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student manages the margin calculation in the company’s profitability assessment. They have mastered the basic concepts related to budgeting and are able to compile earnings and cash flow budgets for a small business.

ACCOUNTING
The student is familiar with the value added tax related to international trade in goods. They have mastered the use of the accounting software for making entries.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE AND PAYROLL ACCOUNTING
The student knows well the basic concepts and provisions of employment. They also know well the main rights and obligations of the employer and employee and possible consequences for violating the obligations. The student is able to analyze related legal problems and justify their solution comprehensively.

The student knows how to calculate salaries for employees and is able to apply the knowledge in different practical payroll accounting situations. They know where to seek for further information and are also able to look for new solutions or operations models.

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student is able to apply the calculation of the profit margin in the company’s profitability assessment and to draw conclusions from it. They understand budgeting as a whole. The student is able to prepare a small business result, cash flow and balance sheet budget.

ACCOUNTING
The student has mastered how the value added tax is related to international trade in goods.
They are able to efficiently utilize accounting software for making entries.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 23.02.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

60 % Contact teaching, 40 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Hanna Laasanen
  • Petriina Vuorinen
  • Taina Huhtinen
Person in charge

Petriina Vuorinen

Groups
  • 23LIKO3

Objectives (course unit)

During the course content the students familiarize themselves with labor law and payroll management. Another focus of the course is the profitability of business. The students deepen their understanding of financial transactions and get to use a transactions software.

JURISPRUDENCE AND PAYROLL CALCULATION 2 cr
After completing the course students
- know how the terms of employment contract are determined
- know the main rights and obligations of the employer and employee and the possible consequences for violating the obligations
- know how to terminate an employment relationship and what are the valid reasons for termination.
- can calculate the normal salary for employees and the deductions made before income taxation
- understand how the fringe benefits are taken into account when calculating salaries and how travel expenses are compensated
- are able to calculate overtime earnings based on the Working Hours Act and holiday pays based on the Annual Holidays Act.

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION 2 cr
After completing the course the students
- are able to calculate profit margins
- are able to prepare a small business profit budget, a cash flow budget and a balance sheet budget.

ACCOUNTING 1 cr
After completing the course the students
- have mastered basic financial transactions
- know the key regulations concerning value added taxes
- are able to use the basic functions of bookkeeping software.

Content (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE AND PAYROLL ACCOUNTING
How do the law, collective labor agreement and contract of employment determine the terms of employment?
What are the main rights and obligations of the employer and employee and the possible consequences for violating the obligations?
How to terminate an employment relationship and what are the valid reasons for termination?
What kinds of payroll systems can be used?
How are salaries calculated?
What kinds of compensations can employees have, in addition to the normal salary?

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
How to make use of profit margins in a profitability assessment?
How to create a budget for a small business?

ACCOUNTING
How does VAT affect international goods trade?
How to make use of bookkeeping software when making entries?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE AND PAYROLL ACCOUNTING
The student knows the basic concepts of employment. They know the main rights and obligations of the employer and employee and the possible consequences for violating the obligations. The student has the basic skills to apply the provisions in practice but they are not able to justify the solutions.

The student is able to calculate the normal salary for employees in the most common situations and is familiar with the most common fringe benefits and compensation of travel expenses. The student knows the basics of overtime earnings and holiday pays.

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student knows how to use overheads calculation to assess the profitability of a business. They knows the basic concepts related to budgeting. The student is able to prepare an earnings budget for a small business.

ACCOUNTING
The student knows the impact of VAT on the international goods trade. They are able to complete bookkeeping accounting.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE AND PAYROLL ACCOUNTING
The student has mastered well the basic concepts and provisions of employment. They know the main rights and obligations of the employer and employee and possible consequences for violating the obligations. The student is able to apply the provisions in practice and justify the solutions.

The student is able to calculate the normal salary for employees and is familiar with fringe benefits and compensation of travel expenses. They know how overtime earnings and holiday pays are determined.

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student manages the margin calculation in the company’s profitability assessment. They have mastered the basic concepts related to budgeting and are able to compile earnings and cash flow budgets for a small business.

ACCOUNTING
The student is familiar with the value added tax related to international trade in goods. They have mastered the use of the accounting software for making entries.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE AND PAYROLL ACCOUNTING
The student knows well the basic concepts and provisions of employment. They also know well the main rights and obligations of the employer and employee and possible consequences for violating the obligations. The student is able to analyze related legal problems and justify their solution comprehensively.

The student knows how to calculate salaries for employees and is able to apply the knowledge in different practical payroll accounting situations. They know where to seek for further information and are also able to look for new solutions or operations models.

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student is able to apply the calculation of the profit margin in the company’s profitability assessment and to draw conclusions from it. They understand budgeting as a whole. The student is able to prepare a small business result, cash flow and balance sheet budget.

ACCOUNTING
The student has mastered how the value added tax is related to international trade in goods.
They are able to efficiently utilize accounting software for making entries.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 23.02.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

60 % Contact teaching, 40 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Hanna Laasanen
  • Petriina Vuorinen
  • Taina Huhtinen
Person in charge

Petriina Vuorinen

Groups
  • 23LIKO4

Objectives (course unit)

During the course content the students familiarize themselves with labor law and payroll management. Another focus of the course is the profitability of business. The students deepen their understanding of financial transactions and get to use a transactions software.

JURISPRUDENCE AND PAYROLL CALCULATION 2 cr
After completing the course students
- know how the terms of employment contract are determined
- know the main rights and obligations of the employer and employee and the possible consequences for violating the obligations
- know how to terminate an employment relationship and what are the valid reasons for termination.
- can calculate the normal salary for employees and the deductions made before income taxation
- understand how the fringe benefits are taken into account when calculating salaries and how travel expenses are compensated
- are able to calculate overtime earnings based on the Working Hours Act and holiday pays based on the Annual Holidays Act.

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION 2 cr
After completing the course the students
- are able to calculate profit margins
- are able to prepare a small business profit budget, a cash flow budget and a balance sheet budget.

ACCOUNTING 1 cr
After completing the course the students
- have mastered basic financial transactions
- know the key regulations concerning value added taxes
- are able to use the basic functions of bookkeeping software.

Content (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE AND PAYROLL ACCOUNTING
How do the law, collective labor agreement and contract of employment determine the terms of employment?
What are the main rights and obligations of the employer and employee and the possible consequences for violating the obligations?
How to terminate an employment relationship and what are the valid reasons for termination?
What kinds of payroll systems can be used?
How are salaries calculated?
What kinds of compensations can employees have, in addition to the normal salary?

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
How to make use of profit margins in a profitability assessment?
How to create a budget for a small business?

ACCOUNTING
How does VAT affect international goods trade?
How to make use of bookkeeping software when making entries?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE AND PAYROLL ACCOUNTING
The student knows the basic concepts of employment. They know the main rights and obligations of the employer and employee and the possible consequences for violating the obligations. The student has the basic skills to apply the provisions in practice but they are not able to justify the solutions.

The student is able to calculate the normal salary for employees in the most common situations and is familiar with the most common fringe benefits and compensation of travel expenses. The student knows the basics of overtime earnings and holiday pays.

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student knows how to use overheads calculation to assess the profitability of a business. They knows the basic concepts related to budgeting. The student is able to prepare an earnings budget for a small business.

ACCOUNTING
The student knows the impact of VAT on the international goods trade. They are able to complete bookkeeping accounting.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE AND PAYROLL ACCOUNTING
The student has mastered well the basic concepts and provisions of employment. They know the main rights and obligations of the employer and employee and possible consequences for violating the obligations. The student is able to apply the provisions in practice and justify the solutions.

The student is able to calculate the normal salary for employees and is familiar with fringe benefits and compensation of travel expenses. They know how overtime earnings and holiday pays are determined.

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student manages the margin calculation in the company’s profitability assessment. They have mastered the basic concepts related to budgeting and are able to compile earnings and cash flow budgets for a small business.

ACCOUNTING
The student is familiar with the value added tax related to international trade in goods. They have mastered the use of the accounting software for making entries.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE AND PAYROLL ACCOUNTING
The student knows well the basic concepts and provisions of employment. They also know well the main rights and obligations of the employer and employee and possible consequences for violating the obligations. The student is able to analyze related legal problems and justify their solution comprehensively.

The student knows how to calculate salaries for employees and is able to apply the knowledge in different practical payroll accounting situations. They know where to seek for further information and are also able to look for new solutions or operations models.

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student is able to apply the calculation of the profit margin in the company’s profitability assessment and to draw conclusions from it. They understand budgeting as a whole. The student is able to prepare a small business result, cash flow and balance sheet budget.

ACCOUNTING
The student has mastered how the value added tax is related to international trade in goods.
They are able to efficiently utilize accounting software for making entries.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 25.02.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 45

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Kati Kouhia-Kuusisto
Person in charge

Kati Kouhia-Kuusisto

Groups
  • 22LIKOT

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students learn how to analyze and improve the profitability as a whole and through its various components.

After completing the course the students
- can analyze and assess the profitability and its components on a company -, product -, customer – and project level.
- understand various levels and components impacting the profitability
- understand how the costs and prices are determined
- can use Excel to form cost and profitability calculations.

Content (course unit)

What fields and components form the profitability of an organization?
How to assess the product and customer profitability
What kind of pricing methods can be applied?
How to form and utilize various cost calculation methods in pricing and assessing the profitability?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows factors influencing profitability and is able to perform familiar profitability calculations. They know various pricing methods and are able to compare them.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to find out various components influencing profitability and is able to suggest actions to improve profitability. They can form, assess and compare different profitability calculations by using instructions. The student knows various pricing methods and is able to compare them.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands which factors impact profitability and is able to apply the learned methods in practice. They are able to analyze organization's profitability on various levels and utilize the acquired information to suggest justified profitability improvement actions.

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

e-learning

Assessment criteria - fail (0) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student is not familiar with factors influencing profitability even at basic level nor is able to utilize the profitability calculations in practice. He or she knows some pricing methods but is not able to compare those or choose a relevant method.

Assessment criteria - satisfactory (1-2) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student knows factors influencing profitability and is able to perform familiar profitability calculations. He or she knows various pricing methods and is able to compare them.

Assessment criteria - good (3-4) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student is able to find out various components influencing profitability and is able to suggest actions to improve profitability. He or she can form, assess and compare different profitability calculations by using instructions. He or she knows various pricing methods and is able to compare them.

Assessment criteria - excellent (5) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student understands which factors impact profitability and is able to apply the learned methods in practice. He or she is able to analyze organization's profitability in various levels and utilize acquired information to suggest justified profitability improvement actions.

Enrolment period

11.10.2023 - 09.12.2023

Timing

11.12.2023 - 18.02.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 45

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Teppo Yrjönkoski
  • Tero Poutala
Person in charge

Teppo Yrjönkoski

Groups
  • AVOINAMK
  • 23AVODIGILIK
    Digitaalinen liiketoiminta, 30 op, kevät 2023

Objectives (course unit)

After completing the course, the student is able to plan the following aspects of the internationalisation of the online store:

Student
- is able to define appropriate target groups for the online store;
- is able to identify differences in the definition of target groups in the consumer and business activities.
- is able to choose online payment systems in a customer-oriented manner, taking into account the provisions of the tax code of different countries, the accounting regulations for financial transaction costs and the compatibility of payment systems with ERP systems.
- understands the importance of language versions in the internationalisation of e-commerce and is able to choose the right language versions according to the growth strategy and market of the online store
- understands the basics of e-commerce logistics in the internationalisation of e-commerce and knows how to build appropriate distribution networks
- understands the differences in sales of physical products and services in the online business in an international operating environment and understands the importance of the service network in internationalisation;
- understands the importance of platform options in internationalisation and is able to assess the impact of different options on the growth of the online business from both an operational and an economic point of view.
- recognizes the cost impacts of logistics on the company's profitability and is able to compare different options from the customer's point of view and knows different options in payment systems.
- identify opportunities for building download and upgrade services.
- knows different distribution channel options. and also various other service offerings in the online store.

Content (course unit)

How do language versions affect internationalisation?
How are platform solutions, logistics solutions and payment systems selected in an international e-commerce store?
How does internationalisation take into account physical product and intangible service?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The students know the basic concepts related to the internationalisation of e-commerce.

He is able to apply what he has learned to practice at a basic level. There are shortcomings in the student's ability to justify the decisions they have made.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The students know the basic concepts and key procedures related to the internationalisation of e-commerce. They know how to design an international online store. The student is able to solve practical problems related to the topic and justify his/her decision.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The students are able to know the basic concepts and key procedures related to the internationalisation of e-commerce. The student is able to design and implement an international online business as a whole. He is able to solve and analyse practical problems related to the topic. The student is able to justify his/her decision comprehensively. If necessary, they can also search for information and plan solutions for challenging situations.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student has not demonstrated his/her competence in the manner indicated by the objectives of the course.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

09.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Juha Ikonen
  • Markus Jähi
  • Pauliina Airaksinen-Aminoff
Person in charge

Pauliina Airaksinen-Aminoff

Groups
  • 21ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The student understand the special characteristics of the international sales work and working in an international company.

Content (course unit)

Strategies for internationalization
Cultural differencies and the sales work

Prerequisites (course unit)

1. and 2.. year studies or similar skills and knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Satisfactory

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Excellent

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 15.02.2024

Timing

22.02.2024 - 05.04.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Juha Ikonen
Person in charge

Juha Ikonen

Groups
  • 21ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The student knows the methods of the international trade in practice and can carry out export and import.

Content (course unit)

Documents in international trade
Exchange rate mechanism
International payment methods
Value added tax in international trade
Incoterms
Customs clearance

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Satisfactory

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Excellent

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Arja Reinvall
Person in charge

Arja Reinvall

Groups
  • 23ALITAMAA
    Liiketalouden tutkinto-ohjelma 2023, Monimuoto, maakunta, verkkototeutus

Objectives (course unit)

During the course, you can familiarise yourself with the accounting from the perspective of a small company.
Student
- is familiar with the basic concepts of accounting and the different types of transactions
- is able to make regular ent ent ent.
is able to use accounting software to implement accounting
- is able to draw up a simple financial statement;
- is part of the ordinary a accruals (inventories and depreciation of non-current assets)
- knows the basics of value added tax and knows how to record VAT in the accounts

Content (course unit)

Basic accounting concepts
Groups of bricks and posting rules
A accrual of acquisition cost
Sales tax in general ledger
Financial statements and financial statements (profit and loss account and balance sheet)

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The students are familiar with the basics of accounting, the use of accounting software and the basics of VALUE ADDED TAX. He performs on the preparation of financial statements such as the one learned in advance.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The students know the basics of accounting, the use of accounting software and the basics of VALUE ADDED TAX. They are able to make the financial statements according to the instructions.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The students understand the basics of accounting, the use of accounting software and the basics of VALUE ADDED TAX. They are able to prepare financial statements and are able to assess the impact of different transactions on financial statements.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student is not familiar with the basics of accounting, including VAT, the use of accounting software or the basics of VAT. He/she is unable to prepare financial statements taking into account accrual entries.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Arja Reinvall
Person in charge

Arja Reinvall

Groups
  • 23ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The student familiarizes him/herself with bookkeeping and financial statements (income statement and balance sheet).

Content (course unit)

Bookkeeping
Producing and analysing financial statements

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Satisfactory

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Excellent

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Minna Wilska
  • Jarmo Tuominiemi
Person in charge

Minna Wilska

Groups
  • 22ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The student knows the different sections of supply chain. He/she knows the basics of lean and enterprise resource planning systems.

Content (course unit)

Supply chain
Lean
Enterprise resource planning systems

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Satisfactory

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Excellent

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

13.09.2023 - 11.10.2023

Timing

23.10.2023 - 31.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Arja Reinvall
Person in charge

Arja Reinvall

Groups
  • 21LIKOT

Objectives (course unit)

The course deepens the students’ skills in financial accounting and familiarizes them with IFRS and consolidated financial statements.

After completing the course the students
- know the content of the Finnish accounting act and decree and can apply the sound accounting procedure
- are able to formulate and report separate and consolidate financial statements according to the Finnish accounting act
- know the key principles of IFRS
- have mastered the key principles of the Finnish Limited Liability Companies Act concerning limited companies.

Content (course unit)

What does sound accounting procedure mean?
How are the Finnish accounting act and decree interpreted in practice?
How are consolidated financial statements formulated?
How are financial statements reported to interest groups?
How is IFRS different from FAS?
What does the law require from limited companies?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the most important concepts of Finnish accounting act and decree and can apply the sound accounting procedure. They can somewhat use this knowledge in bookkeeping and closing the books. The student knows the principles of consolidated financial statements and IFRS but is not able to apply this knowledge in practical situations.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student knows the Finnish accounting act and decree and can apply the sound accounting procedure. They can put this knowledge into practice in bookkeeping and closing the books. The student knows the principles of consolidated financial statements and IFRS and is also able to somewhat apply this knowledge in different situations.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student has mastered the Finnish accounting act and decree and can apply the sound accounting procedure. They are able to put this knowledge into practice in bookkeeping and closing the books. The students knows the principles of consolidated financial statements and IFRS and is also able to combine information from different sources into a complete entity.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 31.12.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.12.2024

Credits

1 - 10

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Milja Valtonen
  • Vesa Vuorinen
Person in charge

Vesa Vuorinen

Groups
  • 21LIKOT
  • 21LIKOM
  • 21LIKOJ
  • 21LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

The course is designed for studying topical themes in business administration with different methods. The course aims to expanding the students’ knowledge of different topical issues of business. The students develop their skills in giving a summary about a series of books related to the chosen topic. Alternatively, they may choose to take part in events or seminars organized by their own degree programme, other degree programmes or other higher educa-tion institutions. The methods mentioned above are not mutually exclusive, but rather com-plementary.

After completing the course, the students are able to
- reflect the content of the book to their own ideas, working life experiences and learned theory
- write essays according to the instructions given
- act ethically when citing or referring to text written by another author.

Content (course unit)

How does the book reflect my own thinking and experiences?
What did I learn from the book?
What was the key message of the book?

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Approved
The student is able to reflect in depth the content of the chosen subject on their own experi-ences and interests so that they can benefit from this specific working process to develop their own professional growth.
Fail
The student will not be able to benefit in-depth from the reflection process of the selected subject. The subject analysis is too limited and the student cannot get advantage from it.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

18.07.2023 - 16.08.2023

Timing

17.08.2023 - 31.07.2024

Credits

60 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Groups
  • AVOINAMK

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 30.11.2023

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Kati Kouhia-Kuusisto
Person in charge

Kati Kouhia-Kuusisto

Groups
  • 21ALITAM

Prerequisites (course unit)

Previous modules completed or equivalent knowledge.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

01.09.2023 - 07.10.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Vesa Vuorinen
Person in charge

Vesa Vuorinen

Groups
  • 22ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The student can make a business plan.
He/she can make profit and cash budget with use of spreadsheet.

Content (course unit)

Making a business plan
Budgeting

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Satisfactory

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Excellent

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Virtual teaching and learning, team work

Learning materials

Moodle

Student workload

5 x 27h work load of student

Completion alternatives

Not available

Practical training and working life cooperation

Case is supposed to be based on the needs of the company

International connections

no

Enrolment period

21.05.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

28.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

7 op

Virtual portion

3 op

Mode of delivery

58 % Contact teaching, 42 % Distance learning

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tiina Wickman-Viitala
  • Jouni Viidanoja
  • Taina Huhtinen
Person in charge

Taina Huhtinen

Groups
  • 22LIKOT
  • 22LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students extent their know-how of the digital skills needed in the working life.

Course Learning Outcomes:
After completing the course the students
- are able design a spreadsheet from the written description using more advanced functions.
- are able to save a workbook as a template
- are able to use the reporting tool
- know the benefits and opportunities of erp-system
- are able to perform purchase and sales processes in erp-system
- know how processes integrate to financial administration
- are able to understand the basic of coding from business administration point of view
- are able to use artificial intelligence opportunities in the modern business processes.

Content (course unit)

SPREADSHEET
How to create formulas in Excel using the functions in diverse ways?
How to visualize and process the information in the Excel table?
How to protect an Excel spreadsheet?
How to create, edit, and process a Pivot table?
How to design an Excel spreadsheet from a written description?
How to import and export data between Excel and other applications?
What is Power BI and how to utilize it?

ERP-SYSTEMS
What are basic the functions and features of SAP HANA?
How to perform purchase and sales processes in erp-system and how do they integrate to financial administration?

MODERN BUSINESS DIGITAL TOOLS
What are the basic principles of coding and which software languages are used in modern business environment?
How can robotics to be used in modern business?
What opportunities does artificial intelligence bring to the modern business environment?

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Passed:
The studen has completed Power BI exercise. They can identify and follow important procedures of spreadsheets.
The student is able to perform purchase and sale processes in the system and use the basic functions of the software independently.
The student can explain the basics of coding and knows the most used software language. They know the different solutions of robotics and artificial intelligence.
Failed:
The student has not been able to submit assignments approved.

Assessment methods and criteria

Assignments and potential exam passed.

Assessment scale

Pass/Fail

Assessment criteria - pass/fail (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

Passed:
The student can identify and follow important procedures of spreadsheets. The student is able to perform purchase and sale processes in the system and use the basic functions of the software independently.
The student knows the basics of coding. They know the different solutions of robotics and artificial intelligence.

Failed:
The student has not been able to pass mandatory assignments.

Enrolment period

21.05.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

28.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

7 op

Virtual portion

3 op

Mode of delivery

58 % Contact teaching, 42 % Distance learning

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tiina Wickman-Viitala
  • Jouni Viidanoja
  • Taina Huhtinen
Person in charge

Taina Huhtinen

Groups
  • 22LIKOT

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students extent their know-how of the digital skills needed in the working life.

Course Learning Outcomes:
After completing the course the students
- are able design a spreadsheet from the written description using more advanced functions.
- are able to save a workbook as a template
- are able to use the reporting tool
- know the benefits and opportunities of erp-system
- are able to perform purchase and sales processes in erp-system
- know how processes integrate to financial administration
- are able to understand the basic of coding from business administration point of view
- are able to use artificial intelligence opportunities in the modern business processes.

Content (course unit)

SPREADSHEET
How to create formulas in Excel using the functions in diverse ways?
How to visualize and process the information in the Excel table?
How to protect an Excel spreadsheet?
How to create, edit, and process a Pivot table?
How to design an Excel spreadsheet from a written description?
How to import and export data between Excel and other applications?
What is Power BI and how to utilize it?

ERP-SYSTEMS
What are basic the functions and features of SAP HANA?
How to perform purchase and sales processes in erp-system and how do they integrate to financial administration?

MODERN BUSINESS DIGITAL TOOLS
What are the basic principles of coding and which software languages are used in modern business environment?
How can robotics to be used in modern business?
What opportunities does artificial intelligence bring to the modern business environment?

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Passed:
The studen has completed Power BI exercise. They can identify and follow important procedures of spreadsheets.
The student is able to perform purchase and sale processes in the system and use the basic functions of the software independently.
The student can explain the basics of coding and knows the most used software language. They know the different solutions of robotics and artificial intelligence.
Failed:
The student has not been able to submit assignments approved.

Assessment methods and criteria

Assignments and potential exam passed.

Assessment scale

Pass/Fail

Assessment criteria - pass/fail (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

Passed:
The student can identify and follow important procedures of spreadsheets. The student is able to perform purchase and sale processes in the system and use the basic functions of the software independently.
The student knows the basics of coding. They know the different solutions of robotics and artificial intelligence.

Failed:
The student has not been able to pass mandatory assignments.

Enrolment period

31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

2 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tiina Wickman-Viitala
  • Taina Huhtinen
Person in charge

Taina Huhtinen

Groups
  • AVOINAMK
  • 23AVOHRP
    HR- ja palkkahallinnon osaaja, syksy 2023

Assessment scale

Pass/Fail

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

7 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tiina Wickman-Viitala
  • Jouni Viidanoja
  • Taina Huhtinen
Person in charge

Taina Huhtinen

Groups
  • 22LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students extent their know-how of the digital skills needed in the working life.

Course Learning Outcomes:
After completing the course the students
- are able design a spreadsheet from the written description using more advanced functions.
- are able to save a workbook as a template
- are able to use the reporting tool
- know the benefits and opportunities of erp-system
- are able to perform purchase and sales processes in erp-system
- know how processes integrate to financial administration
- are able to understand the basic of coding from business administration point of view
- are able to use artificial intelligence opportunities in the modern business processes.

Content (course unit)

SPREADSHEET
How to create formulas in Excel using the functions in diverse ways?
How to visualize and process the information in the Excel table?
How to protect an Excel spreadsheet?
How to create, edit, and process a Pivot table?
How to design an Excel spreadsheet from a written description?
How to import and export data between Excel and other applications?
What is Power BI and how to utilize it?

ERP-SYSTEMS
What are basic the functions and features of SAP HANA?
How to perform purchase and sales processes in erp-system and how do they integrate to financial administration?

MODERN BUSINESS DIGITAL TOOLS
What are the basic principles of coding and which software languages are used in modern business environment?
How can robotics to be used in modern business?
What opportunities does artificial intelligence bring to the modern business environment?

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Passed:
The studen has completed Power BI exercise. They can identify and follow important procedures of spreadsheets.
The student is able to perform purchase and sale processes in the system and use the basic functions of the software independently.
The student can explain the basics of coding and knows the most used software language. They know the different solutions of robotics and artificial intelligence.
Failed:
The student has not been able to submit assignments approved.

Assessment methods and criteria

Assignments and potential exam passed.

Assessment scale

Pass/Fail

Assessment criteria - pass/fail (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

Passed:
The student can identify and follow important procedures of spreadsheets. The student is able to perform purchase and sale processes in the system and use the basic functions of the software independently.
The student knows the basics of coding. They know the different solutions of robotics and artificial intelligence.

Failed:
The student has not been able to pass mandatory assignments.

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

7 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tiina Wickman-Viitala
  • Jouni Viidanoja
  • Taina Huhtinen
Person in charge

Taina Huhtinen

Groups
  • 22LIKOM

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students extent their know-how of the digital skills needed in the working life.

Course Learning Outcomes:
After completing the course the students
- are able design a spreadsheet from the written description using more advanced functions.
- are able to save a workbook as a template
- are able to use the reporting tool
- know the benefits and opportunities of erp-system
- are able to perform purchase and sales processes in erp-system
- know how processes integrate to financial administration
- are able to understand the basic of coding from business administration point of view
- are able to use artificial intelligence opportunities in the modern business processes.

Content (course unit)

SPREADSHEET
How to create formulas in Excel using the functions in diverse ways?
How to visualize and process the information in the Excel table?
How to protect an Excel spreadsheet?
How to create, edit, and process a Pivot table?
How to design an Excel spreadsheet from a written description?
How to import and export data between Excel and other applications?
What is Power BI and how to utilize it?

ERP-SYSTEMS
What are basic the functions and features of SAP HANA?
How to perform purchase and sales processes in erp-system and how do they integrate to financial administration?

MODERN BUSINESS DIGITAL TOOLS
What are the basic principles of coding and which software languages are used in modern business environment?
How can robotics to be used in modern business?
What opportunities does artificial intelligence bring to the modern business environment?

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Passed:
The studen has completed Power BI exercise. They can identify and follow important procedures of spreadsheets.
The student is able to perform purchase and sale processes in the system and use the basic functions of the software independently.
The student can explain the basics of coding and knows the most used software language. They know the different solutions of robotics and artificial intelligence.
Failed:
The student has not been able to submit assignments approved.

Assessment methods and criteria

Assignments and potential exam passed.

Assessment scale

Pass/Fail

Assessment criteria - pass/fail (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

Passed:
The student can identify and follow important procedures of spreadsheets. The student is able to perform purchase and sale processes in the system and use the basic functions of the software independently.
The student knows the basics of coding. They know the different solutions of robotics and artificial intelligence.

Failed:
The student has not been able to pass mandatory assignments.

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jarmo Pösö
  • Liiketalous Virtuaalihenkilö
Person in charge

Jarmo Pösö

Groups
  • 23ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The student knows the basic consepts of management accounting.
He or she also learns the basics of business mathematics.

Content (course unit)

The basics of mathematics in economy
Basic finance- and profitability calculations

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Satisfactory

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Excellent

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.08.2023 - 19.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 06.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Matti Kolehmainen
  • Liiketalous Virtuaalihenkilö
Person in charge

Matti Kolehmainen

Groups
  • 23ALITAMAA
    Liiketalouden tutkinto-ohjelma 2023, Monimuoto, maakunta, verkkototeutus

Objectives (course unit)

The student knows the basic consepts of management accounting.
He or she also learns the basics of business mathematics.

Content (course unit)

The basics of mathematics in economy
Basic finance- and profitability calculations

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Satisfactory

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Excellent

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

13.09.2023 - 11.10.2023

Timing

23.10.2023 - 31.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Niina Syrjälä
  • Tero Poutala
Person in charge

Niina Syrjälä

Groups
  • 23LIKO1

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students familiarize themselves with the norms regulating legal capacity and agreements. In marketing, they design and implement simple web pages. The students knows the basic concepts of processes and project management.

JURISPRUDENCE 2 cr
After completing the course the students
- know the provisions concerning the legal competence of various legal entities and the different forms of representation
- know the most significant rules and principles concerning contract formation, validity and invalidity of contracts, and consequences of contract breaches
- know the key provisions concerning sales of movable property, tenancy, credit agreements and collaterals
- know the basics of debt collection
- are able to apply the above-mentioned provisions in practice and present justified solutions to practical problems.

MARKETING 1 cr
Students
- are able to take advantage of modern marketing channels
- can plan and execute a simple web site for a company
- can produce marketing content
- can digitally measure the success of marketing.

PROCESSES AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT 2 cr
Students
- are able to identify different kinds of organizational structures
- are able to define the company's core and support processes
- understand the importance of processes in business
- understand the importance of measuring and developing processes in a successful business
- are able to identify a project and understand the basic project concepts
- are able to make a project plan and a final report on a basic level.

Content (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE
How is the legal capacity of legal entities determined?
How to make valid contracts and what is the relevance of a validly formed contract
What are the key provisions concerning B-to-B trade and tenancy?
What are the key provisions concerning credit agreements and collaterals?
How to collect indisputable debts?

MARKETING
How to design and implement a simple website for a company?
How can digital platforms be used in marketing a business?

PROCESSES AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
What kind of organizational structures exist?
What is the significance of processes in business?
How are the processes measured and developed
What is a project?
How to make a project plan and a final project report

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE
The student knows the basic concepts and key provisions. They have the basic skills required to solve related legal problems.

MARKETING
The student knows how to create simple websites. There are gaps in the ready-made website and the assignment instructions have not been followed. Material copyrights and good practices have been respected.

PROCESSES AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
The student is able to name different organizational structures and to identify processes in business. They know the basic project concepts and are able to make a project plan and a final report.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE
The student knows the basic concepts and key provisions. They are able to solve related legal problems and present justified solutions.

MARKETING
The student knows the process of doing websites well. The pages have been made according to the assignment. Everything required is in the website. The understanding of digital content production is clear. Material copyrights and good practices have been respected.

PROCESSES AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
The student is able to compare different organizational structures and to apply processes and their measurement. Project documents have been made in accordance with the assignment and the decisions made there have been explained.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE
The student can define the basic concepts and has mastered the key provisions. They are able to analyze related legal problems and justify their solution comprehensively.

MARKETING
The student is able to apply theoretical knowledge of making of web pages well. The web pages are made of exceptionally high quality and are also visually stylish. An understanding of digital content production is clearly visible. Implementation is innovative. Copyright laws have been adhered to or the student has created a significant part of the material themselves.

PROCESSES AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
The student understands the organizational structures well. They can analyze the functionality of processes and are able to justify the different options of measuring processes. Project documents are impeccable in terms of both appearance and content, and solutions are well-founded.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

13.09.2023 - 11.10.2023

Timing

23.10.2023 - 31.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Niina Syrjälä
  • Tero Poutala
Person in charge

Niina Syrjälä

Groups
  • 23LIKO2

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students familiarize themselves with the norms regulating legal capacity and agreements. In marketing, they design and implement simple web pages. The students knows the basic concepts of processes and project management.

JURISPRUDENCE 2 cr
After completing the course the students
- know the provisions concerning the legal competence of various legal entities and the different forms of representation
- know the most significant rules and principles concerning contract formation, validity and invalidity of contracts, and consequences of contract breaches
- know the key provisions concerning sales of movable property, tenancy, credit agreements and collaterals
- know the basics of debt collection
- are able to apply the above-mentioned provisions in practice and present justified solutions to practical problems.

MARKETING 1 cr
Students
- are able to take advantage of modern marketing channels
- can plan and execute a simple web site for a company
- can produce marketing content
- can digitally measure the success of marketing.

PROCESSES AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT 2 cr
Students
- are able to identify different kinds of organizational structures
- are able to define the company's core and support processes
- understand the importance of processes in business
- understand the importance of measuring and developing processes in a successful business
- are able to identify a project and understand the basic project concepts
- are able to make a project plan and a final report on a basic level.

Content (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE
How is the legal capacity of legal entities determined?
How to make valid contracts and what is the relevance of a validly formed contract
What are the key provisions concerning B-to-B trade and tenancy?
What are the key provisions concerning credit agreements and collaterals?
How to collect indisputable debts?

MARKETING
How to design and implement a simple website for a company?
How can digital platforms be used in marketing a business?

PROCESSES AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
What kind of organizational structures exist?
What is the significance of processes in business?
How are the processes measured and developed
What is a project?
How to make a project plan and a final project report

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE
The student knows the basic concepts and key provisions. They have the basic skills required to solve related legal problems.

MARKETING
The student knows how to create simple websites. There are gaps in the ready-made website and the assignment instructions have not been followed. Material copyrights and good practices have been respected.

PROCESSES AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
The student is able to name different organizational structures and to identify processes in business. They know the basic project concepts and are able to make a project plan and a final report.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE
The student knows the basic concepts and key provisions. They are able to solve related legal problems and present justified solutions.

MARKETING
The student knows the process of doing websites well. The pages have been made according to the assignment. Everything required is in the website. The understanding of digital content production is clear. Material copyrights and good practices have been respected.

PROCESSES AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
The student is able to compare different organizational structures and to apply processes and their measurement. Project documents have been made in accordance with the assignment and the decisions made there have been explained.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE
The student can define the basic concepts and has mastered the key provisions. They are able to analyze related legal problems and justify their solution comprehensively.

MARKETING
The student is able to apply theoretical knowledge of making of web pages well. The web pages are made of exceptionally high quality and are also visually stylish. An understanding of digital content production is clearly visible. Implementation is innovative. Copyright laws have been adhered to or the student has created a significant part of the material themselves.

PROCESSES AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
The student understands the organizational structures well. They can analyze the functionality of processes and are able to justify the different options of measuring processes. Project documents are impeccable in terms of both appearance and content, and solutions are well-founded.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

13.09.2023 - 11.10.2023

Timing

23.10.2023 - 31.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Niina Syrjälä
  • Tero Poutala
Person in charge

Niina Syrjälä

Groups
  • 23LIKO3

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students familiarize themselves with the norms regulating legal capacity and agreements. In marketing, they design and implement simple web pages. The students knows the basic concepts of processes and project management.

JURISPRUDENCE 2 cr
After completing the course the students
- know the provisions concerning the legal competence of various legal entities and the different forms of representation
- know the most significant rules and principles concerning contract formation, validity and invalidity of contracts, and consequences of contract breaches
- know the key provisions concerning sales of movable property, tenancy, credit agreements and collaterals
- know the basics of debt collection
- are able to apply the above-mentioned provisions in practice and present justified solutions to practical problems.

MARKETING 1 cr
Students
- are able to take advantage of modern marketing channels
- can plan and execute a simple web site for a company
- can produce marketing content
- can digitally measure the success of marketing.

PROCESSES AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT 2 cr
Students
- are able to identify different kinds of organizational structures
- are able to define the company's core and support processes
- understand the importance of processes in business
- understand the importance of measuring and developing processes in a successful business
- are able to identify a project and understand the basic project concepts
- are able to make a project plan and a final report on a basic level.

Content (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE
How is the legal capacity of legal entities determined?
How to make valid contracts and what is the relevance of a validly formed contract
What are the key provisions concerning B-to-B trade and tenancy?
What are the key provisions concerning credit agreements and collaterals?
How to collect indisputable debts?

MARKETING
How to design and implement a simple website for a company?
How can digital platforms be used in marketing a business?

PROCESSES AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
What kind of organizational structures exist?
What is the significance of processes in business?
How are the processes measured and developed
What is a project?
How to make a project plan and a final project report

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE
The student knows the basic concepts and key provisions. They have the basic skills required to solve related legal problems.

MARKETING
The student knows how to create simple websites. There are gaps in the ready-made website and the assignment instructions have not been followed. Material copyrights and good practices have been respected.

PROCESSES AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
The student is able to name different organizational structures and to identify processes in business. They know the basic project concepts and are able to make a project plan and a final report.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE
The student knows the basic concepts and key provisions. They are able to solve related legal problems and present justified solutions.

MARKETING
The student knows the process of doing websites well. The pages have been made according to the assignment. Everything required is in the website. The understanding of digital content production is clear. Material copyrights and good practices have been respected.

PROCESSES AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
The student is able to compare different organizational structures and to apply processes and their measurement. Project documents have been made in accordance with the assignment and the decisions made there have been explained.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE
The student can define the basic concepts and has mastered the key provisions. They are able to analyze related legal problems and justify their solution comprehensively.

MARKETING
The student is able to apply theoretical knowledge of making of web pages well. The web pages are made of exceptionally high quality and are also visually stylish. An understanding of digital content production is clearly visible. Implementation is innovative. Copyright laws have been adhered to or the student has created a significant part of the material themselves.

PROCESSES AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
The student understands the organizational structures well. They can analyze the functionality of processes and are able to justify the different options of measuring processes. Project documents are impeccable in terms of both appearance and content, and solutions are well-founded.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

13.09.2023 - 11.10.2023

Timing

23.10.2023 - 31.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Niina Syrjälä
  • Tero Poutala
Person in charge

Niina Syrjälä

Groups
  • 23LIKO4

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students familiarize themselves with the norms regulating legal capacity and agreements. In marketing, they design and implement simple web pages. The students knows the basic concepts of processes and project management.

JURISPRUDENCE 2 cr
After completing the course the students
- know the provisions concerning the legal competence of various legal entities and the different forms of representation
- know the most significant rules and principles concerning contract formation, validity and invalidity of contracts, and consequences of contract breaches
- know the key provisions concerning sales of movable property, tenancy, credit agreements and collaterals
- know the basics of debt collection
- are able to apply the above-mentioned provisions in practice and present justified solutions to practical problems.

MARKETING 1 cr
Students
- are able to take advantage of modern marketing channels
- can plan and execute a simple web site for a company
- can produce marketing content
- can digitally measure the success of marketing.

PROCESSES AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT 2 cr
Students
- are able to identify different kinds of organizational structures
- are able to define the company's core and support processes
- understand the importance of processes in business
- understand the importance of measuring and developing processes in a successful business
- are able to identify a project and understand the basic project concepts
- are able to make a project plan and a final report on a basic level.

Content (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE
How is the legal capacity of legal entities determined?
How to make valid contracts and what is the relevance of a validly formed contract
What are the key provisions concerning B-to-B trade and tenancy?
What are the key provisions concerning credit agreements and collaterals?
How to collect indisputable debts?

MARKETING
How to design and implement a simple website for a company?
How can digital platforms be used in marketing a business?

PROCESSES AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
What kind of organizational structures exist?
What is the significance of processes in business?
How are the processes measured and developed
What is a project?
How to make a project plan and a final project report

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE
The student knows the basic concepts and key provisions. They have the basic skills required to solve related legal problems.

MARKETING
The student knows how to create simple websites. There are gaps in the ready-made website and the assignment instructions have not been followed. Material copyrights and good practices have been respected.

PROCESSES AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
The student is able to name different organizational structures and to identify processes in business. They know the basic project concepts and are able to make a project plan and a final report.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE
The student knows the basic concepts and key provisions. They are able to solve related legal problems and present justified solutions.

MARKETING
The student knows the process of doing websites well. The pages have been made according to the assignment. Everything required is in the website. The understanding of digital content production is clear. Material copyrights and good practices have been respected.

PROCESSES AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
The student is able to compare different organizational structures and to apply processes and their measurement. Project documents have been made in accordance with the assignment and the decisions made there have been explained.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

JURISPRUDENCE
The student can define the basic concepts and has mastered the key provisions. They are able to analyze related legal problems and justify their solution comprehensively.

MARKETING
The student is able to apply theoretical knowledge of making of web pages well. The web pages are made of exceptionally high quality and are also visually stylish. An understanding of digital content production is clearly visible. Implementation is innovative. Copyright laws have been adhered to or the student has created a significant part of the material themselves.

PROCESSES AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
The student understands the organizational structures well. They can analyze the functionality of processes and are able to justify the different options of measuring processes. Project documents are impeccable in terms of both appearance and content, and solutions are well-founded.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.05.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

28.08.2023 - 22.10.2023

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 45

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Helena Karjalainen
  • Taina Huhtinen
Person in charge

Taina Huhtinen

Groups
  • 21LIKOT

Objectives (course unit)

This course deepens the students' knowledge of management accounting methods, estimates and calculations typically used in practice in financial planning and control.

After completing the course the students
- are able to draw up different calculations for financial planning and target setting (e.g. budgets)
- understand the characteristics of a good financial report
- can formulate detailed reports and calculations using Microsoft Excel.
- understand the principals of performance measurement and are able to draw up appropriate performance indicators for company management.

Content (course unit)

How can companies implement financial planning in the long term?
What is the impact of budgeting and estimates in company management?
What is the role of performance indicators in company management?
What kinds of financial reports are used in representing the financial situation of a company?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the most important concepts and calculations of financial planning and control. They are able to formulate some calculations or reports based on instructions and can draw the most obvious conclusions based on the reports or calculations.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student knows the main concepts and calculations of financial planning and control. They can solve practical problems based on this knowledge. The student can draw some reasonable conclusions based on the reports or calculations and is also able to somewhat combine information from different sources into a complete entity.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student has mastered the main concepts and calculations of financial planning and control. They are able to apply this knowledge also in different situations, looking also for new solutions or operations models. The student is able to do reasonable conclusions based on the reports or calculations and also to combine information from different sources into a complete entity.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

28.03.2024 - 05.04.2024

Timing

08.04.2024 - 17.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 1000

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jarmo Pösö
  • Mika Jokinen
  • Niina Syrjälä
  • Petriina Vuorinen
  • Kati Kouhia-Kuusisto
Person in charge

Kati Kouhia-Kuusisto

Groups
  • AVOINAMK

Objectives (course unit)

Student
-can solve different percentage calculation problems
-has an overview of marketing
-manages the competitive tools of marketing in a changing environment
-has an overview of corporate sales and the skills required in this area
-can describe the sales process in corporate sales
-Know the key concepts of internal accounting
-be able to assess profitability at different levels
-understand how profitability can be influenced

Translated with DeepL.com (free version)

Content (course unit)

How do I use the percentage calculation in different situations?
What are the basic marketing concepts?
What are the competitive tools of marketing?
What is salesmanship and what skills are required of the modern salesperson?
What is the modern sales process in corporate sales?
What are the basic concepts and definitions of economics?
How do you monitor the profitability of a business?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Students will know the basic concepts covered in the course, be able to use basic methods and solve simple applications similar to the problems discussed.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student masters the basic concepts of the course topics, can apply the course topics to different situations and can justify the solutions.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Students will know the basic concepts covered in the topics and will have a comprehensive understanding of the course topics and their use in solving problems, as well as the ability to analyse and justify logically the solutions chosen.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 22.10.2023

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

2 op

RDI portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

60 % Contact teaching, 40 % Distance learning

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jouni Ranta
  • Pia Lamminsivu
  • Matti Kolehmainen
Person in charge

Pia Lamminsivu

Groups
  • 23LIKO1

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students familiarize themselves with the basic questions of planning and starting a business. For example, they know the basic concepts and regularities of economics, forms of business and the planning of profitable business.

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION 2 cr
After completing the course, the students
- know the basic concepts of financial administration
- are able to formulate the calculations needed for business plans
- are familiar with using spreadsheets in making calculations.

ECONOMICS 1cr
After completing the course, the students
- know the basic concepts and regularities of economics
- understand how economics operate
- know the basics of micro and macroeconomics
- are familiar with economic policy and global economics.

JURISPRUDENCE 2 cr
After completing the course, the students
- know what the most important law references are and how to use them
- know various business forms and their key differences
- are able to draw up the instruments of incorporation.

Content (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
What are the basic concepts of financial administration?
How are the calculations needed for a business plan compiled?
How to use the spreadsheet program in calculations?

ECONOMICS
What parts form economics?
How does the economy work?
When are the economics in balance?
How does the public sector economics work?
What kind of phenomena do economics study?

JURIDSPRUDENCE
What are the most important law references, how to find them and how to use them?
What are the different forms of enterprise?
How to draw up the instruments of incorporation?
How the representation, decision-making and responsibilities in enterprises are determined?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student knows the basic concepts of economics. They know how to do business plan calculations, but the calculations are partly lacking.

ECONOMICS
The student knows the basic concepts of national economics. They know when demand and supply are in balance. They understand the economy as a whole.

JURISPRUDENCE
The student knows the basics of founding an enterprise and the different forms of business. They cannot apply the provisions in practice well.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student has mastered the basic concepts of economics. They are able to compile the calculations needed in a business plan.

ECONOMICS
The student has mastered the basic concepts of national economics. They have mastered the basic economic mechanisms. They know the challenges and tasks of public finances. They understand the challenges of the economy.

JURISPRUDENCE
The student has mastered the basics of founding an enterprise and know the key provisions concerning the different forms of enterprise. They are able to make justified choices between different forms of business. They have the basic skills to apply the provisions in practice.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student knows the basic concepts of economics. They are able to compile and interpret business plan calculations.

ECONOMICS
The student knows the basic concepts of economics. They know how the demand and supply reach balance. They understand the overall picture and complexity of the economy. They understand what problems there can be in the economy and what kind of solutions can be found for them.

JURISPRUDENCE
The student is able to found an enterprise. They have mastered the key provisions concerning the different forms of enterprise and are able to analyze the differences between different business forms. The student is able to apply the provisions extensively in practice.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 22.10.2023

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

2 op

RDI portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

60 % Contact teaching, 40 % Distance learning

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jouni Ranta
  • Pia Lamminsivu
  • Matti Kolehmainen
Person in charge

Pia Lamminsivu

Groups
  • 23LIKO2

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students familiarize themselves with the basic questions of planning and starting a business. For example, they know the basic concepts and regularities of economics, forms of business and the planning of profitable business.

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION 2 cr
After completing the course, the students
- know the basic concepts of financial administration
- are able to formulate the calculations needed for business plans
- are familiar with using spreadsheets in making calculations.

ECONOMICS 1cr
After completing the course, the students
- know the basic concepts and regularities of economics
- understand how economics operate
- know the basics of micro and macroeconomics
- are familiar with economic policy and global economics.

JURISPRUDENCE 2 cr
After completing the course, the students
- know what the most important law references are and how to use them
- know various business forms and their key differences
- are able to draw up the instruments of incorporation.

Content (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
What are the basic concepts of financial administration?
How are the calculations needed for a business plan compiled?
How to use the spreadsheet program in calculations?

ECONOMICS
What parts form economics?
How does the economy work?
When are the economics in balance?
How does the public sector economics work?
What kind of phenomena do economics study?

JURIDSPRUDENCE
What are the most important law references, how to find them and how to use them?
What are the different forms of enterprise?
How to draw up the instruments of incorporation?
How the representation, decision-making and responsibilities in enterprises are determined?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student knows the basic concepts of economics. They know how to do business plan calculations, but the calculations are partly lacking.

ECONOMICS
The student knows the basic concepts of national economics. They know when demand and supply are in balance. They understand the economy as a whole.

JURISPRUDENCE
The student knows the basics of founding an enterprise and the different forms of business. They cannot apply the provisions in practice well.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student has mastered the basic concepts of economics. They are able to compile the calculations needed in a business plan.

ECONOMICS
The student has mastered the basic concepts of national economics. They have mastered the basic economic mechanisms. They know the challenges and tasks of public finances. They understand the challenges of the economy.

JURISPRUDENCE
The student has mastered the basics of founding an enterprise and know the key provisions concerning the different forms of enterprise. They are able to make justified choices between different forms of business. They have the basic skills to apply the provisions in practice.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student knows the basic concepts of economics. They are able to compile and interpret business plan calculations.

ECONOMICS
The student knows the basic concepts of economics. They know how the demand and supply reach balance. They understand the overall picture and complexity of the economy. They understand what problems there can be in the economy and what kind of solutions can be found for them.

JURISPRUDENCE
The student is able to found an enterprise. They have mastered the key provisions concerning the different forms of enterprise and are able to analyze the differences between different business forms. The student is able to apply the provisions extensively in practice.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 22.10.2023

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

2 op

RDI portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

60 % Contact teaching, 40 % Distance learning

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jouni Ranta
  • Pia Lamminsivu
  • Matti Kolehmainen
Person in charge

Pia Lamminsivu

Groups
  • 23LIKO3

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students familiarize themselves with the basic questions of planning and starting a business. For example, they know the basic concepts and regularities of economics, forms of business and the planning of profitable business.

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION 2 cr
After completing the course, the students
- know the basic concepts of financial administration
- are able to formulate the calculations needed for business plans
- are familiar with using spreadsheets in making calculations.

ECONOMICS 1cr
After completing the course, the students
- know the basic concepts and regularities of economics
- understand how economics operate
- know the basics of micro and macroeconomics
- are familiar with economic policy and global economics.

JURISPRUDENCE 2 cr
After completing the course, the students
- know what the most important law references are and how to use them
- know various business forms and their key differences
- are able to draw up the instruments of incorporation.

Content (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
What are the basic concepts of financial administration?
How are the calculations needed for a business plan compiled?
How to use the spreadsheet program in calculations?

ECONOMICS
What parts form economics?
How does the economy work?
When are the economics in balance?
How does the public sector economics work?
What kind of phenomena do economics study?

JURIDSPRUDENCE
What are the most important law references, how to find them and how to use them?
What are the different forms of enterprise?
How to draw up the instruments of incorporation?
How the representation, decision-making and responsibilities in enterprises are determined?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student knows the basic concepts of economics. They know how to do business plan calculations, but the calculations are partly lacking.

ECONOMICS
The student knows the basic concepts of national economics. They know when demand and supply are in balance. They understand the economy as a whole.

JURISPRUDENCE
The student knows the basics of founding an enterprise and the different forms of business. They cannot apply the provisions in practice well.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student has mastered the basic concepts of economics. They are able to compile the calculations needed in a business plan.

ECONOMICS
The student has mastered the basic concepts of national economics. They have mastered the basic economic mechanisms. They know the challenges and tasks of public finances. They understand the challenges of the economy.

JURISPRUDENCE
The student has mastered the basics of founding an enterprise and know the key provisions concerning the different forms of enterprise. They are able to make justified choices between different forms of business. They have the basic skills to apply the provisions in practice.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student knows the basic concepts of economics. They are able to compile and interpret business plan calculations.

ECONOMICS
The student knows the basic concepts of economics. They know how the demand and supply reach balance. They understand the overall picture and complexity of the economy. They understand what problems there can be in the economy and what kind of solutions can be found for them.

JURISPRUDENCE
The student is able to found an enterprise. They have mastered the key provisions concerning the different forms of enterprise and are able to analyze the differences between different business forms. The student is able to apply the provisions extensively in practice.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 22.10.2023

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

2 op

RDI portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

60 % Contact teaching, 40 % Distance learning

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jouni Ranta
  • Pia Lamminsivu
  • Matti Kolehmainen
Person in charge

Pia Lamminsivu

Groups
  • 23LIKO4

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students familiarize themselves with the basic questions of planning and starting a business. For example, they know the basic concepts and regularities of economics, forms of business and the planning of profitable business.

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION 2 cr
After completing the course, the students
- know the basic concepts of financial administration
- are able to formulate the calculations needed for business plans
- are familiar with using spreadsheets in making calculations.

ECONOMICS 1cr
After completing the course, the students
- know the basic concepts and regularities of economics
- understand how economics operate
- know the basics of micro and macroeconomics
- are familiar with economic policy and global economics.

JURISPRUDENCE 2 cr
After completing the course, the students
- know what the most important law references are and how to use them
- know various business forms and their key differences
- are able to draw up the instruments of incorporation.

Content (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
What are the basic concepts of financial administration?
How are the calculations needed for a business plan compiled?
How to use the spreadsheet program in calculations?

ECONOMICS
What parts form economics?
How does the economy work?
When are the economics in balance?
How does the public sector economics work?
What kind of phenomena do economics study?

JURIDSPRUDENCE
What are the most important law references, how to find them and how to use them?
What are the different forms of enterprise?
How to draw up the instruments of incorporation?
How the representation, decision-making and responsibilities in enterprises are determined?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student knows the basic concepts of economics. They know how to do business plan calculations, but the calculations are partly lacking.

ECONOMICS
The student knows the basic concepts of national economics. They know when demand and supply are in balance. They understand the economy as a whole.

JURISPRUDENCE
The student knows the basics of founding an enterprise and the different forms of business. They cannot apply the provisions in practice well.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student has mastered the basic concepts of economics. They are able to compile the calculations needed in a business plan.

ECONOMICS
The student has mastered the basic concepts of national economics. They have mastered the basic economic mechanisms. They know the challenges and tasks of public finances. They understand the challenges of the economy.

JURISPRUDENCE
The student has mastered the basics of founding an enterprise and know the key provisions concerning the different forms of enterprise. They are able to make justified choices between different forms of business. They have the basic skills to apply the provisions in practice.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student knows the basic concepts of economics. They are able to compile and interpret business plan calculations.

ECONOMICS
The student knows the basic concepts of economics. They know how the demand and supply reach balance. They understand the overall picture and complexity of the economy. They understand what problems there can be in the economy and what kind of solutions can be found for them.

JURISPRUDENCE
The student is able to found an enterprise. They have mastered the key provisions concerning the different forms of enterprise and are able to analyze the differences between different business forms. The student is able to apply the provisions extensively in practice.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 01.04.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Petteri Vilén
  • Matti Kolehmainen
Person in charge

Petteri Vilén

Groups
  • 21ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The student knows the basics of economic, global economical systems and trends.

Content (course unit)

How does the economy work?
How is finnish economy and finnish companies affected by global political, economic and strategic situation?
What are the current trends in global economy right now?

Prerequisites (course unit)

1. and 2. year studies or similar skills and knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Satisfactory

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Excellent

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 02.04.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Petteri Vilén
  • Matti Kolehmainen
Person in charge

Petteri Vilén

Groups
  • 21ALITAM

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 31.01.2024

Timing

13.02.2024 - 23.04.2024

Credits

3 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Mika Jokinen
  • Sini Jokiniemi
Person in charge

Sini Jokiniemi

Groups
  • 21LIKOM

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the student will carry out an assignment-based sales and marketing project.
The student will be able to
- plan and execute a sales and marketing project
- set goals and performance indicators to the project
- act as a project team member
- use a digital sales and marketing software supporting project work
- document the project and present its results

Content (course unit)

How to plan and execute a successful sales and marketing project?
How to act as a member of a well-functioning team?
How to apply a sales and marketing software in a project?
How to measure the results of a project?
How to present the results of a project?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student can identify project phases and knows some project indicators. The student recognizes the basic principles of teamwork. The student can use the marketing and sales software with guidance.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student can classify different project phases and is able to set versatile indicators and targets to the project. The student can act as part of the team. The student is able to estimate the basic principles of teamwork. The student is able to use the sales and marketing software independently with the help of pre-instructions.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student comprehends different project stages as a whole and can offer solid argumentation for the chosen project indicators and targets. The student can act as a constructive team member and understands the meaning of successful teamwork. The student can apply the marketing and sales software in an optimal way supporting the project.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pietro Albanese
Person in charge

Pietro Albanese

Groups
  • 23ALITAMAA
    Liiketalouden tutkinto-ohjelma 2023, Monimuoto, maakunta, verkkototeutus

Objectives (course unit)

This course will familiarise you with the basics of marketing, purchasing behaviour productisation and apply them to the product and service development of the business.

Student
- knows the basics, areas and basic concepts of marketing,
- understands the importance of the topic as part of the business,
- uses marketing competition methods and know the backgrounds and manifestations of purchasing behaviour
- knows the basics and importance of customer-oriented productisation in the value creation of the company

Content (course unit)

What are the basic concepts of marketing?
What are the competitive means of marketing?
What is the importance of customer orientation and purchasing behaviour in the business?
What is productisation?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student has partially identified marketing competition methods and aspects of productisation, as well as their practical connection.
There is a lack of dialogue between theory and practice. The basic concepts of the field are only partially held and the know-how is either purely practical or theory-oriented.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student partially identifies marketing competition methods and aspects of productisation, but the connection to the online business could be closer. He mainly understands the importance of basic concepts of marketing and productisation. He knows how to combine theory and practice.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student recognizes the forms of marketing and productisation and knows how to utilise them in online business. He has an excellent understanding of the importance of basic concepts of marketing and productisation. They are able to combine theory and practice smoothly in the product or service development process.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student has not demonstrated his/her competence in the manner indicated by the objectives of the course.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 22.10.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Niina Syrjälä
  • Eija Lähteenmäki
  • Mari Rytisalo
Person in charge

Niina Syrjälä

Groups
  • 23LIKO1

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students familiarize themselves with the principles of marketing and how it can be used as a competitive tool for a company. They know the principles of formal, customer oriented communication. They recognise their own strengths in presentation skills and are able to utilize them.

MARKETING 2 cr
Students
- know the basic principles of marketing in the 2020s
- are able to define the company's target audience and target operations for them
- are able to define the competitive tools of marketing and use them in marketing a company
- can create a marketing plan for a small business start-up.

BUSINESS COMMUNICATION 1 cr
Students
- have the knowledge of the basic guidelines and common practices of target oriented business communication
- are able to make practical documents for corporate communication purposes
- understand how to develop their personal communication skills as a part of professional growth.

PRESENTATION SKILLS 2 cr
Students
- recognize their own strengths as presenters and speakers and are able to utilize these strengths in different communication situations
- show familiarity to presentation techniques and different methods of visualizing information
- know how to act in different work contexts in a goal-oriented and interactive manner
- know different methods on how to relieve speech anxiety and understand it as a part of communication skills.

Content (course unit)

MARKETING
What are the components of marketing?
What does segmentation mean and how is it utilized?
What are the competitive tools used in marketing?
What does a company’s marketing plan contain?

BUSINESS COMMUNICATION
What are the main properties of good and fluent business-like documents?
How to implement target oriented communication actions
How to write the most frequently used business documents (e.g. e-mails, trade documents, bulletins, memos etc.)?
How to cooperate and negotiate successfully in the business environment?

PRESENTATION SKILLS
What is the significance of communication in a work organization?
How to target, visualize and structure one’s own communication?
How to convince listeners in an appropriate and effective manner?
How to create a creditable presentation?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

MARKETING
The student knows the marketing basics and segmentation. They are able to draw up a satisfactory marketing plan.

PRESENTATION SKILLS
The student has completed all required assignments but the level of analyzing and reflecting communication skills as a larger phenomenon and as personal communication behavior is weak. They do not apply theoretical knowledge about communication into their own communication behavior and significant development of skills cannot be detected.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

MARKETING
The student has mastered the basics of marketing and segmentation issues. They have also mastered the process and the content of a marketing plan.

PRESENTATION SKILLS
The students has comprehensively completed all required assignments and is able to analyze the communication behavior of themselves and others by utilizing theoretical knowledge. In individual and group communication situations development is being detected, which expresses the skills of applying knowledge and motivation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

MARKETING
The student knows how to excellently apply the basic principles of marketing and segmentation. The marketing plan has been done carefully and extensively and includes insightful reflection. The task is a thoughtful and polished entity.

PRESENTATION SKILLS
The student has comprehensively and innovatively completed all required assignments. They know how to diversely analyze the communication behavior of themselves and others by utilizing theoretical knowledge. In individual and group communication situations the student’s own communication behavior is well controlled and functional, which expresses the skills of applying knowledge and motivation.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

BUSINESS COMMUNICATION
Pass
Student participates in the classes and submits the written lessons according to the given instructions and schedule.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 22.10.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Niina Syrjälä
  • Eija Lähteenmäki
  • Mari Rytisalo
Person in charge

Mari Rytisalo

Groups
  • 23LIKO2

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students familiarize themselves with the principles of marketing and how it can be used as a competitive tool for a company. They know the principles of formal, customer oriented communication. They recognise their own strengths in presentation skills and are able to utilize them.

MARKETING 2 cr
Students
- know the basic principles of marketing in the 2020s
- are able to define the company's target audience and target operations for them
- are able to define the competitive tools of marketing and use them in marketing a company
- can create a marketing plan for a small business start-up.

BUSINESS COMMUNICATION 1 cr
Students
- have the knowledge of the basic guidelines and common practices of target oriented business communication
- are able to make practical documents for corporate communication purposes
- understand how to develop their personal communication skills as a part of professional growth.

PRESENTATION SKILLS 2 cr
Students
- recognize their own strengths as presenters and speakers and are able to utilize these strengths in different communication situations
- show familiarity to presentation techniques and different methods of visualizing information
- know how to act in different work contexts in a goal-oriented and interactive manner
- know different methods on how to relieve speech anxiety and understand it as a part of communication skills.

Content (course unit)

MARKETING
What are the components of marketing?
What does segmentation mean and how is it utilized?
What are the competitive tools used in marketing?
What does a company’s marketing plan contain?

BUSINESS COMMUNICATION
What are the main properties of good and fluent business-like documents?
How to implement target oriented communication actions
How to write the most frequently used business documents (e.g. e-mails, trade documents, bulletins, memos etc.)?
How to cooperate and negotiate successfully in the business environment?

PRESENTATION SKILLS
What is the significance of communication in a work organization?
How to target, visualize and structure one’s own communication?
How to convince listeners in an appropriate and effective manner?
How to create a creditable presentation?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

MARKETING
The student knows the marketing basics and segmentation. They are able to draw up a satisfactory marketing plan.

PRESENTATION SKILLS
The student has completed all required assignments but the level of analyzing and reflecting communication skills as a larger phenomenon and as personal communication behavior is weak. They do not apply theoretical knowledge about communication into their own communication behavior and significant development of skills cannot be detected.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

MARKETING
The student has mastered the basics of marketing and segmentation issues. They have also mastered the process and the content of a marketing plan.

PRESENTATION SKILLS
The students has comprehensively completed all required assignments and is able to analyze the communication behavior of themselves and others by utilizing theoretical knowledge. In individual and group communication situations development is being detected, which expresses the skills of applying knowledge and motivation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

MARKETING
The student knows how to excellently apply the basic principles of marketing and segmentation. The marketing plan has been done carefully and extensively and includes insightful reflection. The task is a thoughtful and polished entity.

PRESENTATION SKILLS
The student has comprehensively and innovatively completed all required assignments. They know how to diversely analyze the communication behavior of themselves and others by utilizing theoretical knowledge. In individual and group communication situations the student’s own communication behavior is well controlled and functional, which expresses the skills of applying knowledge and motivation.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

BUSINESS COMMUNICATION
Pass
Student participates in the classes and submits the written lessons according to the given instructions and schedule.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 22.10.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Niina Syrjälä
  • Eija Lähteenmäki
  • Mari Rytisalo
Person in charge

Mari Rytisalo

Groups
  • 23LIKO3

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students familiarize themselves with the principles of marketing and how it can be used as a competitive tool for a company. They know the principles of formal, customer oriented communication. They recognise their own strengths in presentation skills and are able to utilize them.

MARKETING 2 cr
Students
- know the basic principles of marketing in the 2020s
- are able to define the company's target audience and target operations for them
- are able to define the competitive tools of marketing and use them in marketing a company
- can create a marketing plan for a small business start-up.

BUSINESS COMMUNICATION 1 cr
Students
- have the knowledge of the basic guidelines and common practices of target oriented business communication
- are able to make practical documents for corporate communication purposes
- understand how to develop their personal communication skills as a part of professional growth.

PRESENTATION SKILLS 2 cr
Students
- recognize their own strengths as presenters and speakers and are able to utilize these strengths in different communication situations
- show familiarity to presentation techniques and different methods of visualizing information
- know how to act in different work contexts in a goal-oriented and interactive manner
- know different methods on how to relieve speech anxiety and understand it as a part of communication skills.

Content (course unit)

MARKETING
What are the components of marketing?
What does segmentation mean and how is it utilized?
What are the competitive tools used in marketing?
What does a company’s marketing plan contain?

BUSINESS COMMUNICATION
What are the main properties of good and fluent business-like documents?
How to implement target oriented communication actions
How to write the most frequently used business documents (e.g. e-mails, trade documents, bulletins, memos etc.)?
How to cooperate and negotiate successfully in the business environment?

PRESENTATION SKILLS
What is the significance of communication in a work organization?
How to target, visualize and structure one’s own communication?
How to convince listeners in an appropriate and effective manner?
How to create a creditable presentation?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

MARKETING
The student knows the marketing basics and segmentation. They are able to draw up a satisfactory marketing plan.

PRESENTATION SKILLS
The student has completed all required assignments but the level of analyzing and reflecting communication skills as a larger phenomenon and as personal communication behavior is weak. They do not apply theoretical knowledge about communication into their own communication behavior and significant development of skills cannot be detected.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

MARKETING
The student has mastered the basics of marketing and segmentation issues. They have also mastered the process and the content of a marketing plan.

PRESENTATION SKILLS
The students has comprehensively completed all required assignments and is able to analyze the communication behavior of themselves and others by utilizing theoretical knowledge. In individual and group communication situations development is being detected, which expresses the skills of applying knowledge and motivation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

MARKETING
The student knows how to excellently apply the basic principles of marketing and segmentation. The marketing plan has been done carefully and extensively and includes insightful reflection. The task is a thoughtful and polished entity.

PRESENTATION SKILLS
The student has comprehensively and innovatively completed all required assignments. They know how to diversely analyze the communication behavior of themselves and others by utilizing theoretical knowledge. In individual and group communication situations the student’s own communication behavior is well controlled and functional, which expresses the skills of applying knowledge and motivation.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

BUSINESS COMMUNICATION
Pass
Student participates in the classes and submits the written lessons according to the given instructions and schedule.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 22.10.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Niina Syrjälä
  • Eija Lähteenmäki
  • Mari Rytisalo
Person in charge

Niina Syrjälä

Groups
  • 23LIKO4

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students familiarize themselves with the principles of marketing and how it can be used as a competitive tool for a company. They know the principles of formal, customer oriented communication. They recognise their own strengths in presentation skills and are able to utilize them.

MARKETING 2 cr
Students
- know the basic principles of marketing in the 2020s
- are able to define the company's target audience and target operations for them
- are able to define the competitive tools of marketing and use them in marketing a company
- can create a marketing plan for a small business start-up.

BUSINESS COMMUNICATION 1 cr
Students
- have the knowledge of the basic guidelines and common practices of target oriented business communication
- are able to make practical documents for corporate communication purposes
- understand how to develop their personal communication skills as a part of professional growth.

PRESENTATION SKILLS 2 cr
Students
- recognize their own strengths as presenters and speakers and are able to utilize these strengths in different communication situations
- show familiarity to presentation techniques and different methods of visualizing information
- know how to act in different work contexts in a goal-oriented and interactive manner
- know different methods on how to relieve speech anxiety and understand it as a part of communication skills.

Content (course unit)

MARKETING
What are the components of marketing?
What does segmentation mean and how is it utilized?
What are the competitive tools used in marketing?
What does a company’s marketing plan contain?

BUSINESS COMMUNICATION
What are the main properties of good and fluent business-like documents?
How to implement target oriented communication actions
How to write the most frequently used business documents (e.g. e-mails, trade documents, bulletins, memos etc.)?
How to cooperate and negotiate successfully in the business environment?

PRESENTATION SKILLS
What is the significance of communication in a work organization?
How to target, visualize and structure one’s own communication?
How to convince listeners in an appropriate and effective manner?
How to create a creditable presentation?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

MARKETING
The student knows the marketing basics and segmentation. They are able to draw up a satisfactory marketing plan.

PRESENTATION SKILLS
The student has completed all required assignments but the level of analyzing and reflecting communication skills as a larger phenomenon and as personal communication behavior is weak. They do not apply theoretical knowledge about communication into their own communication behavior and significant development of skills cannot be detected.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

MARKETING
The student has mastered the basics of marketing and segmentation issues. They have also mastered the process and the content of a marketing plan.

PRESENTATION SKILLS
The students has comprehensively completed all required assignments and is able to analyze the communication behavior of themselves and others by utilizing theoretical knowledge. In individual and group communication situations development is being detected, which expresses the skills of applying knowledge and motivation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

MARKETING
The student knows how to excellently apply the basic principles of marketing and segmentation. The marketing plan has been done carefully and extensively and includes insightful reflection. The task is a thoughtful and polished entity.

PRESENTATION SKILLS
The student has comprehensively and innovatively completed all required assignments. They know how to diversely analyze the communication behavior of themselves and others by utilizing theoretical knowledge. In individual and group communication situations the student’s own communication behavior is well controlled and functional, which expresses the skills of applying knowledge and motivation.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

BUSINESS COMMUNICATION
Pass
Student participates in the classes and submits the written lessons according to the given instructions and schedule.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pietro Albanese
  • Vesa Vuorinen
Person in charge

Pietro Albanese

Groups
  • 23ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

This course is an introduction into modern b to b-marketing. Students familiarize with marketing, communication and project management in theory and in practise.

After completing the course students
- know the basics of marketing
- know the basics of project management
- know how to act in a projectteam
- can plan and carry out a project
- can describe the oral and written communication in business.

Content (course unit)

What is modern marketing?
Where do the companies need marketing?
What are the competitive assets in marketing?
How do you communicate in business?
How do you utilize the project management tools?
How do you plan and carry out a project?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student has performed the given exercises. The student knows the basic concepts of marketing, communication and project management.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student has performed the given exercises. The student masters the basic concepts of marketing, communication and project management. The student is abel to solve practical problems concerning these topics and he can validate his solutons. The student can apply what he has learnt to practical situaitions.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student has performed the given exercises. The student masters the basic concepts of marketing, communication and project management. The student is abel to solve and analyze practical problems concerning these topics and he can validate his solutions comprehensive. The student can search information independently and plan different solutions in demanding situations.

Exam schedules

There are not exams

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Lessons, case and project work

Learning materials

Material distributed during lessons and project work

Practical training and working life cooperation

The group work is based on real business case

International connections

Internationalization is related to the content of the case

Assessment criteria - satisfactory (1-2) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student has performed the given exercises. The student knows the basic concepts of marketing, communication and project management

Assessment criteria - good (3-4) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student has performed the given exercises. The student masters the basic concepts of marketing, communication and project management. The student is abel to solve practical problems concerning these topics and he can validate his solutons. The student can apply what he has learnt to practical situaitions.

Assessment criteria - excellent (5) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student has performed the given exercises. The student masters the basic concepts of marketing, communication and project management. The student is abel to solve and analyze practical problems concerning these topics and he can validate his solutions comprehensive. The student can search information independently and plan different solutions in demanding situations.

Enrolment period

09.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Juha Ikonen
  • Pauliina Airaksinen-Aminoff
Person in charge

Juha Ikonen

Groups
  • 21ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The student knows how to act as a sales manager.

Content (course unit)

Working as a sales manager

Prerequisites (course unit)

1. ja 2. year studies or similar skills and knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Satisfactory

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Excellent

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

09.06.2023 - 28.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 22.10.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Juha Ikonen
  • Pauliina Airaksinen-Aminoff
Person in charge

Juha Ikonen

Groups
  • 21LIKOM

Objectives (course unit)

During the course students learn about sales management and sales support systems.

After completing the course the students
- know how to apply HR management tools and methods to managing a sales organization
- know the expectations, requirements and responsibilities associated with sales management
- know how to identify and solve challenging management situations and coach a sales team
- can take into account the importance of holistic customer relationship management
- can manage customer relationships using appropriate tools and utilize CRM systems.

Content (course unit)

What is the Sales Manager's job and what are its special challenges?
What tools and systems are used to manage sales and customer relationships?

Prerequisites (course unit)

2nd year courses or equivalent knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student recognizes the fields related to sales leadership and is able to name systems supporting sales work. They are familiar with the methods of HR management and sales organization management.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student understands the basics of sales leadership. They can work according to instructions in situations related to the management of a sales organization and to take advantage of systems and tools that support sales work.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the fields of sales management and can apply them in practical work. They can manage a sales organization and customer relationships using different methods and tools. The student is able to identify and solve challenging management situations and to coach a sales team.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

17.01.2024 - 21.02.2024

Timing

04.03.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Sami Kalliokoski
  • Pietro Albanese
  • Niina Syrjälä
Person in charge

Niina Syrjälä

Groups
  • 23LIKO1

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students familiarize themselves with customer relationship marketing in business operation. They understand the relevance of logistics in business and profitability. They also become familiar with the development and the internationalization of a company, and are able to understand the operations that have an impact on the internationalization of a company.

MARKETING 2 cr
After completing the course the students
- understand the importance of customer relationship management in business
- have studied the basics of building a brand and image
- understand the motives behind shopping behavior
- are able to consider an organization's marketing as a whole.

LOGISTICS 1 cr
After completing the course the students
- know the basic concepts and principles of logistics
- understand the basics from procurements, warehouse management and transportation management.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2 2 op
After completing the course the students
- are able to find information about target markets
- know how to analyze the reasons and prerequisites of a company’s internationalization
- know how to analyze the macro environment of a target country.

Content (course unit)

MARKETING
Why are maintaining and building customer relationships important for the company?
What does a company brand include?
What are the reasons behind customers' shopping behavior?

LOGISTICS
What are the roles of logistics and supply chain management?
What are the basic concepts and principles of logistics
How should the sales and the procurements be balanced?

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
What kind of strategies should be made concerning decision-making about internationalization?
How to start international trade and how to develop it?
How to acquire market information needed in internationalization?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

MARKETING
The student knows the basics of maintaining and building customer relationships, brand building and customer purchasing behavior satisfactorily.

LOGISTICS
The student knows the basics of logistics satisfactorily.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
The student knows the main principles of internationalization process and has participated in completing the given assignment on a fair level.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

MARKETING
The student is familiar with the basics of maintaining and building customer relationships, brand building and customers' purchasing behavior.

LOGISTICS
The student is familiar with basics of logistics and understands the importance of logistics in the turnover of a company.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
The student knows the contents and themes of internationalization process and therefore is capable to actively participate in the work concerning the given assignment.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

MARKETING
The student is able to apply the basics of maintaining and building customer relationships, brand building and customers' purchasing behavior in different situations.

LOGISTICS
The student is able to plan the supply chain of the company and is able to apply company logistics in different situations.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
The student has mastered the contents and themes of internationalization process and therefore is capable to create a versatile analysis for a company considering internationalization.

Exam schedules

Internationalization: We will inform the students about the date of the exams at the beginning of the course

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Internationalization: Contact lessons and exercises

Learning materials

Internationalization: Literatures shared during the lessons

Assessment criteria - satisfactory (1-2) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
The student knows the main principles of internationalization process and has participated in completing the given assignment on a fair level.

Assessment criteria - good (3-4) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
The student knows the contents and themes of internationalization process and therefore is capable to actively participate in the work concerning the given assignment.

Assessment criteria - excellent (5) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
The student has mastered the contents and themes of internationalization process and therefore is capable to create a versatile analysis for a company considering internationalization

Enrolment period

17.01.2024 - 21.02.2024

Timing

04.03.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Sami Kalliokoski
  • Pietro Albanese
  • Niina Syrjälä
Person in charge

Niina Syrjälä

Groups
  • 23LIKO2

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students familiarize themselves with customer relationship marketing in business operation. They understand the relevance of logistics in business and profitability. They also become familiar with the development and the internationalization of a company, and are able to understand the operations that have an impact on the internationalization of a company.

MARKETING 2 cr
After completing the course the students
- understand the importance of customer relationship management in business
- have studied the basics of building a brand and image
- understand the motives behind shopping behavior
- are able to consider an organization's marketing as a whole.

LOGISTICS 1 cr
After completing the course the students
- know the basic concepts and principles of logistics
- understand the basics from procurements, warehouse management and transportation management.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2 2 op
After completing the course the students
- are able to find information about target markets
- know how to analyze the reasons and prerequisites of a company’s internationalization
- know how to analyze the macro environment of a target country.

Content (course unit)

MARKETING
Why are maintaining and building customer relationships important for the company?
What does a company brand include?
What are the reasons behind customers' shopping behavior?

LOGISTICS
What are the roles of logistics and supply chain management?
What are the basic concepts and principles of logistics
How should the sales and the procurements be balanced?

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
What kind of strategies should be made concerning decision-making about internationalization?
How to start international trade and how to develop it?
How to acquire market information needed in internationalization?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

MARKETING
The student knows the basics of maintaining and building customer relationships, brand building and customer purchasing behavior satisfactorily.

LOGISTICS
The student knows the basics of logistics satisfactorily.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
The student knows the main principles of internationalization process and has participated in completing the given assignment on a fair level.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

MARKETING
The student is familiar with the basics of maintaining and building customer relationships, brand building and customers' purchasing behavior.

LOGISTICS
The student is familiar with basics of logistics and understands the importance of logistics in the turnover of a company.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
The student knows the contents and themes of internationalization process and therefore is capable to actively participate in the work concerning the given assignment.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

MARKETING
The student is able to apply the basics of maintaining and building customer relationships, brand building and customers' purchasing behavior in different situations.

LOGISTICS
The student is able to plan the supply chain of the company and is able to apply company logistics in different situations.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
The student has mastered the contents and themes of internationalization process and therefore is capable to create a versatile analysis for a company considering internationalization.

Exam schedules

Internationalization: We will inform the students about the date of the exams at the beginning of the course

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Internationalization: Contact lessons and exercises

Learning materials

Internationalization: Literatures shared during the lessons

Assessment criteria - satisfactory (1-2) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
The student knows the main principles of internationalization process and has participated in completing the given assignment on a fair level.

Assessment criteria - good (3-4) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
The student knows the contents and themes of internationalization process and therefore is capable to actively participate in the work concerning the given assignment.

Assessment criteria - excellent (5) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
The student has mastered the contents and themes of internationalization process and therefore is capable to create a versatile analysis for a company considering internationalization

Enrolment period

17.01.2024 - 21.02.2024

Timing

04.03.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Sami Kalliokoski
  • Pietro Albanese
  • Niina Syrjälä
Person in charge

Niina Syrjälä

Groups
  • 23LIKO3

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students familiarize themselves with customer relationship marketing in business operation. They understand the relevance of logistics in business and profitability. They also become familiar with the development and the internationalization of a company, and are able to understand the operations that have an impact on the internationalization of a company.

MARKETING 2 cr
After completing the course the students
- understand the importance of customer relationship management in business
- have studied the basics of building a brand and image
- understand the motives behind shopping behavior
- are able to consider an organization's marketing as a whole.

LOGISTICS 1 cr
After completing the course the students
- know the basic concepts and principles of logistics
- understand the basics from procurements, warehouse management and transportation management.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2 2 op
After completing the course the students
- are able to find information about target markets
- know how to analyze the reasons and prerequisites of a company’s internationalization
- know how to analyze the macro environment of a target country.

Content (course unit)

MARKETING
Why are maintaining and building customer relationships important for the company?
What does a company brand include?
What are the reasons behind customers' shopping behavior?

LOGISTICS
What are the roles of logistics and supply chain management?
What are the basic concepts and principles of logistics
How should the sales and the procurements be balanced?

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
What kind of strategies should be made concerning decision-making about internationalization?
How to start international trade and how to develop it?
How to acquire market information needed in internationalization?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

MARKETING
The student knows the basics of maintaining and building customer relationships, brand building and customer purchasing behavior satisfactorily.

LOGISTICS
The student knows the basics of logistics satisfactorily.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
The student knows the main principles of internationalization process and has participated in completing the given assignment on a fair level.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

MARKETING
The student is familiar with the basics of maintaining and building customer relationships, brand building and customers' purchasing behavior.

LOGISTICS
The student is familiar with basics of logistics and understands the importance of logistics in the turnover of a company.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
The student knows the contents and themes of internationalization process and therefore is capable to actively participate in the work concerning the given assignment.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

MARKETING
The student is able to apply the basics of maintaining and building customer relationships, brand building and customers' purchasing behavior in different situations.

LOGISTICS
The student is able to plan the supply chain of the company and is able to apply company logistics in different situations.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
The student has mastered the contents and themes of internationalization process and therefore is capable to create a versatile analysis for a company considering internationalization.

Exam schedules

Internationalization: We will inform the students about the date of the exams at the beginning of the course

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Internationalization: Contact lessons and exercises

Learning materials

Internationalization: Literatures shared during the lessons

Assessment criteria - satisfactory (1-2) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
The student knows the main principles of internationalization process and has participated in completing the given assignment on a fair level.

Assessment criteria - good (3-4) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
The student knows the contents and themes of internationalization process and therefore is capable to actively participate in the work concerning the given assignment.

Assessment criteria - excellent (5) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
The student has mastered the contents and themes of internationalization process and therefore is capable to create a versatile analysis for a company considering internationalization

Enrolment period

17.01.2024 - 21.02.2024

Timing

04.03.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Sami Kalliokoski
  • Pietro Albanese
  • Niina Syrjälä
Person in charge

Niina Syrjälä

Groups
  • 23LIKO4

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students familiarize themselves with customer relationship marketing in business operation. They understand the relevance of logistics in business and profitability. They also become familiar with the development and the internationalization of a company, and are able to understand the operations that have an impact on the internationalization of a company.

MARKETING 2 cr
After completing the course the students
- understand the importance of customer relationship management in business
- have studied the basics of building a brand and image
- understand the motives behind shopping behavior
- are able to consider an organization's marketing as a whole.

LOGISTICS 1 cr
After completing the course the students
- know the basic concepts and principles of logistics
- understand the basics from procurements, warehouse management and transportation management.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2 2 op
After completing the course the students
- are able to find information about target markets
- know how to analyze the reasons and prerequisites of a company’s internationalization
- know how to analyze the macro environment of a target country.

Content (course unit)

MARKETING
Why are maintaining and building customer relationships important for the company?
What does a company brand include?
What are the reasons behind customers' shopping behavior?

LOGISTICS
What are the roles of logistics and supply chain management?
What are the basic concepts and principles of logistics
How should the sales and the procurements be balanced?

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
What kind of strategies should be made concerning decision-making about internationalization?
How to start international trade and how to develop it?
How to acquire market information needed in internationalization?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

MARKETING
The student knows the basics of maintaining and building customer relationships, brand building and customer purchasing behavior satisfactorily.

LOGISTICS
The student knows the basics of logistics satisfactorily.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
The student knows the main principles of internationalization process and has participated in completing the given assignment on a fair level.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

MARKETING
The student is familiar with the basics of maintaining and building customer relationships, brand building and customers' purchasing behavior.

LOGISTICS
The student is familiar with basics of logistics and understands the importance of logistics in the turnover of a company.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
The student knows the contents and themes of internationalization process and therefore is capable to actively participate in the work concerning the given assignment.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

MARKETING
The student is able to apply the basics of maintaining and building customer relationships, brand building and customers' purchasing behavior in different situations.

LOGISTICS
The student is able to plan the supply chain of the company and is able to apply company logistics in different situations.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
The student has mastered the contents and themes of internationalization process and therefore is capable to create a versatile analysis for a company considering internationalization.

Exam schedules

Internationalization: We will inform the students about the date of the exams at the beginning of the course

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Internationalization: Contact lessons and exercises

Learning materials

Internationalization: Literatures shared during the lessons

Assessment criteria - satisfactory (1-2) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
The student knows the main principles of internationalization process and has participated in completing the given assignment on a fair level.

Assessment criteria - good (3-4) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
The student knows the contents and themes of internationalization process and therefore is capable to actively participate in the work concerning the given assignment.

Assessment criteria - excellent (5) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

GOING INTERNATIONAL 2
The student has mastered the contents and themes of internationalization process and therefore is capable to create a versatile analysis for a company considering internationalization

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jarmo Pösö
  • Arja Reinvall
Person in charge

Jarmo Pösö

Groups
  • 22ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

Sales Mathematics and Basics of Taxation

Content (course unit)

Sales Mathematics and Basics of Taxation

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Satisfactory

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Excellent

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 15.03.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Juha Ikonen
  • Pauliina Airaksinen-Aminoff
  • Mari Rytisalo
Person in charge

Mari Rytisalo

Groups
  • 23LIKO1

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students familiarize themselves with principles of sales work. They learns about international business. In PRESENTATION they learn the structure and content of a presentation and how to visualize it. They become familiar with sales communication.

PROFESSIONAL SALES 1 cr
After completing the course the students
- can see the importance of sales to the profitability of the company
- know the different stages of the sales process
- are able to analyze and develop their own way of selling.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 1 2 cr
After completing the course the students
- are able to use international delivery terms (Incoterms) and know the contents and requirements of international offers
- know the main international payment methods and key documents in export process
- know how to use INTRASTAT-statistics and customs clearance in foreign trade.

PRESENTATION SKILLS 2 op
After completing the course the students
- are able to utilize different areas of communication skills in their own presentations
- know how to communicate in an effective manner and use diverse arguments
- recognize the special features that characterize sales communication situations and are able to modify their own communication accordingly.

Content (course unit)

PROFESSIONAL SALES
What is solution selling?
What are the different stages of the sales process?
How can a seller improve their sales results?

GOING INTERNATIONAL 1
What are international delivery terms (Incoterms) and how does one use Incoterms in offers?
What are the main international payment methods and key documents in foreign trade?
What are INTRASTAT-statistics and customs clearance and when are they needed?

ESIINTYMISTAITO
What specific areas should be considered while planning one’s own communication and presentations?
How to create an effective presentation?
What are the special features of sales communication?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

PROFESSIONAL SALES
The student is able to name the various phases of the sales process.
The student is able to analyze simple sales situations.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 1
The student understands the practices of foreign trade sufficiently and is able to define the main terms and concepts of foreign trade.

PRESENTATION SKILLS
The student has completed all required assignments, but the level of analyzing and reflecting communication skills as a larger phenomenon and as personal communication behavior is weak. They do not apply theoretical knowledge about communication into their own communication behavior and significant development of skills cannot be detected.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

PROFESSIONAL SALES
The student is able to name the various phases of the sales process and knows how to operate in each of them.
The student is able to analyze different sales situations.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 1
The student is able to define and use the foreign trade terms and concepts in offers. They are able to determine, apply and analyze the practices of foreign trade well.

PRESENTATION SKILLS
The student has completed comprehensively all required assignments and is able to analyze the communication behavior of themselves and others by utilizing theoretical knowledge. In individual and group communication situations development is being detected, which expresses the skills of applying knowledge and motivation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

PROFESSIONAL SALES
The student is able to name the various phases of the sales process and knows how to operate in each of them.
The student is able to analyze challenging sales situations and make developer suggestions for the seller.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 1
The student has mastered the terms and concepts of foreign trade in an excellent manner. They are able to conduct fluent and reasoned analysis of challenging foreign trade practices.

PRESENTATION SKILLS
The student has completed comprehensively and innovatively all required assignments. They know how to diversely analyze the communication behavior of themselves and others by utilizing theoretical knowledge. In individual and group communication situations, the student’s own communication behavior is well controlled and functional, which expresses the skills of applying knowledge and motivation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 15.03.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Juha Ikonen
  • Pauliina Airaksinen-Aminoff
  • Mari Rytisalo
Person in charge

Mari Rytisalo

Groups
  • 23LIKO2

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students familiarize themselves with principles of sales work. They learns about international business. In PRESENTATION they learn the structure and content of a presentation and how to visualize it. They become familiar with sales communication.

PROFESSIONAL SALES 1 cr
After completing the course the students
- can see the importance of sales to the profitability of the company
- know the different stages of the sales process
- are able to analyze and develop their own way of selling.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 1 2 cr
After completing the course the students
- are able to use international delivery terms (Incoterms) and know the contents and requirements of international offers
- know the main international payment methods and key documents in export process
- know how to use INTRASTAT-statistics and customs clearance in foreign trade.

PRESENTATION SKILLS 2 op
After completing the course the students
- are able to utilize different areas of communication skills in their own presentations
- know how to communicate in an effective manner and use diverse arguments
- recognize the special features that characterize sales communication situations and are able to modify their own communication accordingly.

Content (course unit)

PROFESSIONAL SALES
What is solution selling?
What are the different stages of the sales process?
How can a seller improve their sales results?

GOING INTERNATIONAL 1
What are international delivery terms (Incoterms) and how does one use Incoterms in offers?
What are the main international payment methods and key documents in foreign trade?
What are INTRASTAT-statistics and customs clearance and when are they needed?

ESIINTYMISTAITO
What specific areas should be considered while planning one’s own communication and presentations?
How to create an effective presentation?
What are the special features of sales communication?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

PROFESSIONAL SALES
The student is able to name the various phases of the sales process.
The student is able to analyze simple sales situations.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 1
The student understands the practices of foreign trade sufficiently and is able to define the main terms and concepts of foreign trade.

PRESENTATION SKILLS
The student has completed all required assignments, but the level of analyzing and reflecting communication skills as a larger phenomenon and as personal communication behavior is weak. They do not apply theoretical knowledge about communication into their own communication behavior and significant development of skills cannot be detected.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

PROFESSIONAL SALES
The student is able to name the various phases of the sales process and knows how to operate in each of them.
The student is able to analyze different sales situations.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 1
The student is able to define and use the foreign trade terms and concepts in offers. They are able to determine, apply and analyze the practices of foreign trade well.

PRESENTATION SKILLS
The student has completed comprehensively all required assignments and is able to analyze the communication behavior of themselves and others by utilizing theoretical knowledge. In individual and group communication situations development is being detected, which expresses the skills of applying knowledge and motivation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

PROFESSIONAL SALES
The student is able to name the various phases of the sales process and knows how to operate in each of them.
The student is able to analyze challenging sales situations and make developer suggestions for the seller.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 1
The student has mastered the terms and concepts of foreign trade in an excellent manner. They are able to conduct fluent and reasoned analysis of challenging foreign trade practices.

PRESENTATION SKILLS
The student has completed comprehensively and innovatively all required assignments. They know how to diversely analyze the communication behavior of themselves and others by utilizing theoretical knowledge. In individual and group communication situations, the student’s own communication behavior is well controlled and functional, which expresses the skills of applying knowledge and motivation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 15.03.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Juha Ikonen
  • Pauliina Airaksinen-Aminoff
  • Mari Rytisalo
Person in charge

Mari Rytisalo

Groups
  • 23LIKO3

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students familiarize themselves with principles of sales work. They learns about international business. In PRESENTATION they learn the structure and content of a presentation and how to visualize it. They become familiar with sales communication.

PROFESSIONAL SALES 1 cr
After completing the course the students
- can see the importance of sales to the profitability of the company
- know the different stages of the sales process
- are able to analyze and develop their own way of selling.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 1 2 cr
After completing the course the students
- are able to use international delivery terms (Incoterms) and know the contents and requirements of international offers
- know the main international payment methods and key documents in export process
- know how to use INTRASTAT-statistics and customs clearance in foreign trade.

PRESENTATION SKILLS 2 op
After completing the course the students
- are able to utilize different areas of communication skills in their own presentations
- know how to communicate in an effective manner and use diverse arguments
- recognize the special features that characterize sales communication situations and are able to modify their own communication accordingly.

Content (course unit)

PROFESSIONAL SALES
What is solution selling?
What are the different stages of the sales process?
How can a seller improve their sales results?

GOING INTERNATIONAL 1
What are international delivery terms (Incoterms) and how does one use Incoterms in offers?
What are the main international payment methods and key documents in foreign trade?
What are INTRASTAT-statistics and customs clearance and when are they needed?

ESIINTYMISTAITO
What specific areas should be considered while planning one’s own communication and presentations?
How to create an effective presentation?
What are the special features of sales communication?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

PROFESSIONAL SALES
The student is able to name the various phases of the sales process.
The student is able to analyze simple sales situations.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 1
The student understands the practices of foreign trade sufficiently and is able to define the main terms and concepts of foreign trade.

PRESENTATION SKILLS
The student has completed all required assignments, but the level of analyzing and reflecting communication skills as a larger phenomenon and as personal communication behavior is weak. They do not apply theoretical knowledge about communication into their own communication behavior and significant development of skills cannot be detected.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

PROFESSIONAL SALES
The student is able to name the various phases of the sales process and knows how to operate in each of them.
The student is able to analyze different sales situations.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 1
The student is able to define and use the foreign trade terms and concepts in offers. They are able to determine, apply and analyze the practices of foreign trade well.

PRESENTATION SKILLS
The student has completed comprehensively all required assignments and is able to analyze the communication behavior of themselves and others by utilizing theoretical knowledge. In individual and group communication situations development is being detected, which expresses the skills of applying knowledge and motivation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

PROFESSIONAL SALES
The student is able to name the various phases of the sales process and knows how to operate in each of them.
The student is able to analyze challenging sales situations and make developer suggestions for the seller.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 1
The student has mastered the terms and concepts of foreign trade in an excellent manner. They are able to conduct fluent and reasoned analysis of challenging foreign trade practices.

PRESENTATION SKILLS
The student has completed comprehensively and innovatively all required assignments. They know how to diversely analyze the communication behavior of themselves and others by utilizing theoretical knowledge. In individual and group communication situations, the student’s own communication behavior is well controlled and functional, which expresses the skills of applying knowledge and motivation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 15.03.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Juha Ikonen
  • Pauliina Airaksinen-Aminoff
  • Mari Rytisalo
Person in charge

Mari Rytisalo

Groups
  • 23LIKO4

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students familiarize themselves with principles of sales work. They learns about international business. In PRESENTATION they learn the structure and content of a presentation and how to visualize it. They become familiar with sales communication.

PROFESSIONAL SALES 1 cr
After completing the course the students
- can see the importance of sales to the profitability of the company
- know the different stages of the sales process
- are able to analyze and develop their own way of selling.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 1 2 cr
After completing the course the students
- are able to use international delivery terms (Incoterms) and know the contents and requirements of international offers
- know the main international payment methods and key documents in export process
- know how to use INTRASTAT-statistics and customs clearance in foreign trade.

PRESENTATION SKILLS 2 op
After completing the course the students
- are able to utilize different areas of communication skills in their own presentations
- know how to communicate in an effective manner and use diverse arguments
- recognize the special features that characterize sales communication situations and are able to modify their own communication accordingly.

Content (course unit)

PROFESSIONAL SALES
What is solution selling?
What are the different stages of the sales process?
How can a seller improve their sales results?

GOING INTERNATIONAL 1
What are international delivery terms (Incoterms) and how does one use Incoterms in offers?
What are the main international payment methods and key documents in foreign trade?
What are INTRASTAT-statistics and customs clearance and when are they needed?

ESIINTYMISTAITO
What specific areas should be considered while planning one’s own communication and presentations?
How to create an effective presentation?
What are the special features of sales communication?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

PROFESSIONAL SALES
The student is able to name the various phases of the sales process.
The student is able to analyze simple sales situations.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 1
The student understands the practices of foreign trade sufficiently and is able to define the main terms and concepts of foreign trade.

PRESENTATION SKILLS
The student has completed all required assignments, but the level of analyzing and reflecting communication skills as a larger phenomenon and as personal communication behavior is weak. They do not apply theoretical knowledge about communication into their own communication behavior and significant development of skills cannot be detected.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

PROFESSIONAL SALES
The student is able to name the various phases of the sales process and knows how to operate in each of them.
The student is able to analyze different sales situations.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 1
The student is able to define and use the foreign trade terms and concepts in offers. They are able to determine, apply and analyze the practices of foreign trade well.

PRESENTATION SKILLS
The student has completed comprehensively all required assignments and is able to analyze the communication behavior of themselves and others by utilizing theoretical knowledge. In individual and group communication situations development is being detected, which expresses the skills of applying knowledge and motivation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

PROFESSIONAL SALES
The student is able to name the various phases of the sales process and knows how to operate in each of them.
The student is able to analyze challenging sales situations and make developer suggestions for the seller.

GOING INTERNATIONAL 1
The student has mastered the terms and concepts of foreign trade in an excellent manner. They are able to conduct fluent and reasoned analysis of challenging foreign trade practices.

PRESENTATION SKILLS
The student has completed comprehensively and innovatively all required assignments. They know how to diversely analyze the communication behavior of themselves and others by utilizing theoretical knowledge. In individual and group communication situations, the student’s own communication behavior is well controlled and functional, which expresses the skills of applying knowledge and motivation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

17.08.2023 - 07.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Mika Jokinen
  • Tero Poutala
Person in charge

Mika Jokinen

Groups
  • 23ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

Sales and Basics of Jurisprudence

Content (course unit)

What is sales work?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Satisfactory

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Excellent

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Arja Reinvall
Person in charge

Arja Reinvall

Groups
  • 21ALITAM

Location and time

According to student's personal study plan

Exam schedules

No exam; plan and report

Assessment methods and criteria

- appropriate goal setting
- amount of work hours
- content of the work (learning outcomes)
- reporting, testimonial/reference or other documentation

Assessment scale

Pass/Fail

Teaching methods

Working in an organization's development project.

Student workload

1 cr = 27 hours of student's work
5 cr = 135 h

Completion alternatives

Either you work developing your own business projects or you work in bachelor of business administration level tasks in an organization.

Practical training and working life cooperation

Practical training means working in real life.

International connections

It is possible to take the practical training outside Finland (please contact your study councellor) or in international business organization. Your own business project may be international.

Assessment criteria - pass/fail (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

As a business development project

Approved
The student is able to show actions and development work done in the project. They have worked in goal-oriented way and appropriately.

Rejected
The student has not worked enough or on required level.

As practical training

Approved
The student is able to report required amount of working hours, content of the work and a reference/testimonial from the organization showing how the personal learning goals have been met.

Rejected
The student has not worked enough or on required level.

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.02.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Arja Luiro
  • Heli Kaipio
Person in charge

Arja Reinvall

Groups
  • 21ALITAM

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2023 - 31.07.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Credits

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Riku-Matti Kinnunen
  • Marita Mäki
  • Pietro Albanese
  • Mika Boedeker
  • Mika Jokinen
  • Niina Syrjälä
  • Teppo Yrjönkoski
  • Liiketalous Virtuaalihenkilö
  • Marita Mäki
  • Miina Kivelä
Person in charge

Arja Reinvall

Groups
  • 20ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the Bachelor's thesis is to develop the students’ ability to apply research data and to use selected methods for analyzing and solving the problems of working life, and the readiness for independent, demanding expert work. The thesis is a broad and pragmatic development or research project that serves as a bridge between studying and working life, promoting the students’ transition to professional expertise.

After completing the course the students
- demonstrate that they are capable of independent and targeted scientific work and in-depth discussion of the topic of their choice and boundaries
- know the most common methods of research and information search in the field and are able to apply the selected methods in their own thesis project
- manage independent information search and are able to apply knowledge into practice and make suggestions for development for their thesis commissioner
- are able to apply the theoretical starting points of their own field of study in their thesis
- know how to consider the research ethics principles at various stages in the thesis process
- can solve a problem in accordance with the set goals
- produce a thesis report in accordance with the requirements of appearance and style, and other materials that may be related to the thesis.

Content (course unit)

Creating a Bachelor's Thesis in accordance with TAMK's instructions and processes. Maturity test is part of the course. The students are responsible for communicating with the supervisors and the clients. The students also present the thesis and create a poster for it.

Prerequisites (course unit)

Getting Started on the Thesis 5 cr.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Pass
The course will be accepted when evaluating the thesis.

Fail
The thesis is not yet ready for evaluation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2023 - 31.07.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Credits

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Marita Mäki
  • Jouni Ranta
  • Janne Hopeela
  • Tomi Leino
  • Tero Poutala
  • Marita Mäki
Person in charge

Jouni Ranta

Groups
  • 20LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the Bachelor's thesis is to develop the students’ ability to apply research data and to use selected methods for analyzing and solving the problems of working life, and the readiness for independent, demanding expert work. The thesis is a broad and pragmatic development or research project that serves as a bridge between studying and working life, promoting the students’ transition to professional expertise.

After completing the course the students
- demonstrate that they are capable of independent and targeted scientific work and in-depth discussion of the topic of their choice and boundaries
- know the most common methods of research and information search in the field and are able to apply the selected methods in their own thesis project
- manage independent information search and are able to apply knowledge into practice and make suggestions for development for their thesis commissioner
- are able to apply the theoretical starting points of their own field of study in their thesis
- know how to consider the research ethics principles at various stages in the thesis process
- can solve a problem in accordance with the set goals
- produce a thesis report in accordance with the requirements of appearance and style, and other materials that may be related to the thesis.

Content (course unit)

Creating a Bachelor's Thesis in accordance with TAMK's instructions and processes. Maturity test is part of the course. The students are responsible for communicating with the supervisors and the clients. The students also present the thesis and create a poster for it.

Prerequisites (course unit)

Getting Started on the Thesis 5 cr.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Pass
The course will be accepted when evaluating the thesis.

Fail
The thesis is not yet ready for evaluation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2023 - 31.07.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Credits

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Milja Valtonen
  • Minna Wilska
  • Toni Lehtimäki
  • Marita Mäki
  • Sini Jokiniemi
  • Pauliina Airaksinen-Aminoff
  • Janne Hopeela
  • Tuula Niemi
  • Liiketalous Virtuaalihenkilö
  • Marita Mäki
Person in charge

Tuula Niemi

Groups
  • 20LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the Bachelor's thesis is to develop the students’ ability to apply research data and to use selected methods for analyzing and solving the problems of working life, and the readiness for independent, demanding expert work. The thesis is a broad and pragmatic development or research project that serves as a bridge between studying and working life, promoting the students’ transition to professional expertise.

After completing the course the students
- demonstrate that they are capable of independent and targeted scientific work and in-depth discussion of the topic of their choice and boundaries
- know the most common methods of research and information search in the field and are able to apply the selected methods in their own thesis project
- manage independent information search and are able to apply knowledge into practice and make suggestions for development for their thesis commissioner
- are able to apply the theoretical starting points of their own field of study in their thesis
- know how to consider the research ethics principles at various stages in the thesis process
- can solve a problem in accordance with the set goals
- produce a thesis report in accordance with the requirements of appearance and style, and other materials that may be related to the thesis.

Content (course unit)

Creating a Bachelor's Thesis in accordance with TAMK's instructions and processes. Maturity test is part of the course. The students are responsible for communicating with the supervisors and the clients. The students also present the thesis and create a poster for it.

Prerequisites (course unit)

Getting Started on the Thesis 5 cr.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Pass
The course will be accepted when evaluating the thesis.

Fail
The thesis is not yet ready for evaluation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

29.06.2023 - 27.08.2023

Timing

28.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Credits

3 op

Virtual portion

3 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Arja Reinvall
Person in charge

Arja Reinvall

Groups
  • AVOINAMK
  • 23AVOHRP
    HR- ja palkkahallinnon osaaja, syksy 2023

Objectives (course unit)

The course deepens the students’ knowledge of calculation of pay and familiarizes them with different salary systems.

After completing the course the students
- have mastered the calculation of pay according to essential laws
- know the impact of entrepreneurship in payroll issues
- are able to apply the terms of collective agreements in calculation of pay
- are able to apply the different conditions of contracts in calculation of pay
- are familiar with some payroll software and understand their operational principles
- are familiar with different ways of rewarding personnel and know how these are taxed.

Content (course unit)

How are the salaries for employees calculated?
How to recognize who is in the position of an entrepreneur and what needs to be taken into account when calculating a salary for an entrepreneur?
How is overtime determined and compensated, according to law or collective agreements?
How are holiday pays determined and compensated, according to law or collective agreements?
What obligations does an employer have during sick leaves or parental leaves of employees?
How can the salaries for employees be calculated utilizing payroll software?
What different kinds of methods can be used in rewarding personnel?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the main factors affecting to payroll management and is able to perform payroll
calculation in familiar conditions. They know the most typical modes of how collective agreements af-fect salaries and can utilize this knowledge in familiar cases.
The student manages to use a payroll software in familiar conditions. They know some ways to
reward personnel in organizations.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student understands the principal factors affecting to payroll management and is able to
apply the acquired knowledge in typical practical situations of payroll management and salary
calculation. They know how the collective agreements affect salaries, and can interpret
the terms of collective agreements in usual situations. The student can use some payroll software
according to instructions. They know the main ways to reward personnel and can somewhat
develop the rewarding process in organizations.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the factors affecting to payroll management and is able to apply the
acquired knowledge in different practical situations of payroll management and salary calculation.
They know how the collective agreements affect salaries, are able to interpret collective
agreements and to utilize that information in different situations.
The student has mastered some payroll software. They know how personnel can be rewarded and are able to develop the rewarding processes in organizations.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

17.01.2024 - 21.02.2024

Timing

04.03.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Arja Reinvall
Person in charge

Arja Reinvall

Groups
  • 22LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

The course deepens the students’ knowledge of calculation of pay and familiarizes them with different salary systems.

After completing the course the students
- have mastered the calculation of pay according to essential laws
- know the impact of entrepreneurship in payroll issues
- are able to apply the terms of collective agreements in calculation of pay
- are able to apply the different conditions of contracts in calculation of pay
- are familiar with some payroll software and understand their operational principles
- are familiar with different ways of rewarding personnel and know how these are taxed.

Content (course unit)

How are the salaries for employees calculated?
How to recognize who is in the position of an entrepreneur and what needs to be taken into account when calculating a salary for an entrepreneur?
How is overtime determined and compensated, according to law or collective agreements?
How are holiday pays determined and compensated, according to law or collective agreements?
What obligations does an employer have during sick leaves or parental leaves of employees?
How can the salaries for employees be calculated utilizing payroll software?
What different kinds of methods can be used in rewarding personnel?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the main factors affecting to payroll management and is able to perform payroll
calculation in familiar conditions. They know the most typical modes of how collective agreements af-fect salaries and can utilize this knowledge in familiar cases.
The student manages to use a payroll software in familiar conditions. They know some ways to
reward personnel in organizations.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student understands the principal factors affecting to payroll management and is able to
apply the acquired knowledge in typical practical situations of payroll management and salary
calculation. They know how the collective agreements affect salaries, and can interpret
the terms of collective agreements in usual situations. The student can use some payroll software
according to instructions. They know the main ways to reward personnel and can somewhat
develop the rewarding process in organizations.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the factors affecting to payroll management and is able to apply the
acquired knowledge in different practical situations of payroll management and salary calculation.
They know how the collective agreements affect salaries, are able to interpret collective
agreements and to utilize that information in different situations.
The student has mastered some payroll software. They know how personnel can be rewarded and are able to develop the rewarding processes in organizations.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 09.01.2024

Timing

11.01.2024 - 03.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

1 op

RDI portion

4 op

Mode of delivery

80 % Contact teaching, 20 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

16 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Mika Jokinen
Person in charge

Mika Jokinen

Groups
  • 23ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The student knows the types and grouping of service business and the service business models.
He/she can plan services and apply service design.

Content (course unit)

Models of service business
Planning of services
Service process
Service design
Productization

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Satisfactory

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Excellent

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 25.02.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Hanna Laasanen
Person in charge

Hanna Laasanen

Groups
  • 21LIKOJ
  • 22LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to develop basic skills in the application of the law on relationships, children, guardianship, succession and wills.

Student
- identify and present the main features of the law on relationships, children, guardianship, succession and wills
- apply the rules of family and succession law in practice and justify their decisions
- take account of ethics, responsibility and professional cooperation in their work.

Content (course unit)

Rights and obligations of the parties to a civil partnership.
Formation and dissolution of marriage.
The legal relationship between a child and a parent.
Legal representation, incapacity and guardianship.
Legal succession, wills, settlement of estates and distribution of inheritance.
International family and succession law.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Students will identify the main principles and general doctrines of family and succession law and apply what they have learned in practical situations. Students will identify problems in family and succession law, obtain information from different legal sources and solve legal problems. The student will describe the importance of taking ethics and responsibility into account in his/her work. He/she will participate in group work and reporting.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student identifies and understands the main principles and general doctrines of family and succession law and is able to evaluate them critically. The student will be able to structure a family and succession case into relevant sub-issues, argue for their resolution in the light of key legal rules and present a reasoned solution. Students will act ethically and responsibly in their work. The student is an active member of a team and reports well on his/her work.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student will critically analyse and evaluate the key principles and general doctrines of family and succession law. The student will identify problems in family and succession law, obtain and analyse information from various legal sources and solve legal issues analytically, critically and comprehensively. Students will promote ethics and responsibility at both individual and group level. Students will be highly motivated and committed to taking responsibility for their own and group performance and reporting.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Katja Kärki
Person in charge

Katja Kärki

Groups
  • 21ALITAM

Objectives (course unit)

The student can give a sales presentation and negotiate in English.

The student is able to
- plan and give a sales presentation - "pitching".
- prepare and carry out a business negotiation.
- communicate in English in negotiations.
- adapt the presentation or negotiation according to different cultural characteristics.

Content (course unit)

What is a good sales presentation like?
How do you communicate with a customer?
How do you prepare and carry out a successful business negotiation?
How do you consider your target group and customer's needs in business communication?

Prerequisites (course unit)

Previous modules completed or equivalent knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student performs the required assessments. The student recognizes the main elements that influence business presentations and negotiation skills. The student recognizes the existing challenges in business communication.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student performs the required assessments. The student knows the main elements that influence business presentations and negotiation skills. The student recognizes the elements and significance of intercultural communication in business communication.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student performs the required assessments. The student knows and adapts the main elements that influence business presentations and negotiation skills. The student modifies their communication style according to the existing context and takes cultural features into consideration.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student is not able to give a business presentation or carry out a negotiation in English. The student does not know how to modify their communication style according to the cultural context.

Location and time

1st Sep - Mänttä
21 Sep - Teams
5 Oct - Teams
26 Oct - Tampere, Kuntokatu
9 Nov - Teams
30 Nov - Teams
15 Dec - Mänttä

Exam schedules

There is no exam but you will have to give a sales pitch on the 15th of December.

Assessment methods and criteria

Evaluation is based on successful completion of given assignments and sufficient presence on the course.

You have to take part in spoken exercises and give a sales pitch. Failing to submit general assignments on time might affect your grade.

You have to be present in at least five classes, and at least two of them must be in on-campus classes. In other words, you can only miss one on-campus class in Tampere or Mänttä.

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

This course focuses on spoken communication.
*online meetings on Teams as well as on-campus classes in Tampere or Mänttä
*studying individually, in pairs or in groups
*blended teaching

Learning materials

All materials can be found on Moodle page.

Student workload

Classes 7 x 2 hours = 15 hours
Independent work: homework after each class, completing assignments and getting ready for discussions.

Content scheduling

1st period: negotiating, argumenting, nonverbal communication
2nd period: presentation practice, sales pitching, intercultural communication

Completion alternatives

Business-related work experience in English
English proficiency on level C.1. (CEFR)

If you have prior university studies, you may be entitled to a credit transfer. For more information: https://intra.tuni.fi/fi/opiskelu/opiskelu-0/kieliopinnot

Classes cannot be compensated with assignments.

Practical training and working life cooperation

None

International connections

None.

Further information

Have a working camera on your computer!

Assessment criteria - fail (0) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student is not able to give a business presentation or carry out a negotiation in English. The student does not know how to modify their communication style according to the cultural context.

Assessment criteria - satisfactory (1-2) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student
- performs the required assessments.
- recognizes the main elements that influence business presentations and negotiation skills.
- recognizes the existing challenges in business communication.
- speaks and writes in a comprehensible manner with several inaccuracies that might hinder communication
- pronounces mostly in a comprehensible manner
- uses very simple grammatical structures

Assessment criteria - good (3-4) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student
- performs the required assessments.
- knows the main elements that influence business presentations and negotiation skills.
- recognizes the elements and significance of intercultural communication in business communication.
- speaks and writes quite fluently with a few inaccuracies
- pronounces mostly in a comprehensible manner
- uses diverse grammatical structures

Assessment criteria - excellent (5) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student
- performs the required assessments.
- knows and adapts the main elements that influence business presentations and negotiation skills.
- modifies their communication style according to the existing context and takes cultural features into consideration.
- speaks and writes fluently with only minor errors in grammar or expressions
- pronounces in a comprehensible manner
- uses diverse and rich language with impeccable grammar

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

18.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Katja Kärki
  • Janne Hopeela
Person in charge

Janne Hopeela

Groups
  • 23ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

On this course students will learn about the professional business communication in working life environment. European Framework of Reference for Languages B2 level.

After completing the course students will be able to
- tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks and duties at work by using professional English
- meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
- follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication.

Content (course unit)

What can the student communicate on his/her competence and working life environment in the target language?
What kind of qualifications does the student need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction in the target language?
How can the student develop his/her competence and acquire business-related information in the target language?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

- pronunciation is not always correct but acceptable for communication
- comprehension of key points of limited professional material is fairly good and with tools for studies
- basic knowledge is acquired and shared
- basic and unclear expressions are used in communication but main message is shared and
- transmitted with some professional touch
- communication seems clumsy and limited but some attention is paid to interaction
- all separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade are met.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

- pronunciation sounds clear and quite natural
- comprehension of key points as well as details of professional material is good and acquired
- knowledge can be implemented
- clear professional expressions are used and the number of mistakes is limited
- communication seems professional and interpersonal skills are quite good
- all separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade are met.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

pronunciation sounds clear and natural with different nuances in tone
- comprehension of key points as well as details of demanding professional material is good and
- acquired knowledge can be implemented with ease
- fluent and proficient language is used with a good sense of style and register
- communication seems professional, interactive and efficient with very few mistakes made
- all separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade are met.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 01.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Elena Grigorova
Person in charge

Elena Grigorova

Groups
  • 23LIKO1

Objectives (course unit)

On this course students will learn about the professional business communication in working life environment. European Framework of Reference for Languages B2 level.

After completing the course students will be able to
- tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks and duties at work by using professional English
- meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
- follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication.

Content (course unit)

What can the student communicate on his/her competence and working life environment in the target language?
What kind of qualifications does the student need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction in the target language?
How can the student develop his/her competence and acquire business-related information in the target language?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

- pronunciation is not always correct but acceptable for communication
- comprehension of key points of limited professional material is fairly good and with tools for studies
- basic knowledge is acquired and shared
- basic and unclear expressions are used in communication but main message is shared and
- transmitted with some professional touch
- communication seems clumsy and limited but some attention is paid to interaction
- all separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade are met.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

- pronunciation sounds clear and quite natural
- comprehension of key points as well as details of professional material is good and acquired
- knowledge can be implemented
- clear professional expressions are used and the number of mistakes is limited
- communication seems professional and interpersonal skills are quite good
- all separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade are met.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

- pronunciation sounds clear and natural with different nuances in tone
- comprehension of key points as well as details of demanding professional material is good and
- acquired knowledge can be implemented with ease
- fluent and proficient language is used with a good sense of style and register
- communication seems professional, interactive and efficient with very few mistakes made
- all separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade are met.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Approved:
All the separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade must be fulfilled.

Location and time

On campus according to the timetable.

Exam schedules

See Methods and Grounds for Evaluation.

Assessment methods and criteria

The assessment is based on successful completion of the following tasks and activities:
• Job interview (group activity; individual grade: pass/fail)
• Company presentation at the trade fair (pair task; individual grade incl.self- and peer assessment: 0-5)
• Company meeting (group activity; individual grade: pass/fail)
• Written exam (individual task; individual grade: 0-5)
• Overall participation in the course such as attendance, engagement with the course material, participation in class activities and completion of home assignments is also taken into consideration when determining the final grade.

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Contact teaching, presentations, discussions, pair and group work, individual tasks and independent study.

Learning materials

• Business Express, T. Niskanen, J. Vetter, R. Urbom, SanomaPro Oy. Note: Limited copies are available at TAMK library.
• Materials in Moodle

Student workload

Total course – 5 cr x 27 h = 135 h study hours incl.:
• contact lessons – 16 x 2 h = 32 h
• independent study – 103 h

Content scheduling

• Oral skills (presentations, meetings, negotiations, telephone communication, video conferencing, social interaction)
• Writing skills (CVs, emails, agenda, meeting minutes, business documents such as enquiries, proposals, quotations, complaints, etc.)
• Grammar as needed

Completion alternatives

If the student has completed corresponding studies at another university or university of applied sciences, the student may apply for credit transfer through Hyvähot system.

Students who have extensive international work experience may complete the course through demonstration of competencies.

Such cases have to be discussed with the course teacher at the beginning of the course, and the students may be required to complete additional assignments to demonstrate their knowledge and skills.

Further information

Mandatory attendance – 80%.
There is no hybrid option (some students on campus, some online).

Assessment criteria - fail (0) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student failed to complete the required tasks and activities.

Assessment criteria - satisfactory (1-2) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

- pronunciation is not always correct but acceptable for communication
- comprehension of key points of limited professional material is fairly good and with tools for studies
- basic knowledge is acquired and shared
- basic and unclear expressions are used in communication but main message is shared and
- transmitted with some professional touch
- communication seems clumsy and limited but some attention is paid to interaction
- all separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade are met

Assessment criteria - good (3-4) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

- pronunciation is clear and quite natural
- comprehension of key points as well as details of professional material is good and acquired
- knowledge can be implemented
- clear professional expressions are used and the number of mistakes is limited
- communication seems professional and interpersonal skills are quite good
- all separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade are met

Assessment criteria - excellent (5) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

- pronunciation is clear and natural with different nuances in tone
- comprehension of key points as well as details of demanding professional material is good and
- acquired knowledge can be implemented with ease
- fluent and proficient language is used with a good sense of style and register
- communication seems professional, interactive and efficient with very few mistakes made
- all separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade are met

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 01.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Elena Grigorova
Person in charge

Elena Grigorova

Groups
  • 23LIKO2

Objectives (course unit)

On this course students will learn about the professional business communication in working life environment. European Framework of Reference for Languages B2 level.

After completing the course students will be able to
- tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks and duties at work by using professional English
- meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
- follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication.

Content (course unit)

What can the student communicate on his/her competence and working life environment in the target language?
What kind of qualifications does the student need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction in the target language?
How can the student develop his/her competence and acquire business-related information in the target language?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

- pronunciation is not always correct but acceptable for communication
- comprehension of key points of limited professional material is fairly good and with tools for studies
- basic knowledge is acquired and shared
- basic and unclear expressions are used in communication but main message is shared and
- transmitted with some professional touch
- communication seems clumsy and limited but some attention is paid to interaction
- all separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade are met.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

- pronunciation sounds clear and quite natural
- comprehension of key points as well as details of professional material is good and acquired
- knowledge can be implemented
- clear professional expressions are used and the number of mistakes is limited
- communication seems professional and interpersonal skills are quite good
- all separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade are met.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

- pronunciation sounds clear and natural with different nuances in tone
- comprehension of key points as well as details of demanding professional material is good and
- acquired knowledge can be implemented with ease
- fluent and proficient language is used with a good sense of style and register
- communication seems professional, interactive and efficient with very few mistakes made
- all separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade are met.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Approved:
All the separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade must be fulfilled.

Location and time

On campus according to the timetable.

Exam schedules

See Methods and Grounds for Evaluation.

Assessment methods and criteria

The assessment is based on successful completion of the following tasks and activities:
• Job interview (group activity; individual grade: pass/fail)
• Company presentation at the trade fair (pair task; individual grade incl.self- and peer assessment: 0-5)
• Company meeting (group activity; individual grade: pass/fail)
• Written exam (individual task; individual grade: 0-5)
• Overall participation in the course such as attendance, engagement with the course material, participation in class activities and completion of home assignments is also taken into consideration when determining the final grade.

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Contact teaching, presentations, discussions, pair and group work, individual tasks and independent study.

Learning materials

• Business Express, T. Niskanen, J. Vetter, R. Urbom, SanomaPro Oy. Note: Limited copies are available at TAMK library.
• Materials in Moodle

Student workload

Total course – 5 cr x 27 h = 135 h study hours incl.:
• contact lessons – 16 x 2 h = 32 h
• independent study – 103 h

Content scheduling

• Oral skills (presentations, meetings, negotiations, telephone communication, video conferencing, social interaction)
• Writing skills (CVs, emails, agenda, meeting minutes, business documents such as enquiries, proposals, quotations, complaints, etc.)
• Grammar as needed

Completion alternatives

If the student has completed corresponding studies at another university or university of applied sciences, the student may apply for credit transfer through Hyvähot system.

Students who have extensive international work experience may complete the course through demonstration of competencies.

Such cases have to be discussed with the course teacher at the beginning of the course, and the students may be required to complete additional assignments to demonstrate their knowledge and skills.

Further information

Mandatory attendance – 80%.
There is no hybrid option (some students on campus, some online).

Assessment criteria - fail (0) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student failed to complete the required tasks and activities.

Assessment criteria - satisfactory (1-2) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

- pronunciation is not always correct but acceptable for communication
- comprehension of key points of limited professional material is fairly good and with tools for studies
- basic knowledge is acquired and shared
- basic and unclear expressions are used in communication but main message is shared and
- transmitted with some professional touch
- communication seems clumsy and limited but some attention is paid to interaction
- all separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade are met

Assessment criteria - good (3-4) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

- pronunciation is clear and quite natural
- comprehension of key points as well as details of professional material is good and acquired
- knowledge can be implemented
- clear professional expressions are used and the number of mistakes is limited
- communication seems professional and interpersonal skills are quite good
- all separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade are met

Assessment criteria - excellent (5) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

- pronunciation is clear and natural with different nuances in tone
- comprehension of key points as well as details of demanding professional material is good and
- acquired knowledge can be implemented with ease
- fluent and proficient language is used with a good sense of style and register
- communication seems professional, interactive and efficient with very few mistakes made
- all separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade are met

Enrolment period

01.08.2023 - 28.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Anne Kopperoinen
Person in charge

Anne Kopperoinen

Groups
  • 23LIKO3

Objectives (course unit)

On this course students will learn about the professional business communication in working life environment. European Framework of Reference for Languages B2 level.

After completing the course students will be able to
- tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks and duties at work by using professional English
- meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
- follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication.

Content (course unit)

What can the student communicate on his/her competence and working life environment in the target language?
What kind of qualifications does the student need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction in the target language?
How can the student develop his/her competence and acquire business-related information in the target language?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

- pronunciation is not always correct but acceptable for communication
- comprehension of key points of limited professional material is fairly good and with tools for studies
- basic knowledge is acquired and shared
- basic and unclear expressions are used in communication but main message is shared and
- transmitted with some professional touch
- communication seems clumsy and limited but some attention is paid to interaction
- all separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade are met.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

- pronunciation sounds clear and quite natural
- comprehension of key points as well as details of professional material is good and acquired
- knowledge can be implemented
- clear professional expressions are used and the number of mistakes is limited
- communication seems professional and interpersonal skills are quite good
- all separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade are met.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

- pronunciation sounds clear and natural with different nuances in tone
- comprehension of key points as well as details of demanding professional material is good and
- acquired knowledge can be implemented with ease
- fluent and proficient language is used with a good sense of style and register
- communication seems professional, interactive and efficient with very few mistakes made
- all separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade are met.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Approved:
All the separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade must be fulfilled.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

01.08.2023 - 28.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Anne Kopperoinen
Person in charge

Anne Kopperoinen

Groups
  • 23LIKO4

Objectives (course unit)

On this course students will learn about the professional business communication in working life environment. European Framework of Reference for Languages B2 level.

After completing the course students will be able to
- tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks and duties at work by using professional English
- meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
- follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication.

Content (course unit)

What can the student communicate on his/her competence and working life environment in the target language?
What kind of qualifications does the student need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction in the target language?
How can the student develop his/her competence and acquire business-related information in the target language?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

- pronunciation is not always correct but acceptable for communication
- comprehension of key points of limited professional material is fairly good and with tools for studies
- basic knowledge is acquired and shared
- basic and unclear expressions are used in communication but main message is shared and
- transmitted with some professional touch
- communication seems clumsy and limited but some attention is paid to interaction
- all separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade are met.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

- pronunciation sounds clear and quite natural
- comprehension of key points as well as details of professional material is good and acquired
- knowledge can be implemented
- clear professional expressions are used and the number of mistakes is limited
- communication seems professional and interpersonal skills are quite good
- all separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade are met.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

- pronunciation sounds clear and natural with different nuances in tone
- comprehension of key points as well as details of demanding professional material is good and
- acquired knowledge can be implemented with ease
- fluent and proficient language is used with a good sense of style and register
- communication seems professional, interactive and efficient with very few mistakes made
- all separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade are met.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Approved:
All the separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade must be fulfilled.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Emmanuel Abruquah
Person in charge

Emmanuel Abruquah

Groups
  • 23ALITAMAA
    Liiketalouden tutkinto-ohjelma 2023, Monimuoto, maakunta, verkkototeutus

Objectives (course unit)

On this course students will learn about the professional business communication in working life environment. European Framework of Reference for Languages B2 level.

After completing the course students will be able to
- tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks and duties at work by using professional English
- meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
- follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication.

Content (course unit)

What can the student communicate on his/her competence and working life environment in the target language?
What kind of qualifications does the student need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction in the target language?
How can the student develop his/her competence and acquire business-related information in the target language?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

- pronunciation is not always correct but acceptable for communication
- comprehension of key points of limited professional material is fairly good and with tools for studies
- basic knowledge is acquired and shared
- basic and unclear expressions are used in communication but main message is shared and
- transmitted with some professional touch
- communication seems clumsy and limited but some attention is paid to interaction
- all separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade are met.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

- pronunciation sounds clear and quite natural
- comprehension of key points as well as details of professional material is good and acquired
- knowledge can be implemented
- clear professional expressions are used and the number of mistakes is limited
- communication seems professional and interpersonal skills are quite good
- all separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade are met.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

pronunciation sounds clear and natural with different nuances in tone
- comprehension of key points as well as details of demanding professional material is good and
- acquired knowledge can be implemented with ease
- fluent and proficient language is used with a good sense of style and register
- communication seems professional, interactive and efficient with very few mistakes made
- all separately defined course requirements contributing to the final grade are met.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.12.2023 - 31.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 01.08.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

4 op

Mode of delivery

20 % Contact teaching, 80 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Katja Kärki
Person in charge

Katja Kärki

Groups
  • 24ALITAMAAJ
    Liiketalouden tutkinto-ohjelma 2024, Monimuoto, Juridiikka

Objectives (course unit)

The course focuses on enhancing professional business communication skills in multicultural environments.

After completing the course students will be able to:

• tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks, and duties at work by using professional English
• meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
• follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication.

Content (course unit)

• What can the students communicate on their competence and working life environment

• What kind of qualifications do the students need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction?

• How can the students develop their competence and acquire business-related information?

Further information (course unit)

European Framework of Reference for Languages B2 level.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Englanniksi

• pronunciation is not always correct but it is understandable
• comprehension of key points of limited professional material is good
• ability to acquire and share basic knowledge
• basic and some unclear expressions are used in communication, but main message is shared and transmitted with some professional touch
• communication seems clumsy and limited but some attention is paid to interaction

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

• pronunciation sounds clear and quite natural
• comprehension of key points as well as details of professional material is good
• acquired knowledge can be implemented
• clear professional expressions are used and the number of mistakes is limited
• communication seems professional and interpersonal skills are quite good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

• pronunciation sounds clear and natural with different nuances in tone
• comprehension of key points as well as details of demanding professional material is good
• acquired knowledge can be implemented with ease
• fluent and proficient language is used with a good sense of style and register
• communication seems professional, interactive, and efficient with very few mistakes made

Location and time

According to the schedule on Pakki.

Exam schedules

Exam in the end of the course. Resits will be agreed on.

Assessment methods and criteria

Obligatory written and spoken assignments like presentations as well as written exam.

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Independent and group work, discussions, written assignments, presentations and other spoken assignments.

Learning materials

Material on Moodle.

Student workload

Period 3: 7 h of contact teaching (first class on campus)
Period 4: 17 h of contact teaching

Content scheduling

Period 3: telling about yourself and your studies, work experience and work duties
Period 4: field-specific terminology, customer-oriented communication, communication at work, cross-cultural communication, data acquisition

Completion alternatives

Accreditation based on prior studies or other competence. Ask teacher for more details.

Practical training and working life cooperation

-

International connections

-

Further information

Inform the teacher in case you have a proposal for individual study arrangements.

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 12.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 17.05.2024

Credits

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Sari Hanska
Person in charge

Sari Hanska

Groups
  • 23LIKO1

Objectives (course unit)

On this course students will learn about the professional business communication in working life environment. European Framework of Reference for Languages B1 level.

After completing the course students will be able to
- tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks and duties at work by using professional Swedish
- meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
- follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication (media, conferences, literature).

Content (course unit)

What can the student communicate on his/her competence and working life environment in the target language?
What kind of qualifications does the student need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction in the target language?
How can the student develop his/her competence and acquire business-related information in the target language?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student
- is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) briefly and introduce the basic information of a company, product and services
- communicates in expected oral work life situations, but requires help
- interprets and produces the most common business life communication situations (e.g. phone)
- recognises the characteristics of the Nordic operational environment
- interprets the main points of publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student
- is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) and introduce a company, product and services fairly effortlessly
- communicates fairly fluently and actively in expected oral work life situations
- takes into account the characteristics of Nordic operational environment
- utilizes the publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student
- is able to fluently introduce themselves (education, work experience, skills) as well as company, its products and services and to analyse key figures
- communicates naturally and fluently in various, even challenging, oral work life situations (e.g. creating and maintaining customers)
- can work successfully in the Nordic operational environment
- can utilize, apply and analyse publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Failed (0):
The course is failed if the student does not reach the level 1 of the evaluation criteria.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 12.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 17.05.2024

Credits

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Sari Hanska
Person in charge

Sari Hanska

Groups
  • 23LIKO2

Objectives (course unit)

On this course students will learn about the professional business communication in working life environment. European Framework of Reference for Languages B1 level.

After completing the course students will be able to
- tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks and duties at work by using professional Swedish
- meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
- follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication (media, conferences, literature).

Content (course unit)

What can the student communicate on his/her competence and working life environment in the target language?
What kind of qualifications does the student need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction in the target language?
How can the student develop his/her competence and acquire business-related information in the target language?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student
- is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) briefly and introduce the basic information of a company, product and services
- communicates in expected oral work life situations, but requires help
- interprets and produces the most common business life communication situations (e.g. phone)
- recognises the characteristics of the Nordic operational environment
- interprets the main points of publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student
- is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) and introduce a company, product and services fairly effortlessly
- communicates fairly fluently and actively in expected oral work life situations
- takes into account the characteristics of Nordic operational environment
- utilizes the publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student
- is able to fluently introduce themselves (education, work experience, skills) as well as company, its products and services and to analyse key figures
- communicates naturally and fluently in various, even challenging, oral work life situations (e.g. creating and maintaining customers)
- can work successfully in the Nordic operational environment
- can utilize, apply and analyse publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Failed (0):
The course is failed if the student does not reach the level 1 of the evaluation criteria.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 17.05.2024

Credits

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Sari Hanska
Person in charge

Sari Hanska

Groups
  • 23LIKO3

Objectives (course unit)

On this course students will learn about the professional business communication in working life environment. European Framework of Reference for Languages B1 level.

After completing the course students will be able to
- tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks and duties at work by using professional Swedish
- meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
- follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication (media, conferences, literature).

Content (course unit)

What can the student communicate on his/her competence and working life environment in the target language?
What kind of qualifications does the student need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction in the target language?
How can the student develop his/her competence and acquire business-related information in the target language?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student
- is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) briefly and introduce the basic information of a company, product and services
- communicates in expected oral work life situations, but requires help
- interprets and produces the most common business life communication situations (e.g. phone)
- recognises the characteristics of the Nordic operational environment
- interprets the main points of publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student
- is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) and introduce a company, product and services fairly effortlessly
- communicates fairly fluently and actively in expected oral work life situations
- takes into account the characteristics of Nordic operational environment
- utilizes the publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student
- is able to fluently introduce themselves (education, work experience, skills) as well as company, its products and services and to analyse key figures
- communicates naturally and fluently in various, even challenging, oral work life situations (e.g. creating and maintaining customers)
- can work successfully in the Nordic operational environment
- can utilize, apply and analyse publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Failed (0):
The course is failed if the student does not reach the level 1 of the evaluation criteria.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 12.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 17.05.2024

Credits

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Katri Kallinen
Person in charge

Katri Kallinen

Groups
  • 23LIKO4

Objectives (course unit)

On this course students will learn about the professional business communication in working life environment. European Framework of Reference for Languages B1 level.

After completing the course students will be able to
- tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks and duties at work by using professional Swedish
- meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
- follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication (media, conferences, literature).

Content (course unit)

What can the student communicate on his/her competence and working life environment in the target language?
What kind of qualifications does the student need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction in the target language?
How can the student develop his/her competence and acquire business-related information in the target language?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student
- is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) briefly and introduce the basic information of a company, product and services
- communicates in expected oral work life situations, but requires help
- interprets and produces the most common business life communication situations (e.g. phone)
- recognises the characteristics of the Nordic operational environment
- interprets the main points of publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student
- is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) and introduce a company, product and services fairly effortlessly
- communicates fairly fluently and actively in expected oral work life situations
- takes into account the characteristics of Nordic operational environment
- utilizes the publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student
- is able to fluently introduce themselves (education, work experience, skills) as well as company, its products and services and to analyse key figures
- communicates naturally and fluently in various, even challenging, oral work life situations (e.g. creating and maintaining customers)
- can work successfully in the Nordic operational environment
- can utilize, apply and analyse publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Failed (0):
The course is failed if the student does not reach the level 1 of the evaluation criteria.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Reijo Mäkelä
Person in charge

Reijo Mäkelä

Groups
  • 22ALITAV

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 26.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Katri Kallinen
Person in charge

Katri Kallinen

Groups
  • 22ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

On this course students will learn about the professional business communication in working life environment. European Framework of Reference for Languages B1 level.

After completing the course students will be able to
- tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks and duties at work by using professional Swedish
- meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
- follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication (media, conferences, literature).

Content (course unit)

What can the student communicate on his/her competence and working life environment in the target language?
What kind of qualifications does the student need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction in the target language?
How can the student develop his/her competence and acquire business-related information in the target language?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student
- is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) briefly and introduce the basic information of a company, product and services
- communicates in expected oral work life situations, but requires help
- interprets and produces the most common business life communication situations (e.g. phone)
- recognises the characteristics of the Nordic operational environment
- interprets the main points of publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student
- is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) and introduce a company, product and services fairly effortlessly
- communicates fairly fluently and actively in expected oral work life situations
- takes into account the characteristics of Nordic operational environment
- utilizes the publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student
- is able to fluently introduce themselves (education, work experience, skills) as well as company, its products and services and to analyse key figures
- communicates naturally and fluently in various, even challenging, oral work life situations (e.g. creating and maintaining customers)
- can work successfully in the Nordic operational environment
- can utilize, apply and analyse publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Failed (0):
The course is failed if the student does not reach the level 1 of the evaluation criteria.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 12.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 17.05.2024

Credits

3 op

Virtual portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

67 % Contact teaching, 33 % Distance learning

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Sari Hanska
Person in charge

Sari Hanska

Groups
  • 23LIKO1

Objectives (course unit)

On this course students will learn about the professional business communication in working life environment. European Framework of Reference for Languages B1 level.

After completing the course students will be able to
- tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks and duties at work by using professional Swedish
- meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
- follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication (media, conferences, literature).

Content (course unit)

What can the student communicate on his/her competence and working life environment in the target language?
What kind of qualifications does the student need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction in the target language?
How can the student develop his/her competence and acquire business-related information in the target language?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student
- is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) briefly and introduce the basic information of a company, product and services
- communicates in expected written work life situations, but requires help
- interprets and produces the most common business life communication situations (e.g. e-mail)
- recognises the characteristics of the Nordic operational environment
- interprets the main points of publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student
- is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) and introduce a company, product and services fairly effortlessly
- communicates fairly fluently and actively in expected written work life situations
- is able to interpret and create common business documents (e.g. memo)
- takes into account the characteristics of Nordic operational environment
- utilizes the publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student
- is able to fluently introduce themselves (education, work experience, skills) as well as company, its products and services and to analyse key figures
- communicates naturally and fluently in various, even challenging, written work life situations (e.g. creating and maintaining customers)
- is able to interpret and create business documents in a manner suitable to the target audience
- can work successfully in the Nordic operational environment
- can utilize, apply and analyse publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Failed (0):
The course is failed if the student does not reach the level 1 of the evaluation criteria

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 12.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 17.05.2024

Credits

3 op

Virtual portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

67 % Contact teaching, 33 % Distance learning

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Sari Hanska
Person in charge

Sari Hanska

Groups
  • 23LIKO2

Objectives (course unit)

On this course students will learn about the professional business communication in working life environment. European Framework of Reference for Languages B1 level.

After completing the course students will be able to
- tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks and duties at work by using professional Swedish
- meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
- follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication (media, conferences, literature).

Content (course unit)

What can the student communicate on his/her competence and working life environment in the target language?
What kind of qualifications does the student need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction in the target language?
How can the student develop his/her competence and acquire business-related information in the target language?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student
- is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) briefly and introduce the basic information of a company, product and services
- communicates in expected written work life situations, but requires help
- interprets and produces the most common business life communication situations (e.g. e-mail)
- recognises the characteristics of the Nordic operational environment
- interprets the main points of publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student
- is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) and introduce a company, product and services fairly effortlessly
- communicates fairly fluently and actively in expected written work life situations
- is able to interpret and create common business documents (e.g. memo)
- takes into account the characteristics of Nordic operational environment
- utilizes the publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student
- is able to fluently introduce themselves (education, work experience, skills) as well as company, its products and services and to analyse key figures
- communicates naturally and fluently in various, even challenging, written work life situations (e.g. creating and maintaining customers)
- is able to interpret and create business documents in a manner suitable to the target audience
- can work successfully in the Nordic operational environment
- can utilize, apply and analyse publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Failed (0):
The course is failed if the student does not reach the level 1 of the evaluation criteria

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 12.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 17.05.2024

Credits

3 op

Virtual portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

67 % Contact teaching, 33 % Distance learning

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Sari Hanska
Person in charge

Sari Hanska

Groups
  • 23LIKO3

Objectives (course unit)

On this course students will learn about the professional business communication in working life environment. European Framework of Reference for Languages B1 level.

After completing the course students will be able to
- tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks and duties at work by using professional Swedish
- meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
- follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication (media, conferences, literature).

Content (course unit)

What can the student communicate on his/her competence and working life environment in the target language?
What kind of qualifications does the student need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction in the target language?
How can the student develop his/her competence and acquire business-related information in the target language?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student
- is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) briefly and introduce the basic information of a company, product and services
- communicates in expected written work life situations, but requires help
- interprets and produces the most common business life communication situations (e.g. e-mail)
- recognises the characteristics of the Nordic operational environment
- interprets the main points of publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student
- is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) and introduce a company, product and services fairly effortlessly
- communicates fairly fluently and actively in expected written work life situations
- is able to interpret and create common business documents (e.g. memo)
- takes into account the characteristics of Nordic operational environment
- utilizes the publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student
- is able to fluently introduce themselves (education, work experience, skills) as well as company, its products and services and to analyse key figures
- communicates naturally and fluently in various, even challenging, written work life situations (e.g. creating and maintaining customers)
- is able to interpret and create business documents in a manner suitable to the target audience
- can work successfully in the Nordic operational environment
- can utilize, apply and analyse publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Failed (0):
The course is failed if the student does not reach the level 1 of the evaluation criteria

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 12.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 17.05.2024

Credits

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Katri Kallinen
Person in charge

Katri Kallinen

Groups
  • 23LIKO4

Objectives (course unit)

On this course students will learn about the professional business communication in working life environment. European Framework of Reference for Languages B1 level.

After completing the course students will be able to
- tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks and duties at work by using professional Swedish
- meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
- follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication (media, conferences, literature).

Content (course unit)

What can the student communicate on his/her competence and working life environment in the target language?
What kind of qualifications does the student need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction in the target language?
How can the student develop his/her competence and acquire business-related information in the target language?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student
- is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) briefly and introduce the basic information of a company, product and services
- communicates in expected written work life situations, but requires help
- interprets and produces the most common business life communication situations (e.g. e-mail)
- recognises the characteristics of the Nordic operational environment
- interprets the main points of publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student
- is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) and introduce a company, product and services fairly effortlessly
- communicates fairly fluently and actively in expected written work life situations
- is able to interpret and create common business documents (e.g. memo)
- takes into account the characteristics of Nordic operational environment
- utilizes the publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student
- is able to fluently introduce themselves (education, work experience, skills) as well as company, its products and services and to analyse key figures
- communicates naturally and fluently in various, even challenging, written work life situations (e.g. creating and maintaining customers)
- is able to interpret and create business documents in a manner suitable to the target audience
- can work successfully in the Nordic operational environment
- can utilize, apply and analyse publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Failed (0):
The course is failed if the student does not reach the level 1 of the evaluation criteria

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Reijo Mäkelä
Person in charge

Reijo Mäkelä

Groups
  • 22ALITAV

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 26.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Katri Kallinen
Person in charge

Katri Kallinen

Groups
  • 22ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

On this course students will learn about the professional business communication in working life environment. European Framework of Reference for Languages B1 level.

After completing the course students will be able to
- tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks and duties at work by using professional Swedish
- meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
- follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication (media, conferences, literature).

Content (course unit)

What can the student communicate on his/her competence and working life environment in the target language?
What kind of qualifications does the student need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction in the target language?
How can the student develop his/her competence and acquire business-related information in the target language?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student
- is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) briefly and introduce the basic information of a company, product and services
- communicates in expected written work life situations, but requires help
- interprets and produces the most common business life communication situations (e.g. e-mail)
- recognises the characteristics of the Nordic operational environment
- interprets the main points of publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student
- is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) and introduce a company, product and services fairly effortlessly
- communicates fairly fluently and actively in expected written work life situations
- is able to interpret and create common business documents (e.g. memo)
- takes into account the characteristics of Nordic operational environment
- utilizes the publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student
- is able to fluently introduce themselves (education, work experience, skills) as well as company, its products and services and to analyse key figures
- communicates naturally and fluently in various, even challenging, written work life situations (e.g. creating and maintaining customers)
- is able to interpret and create business documents in a manner suitable to the target audience
- can work successfully in the Nordic operational environment
- can utilize, apply and analyse publications of their field of study.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Failed (0):
The course is failed if the student does not reach the level 1 of the evaluation criteria

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

13.09.2023 - 11.10.2023

Timing

23.10.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

RDI portion

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tuula Niemi
Person in charge

Tuula Niemi

Groups
  • 22LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to familiarize the students with the basics of project management and give them an idea of what the project is.

After completing the course the students
- know a project manager's core tasks and understand the importance of the project work in an organization
- know and understand the key tools of the project management.

Content (course unit)

What tasks are typical in a project manager’s work?
How are projects led?
What tools should the project manager be able to use?
Why is team work particularly important in projects?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student is able to describe the basic tasks of the project manager and to list the tools used in the projects.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to work as a project manager and to apply the most common tools of pro-ject management. They can identify the basic elements of project management and are able to choose an appropriate methodology for the project management context.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands widely the tasks of a project manager and is able to work flexibly and constructively as a project manager. They understand the basic elements of project management and are able to use the tools required for projects efficiently and versatile.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.12.2023 - 10.03.2024

Timing

01.03.2024 - 19.05.2024

Credits

5 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Vesa Vuorinen
Person in charge

Vesa Vuorinen

Groups
  • 22LIKOM
  • 22LIKOT
  • 22LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to familiarize the students with the basics of project management and give them an idea of what the project is.

After completing the course the students
- know a project manager's core tasks and understand the importance of the project work in an organization
- know and understand the key tools of the project management.

Content (course unit)

What tasks are typical in a project manager’s work?
How are projects led?
What tools should the project manager be able to use?
Why is team work particularly important in projects?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student is able to describe the basic tasks of the project manager and to list the tools used in the projects.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to work as a project manager and to apply the most common tools of pro-ject management. They can identify the basic elements of project management and are able to choose an appropriate methodology for the project management context.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands widely the tasks of a project manager and is able to work flexibly and constructively as a project manager. They understand the basic elements of project management and are able to use the tools required for projects efficiently and versatile.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 27.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 13.10.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Juha Ikonen
  • Markus Jähi
Person in charge

Markus Jähi

Groups
  • 21LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to extend the students’ basic skills in project management and pro-ject work.

After completing the course the students:
- are able to work as project team members
- understand the importance of the project cost accounting and know how to apply it
- understand the importance of the project communication.

Content (course unit)

How is a project managed?
How is the project funding handled?
How does the Cesim simulation exercise help learning?
What is the meaning of project portfolio management?
How to effectively handle project communication?
How does the project management Finnish Champion Competition support know-how?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student is able to describe the project manager's individual tasks and to list the tools used in projects.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to work as a project manager and a project team member and to apply the most common tools for the project management. They can identify the areas of project management and are able to choose an appropriate project management methodology according to the situation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to apply the principles of project management widely and to act as a pro-ject manager flexibly and constructively. They know the elements of project management and are able to use the tools required for projects efficiently.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.11.2023 - 17.01.2024

Timing

18.01.2024 - 04.03.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Juha Ikonen
Person in charge

Markus Jähi

Groups
  • AVOINAMK
  • 23AVOLIPO

Objectives (course unit)

This course is based on project-based work, from knowing its stages to tools, resource management and brand impacts.

The student is able to
- use appropriate project tools,
- is familiar with the importance of communication as part of project work and is able to promote the project's activities through communication, using strategy, target group breakdowns and appropriate channels,- make use of negotiating skills,
- develop literary outputs for project needs, apply IT skills and make use of social media channels,
- work on project-based tasks.

Content (course unit)

What happens in projects, how do projects work, and how are they managed?
What tools are available to help with project management? How do you use them?
How do you do community image, brand and profiling work?
How are communication channels used appropriately?
How can negotiation skills be utilised in your own work?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The students know the principles and tools of project work and have used one of them. He knows the dynamics of projects only in a theory-oriented or practice-oriented manner. There are few displays of your own project management and management skills.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The students master the concepts of project work, general processes and the most common tools. He's put them into practice. He has shown that he understands the impact of communication and brand building on both a single project and a business entity. They are able to work on projects and evaluate their management.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student masters the principles of project work and is able to lead the project. He knows how to choose appropriate tools and has experience in using them. They are able to combine internal and external communication with both a single project and the company's overall picture and brand.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student has not demonstrated his/her competence as demonstrated by the objectives of the course.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 10.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Juha Ikonen
  • Vesa Vuorinen
Person in charge

Juha Ikonen

Groups
  • 23ALITAMAA
    Liiketalouden tutkinto-ohjelma 2023, Monimuoto, maakunta, verkkototeutus

Objectives (course unit)

This course is based on project-based work, from knowing its stages to tools, resource management and brand impacts.

The student is able to
- use appropriate project tools,
- is familiar with the importance of communication as part of project work and is able to promote the project's activities through communication, using strategy, target group breakdowns and appropriate channels,- make use of negotiating skills,
- develop literary outputs for project needs, apply IT skills and make use of social media channels,
- work on project-based tasks.

Content (course unit)

What happens in projects, how do projects work, and how are they managed?
What tools are available to help with project management? How do you use them?
How do you do community image, brand and profiling work?
How are communication channels used appropriately?
How can negotiation skills be utilised in your own work?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The students know the principles and tools of project work and have used one of them. He knows the dynamics of projects only in a theory-oriented or practice-oriented manner. There are few displays of your own project management and management skills.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The students master the concepts of project work, general processes and the most common tools. He's put them into practice. He has shown that he understands the impact of communication and brand building on both a single project and a business entity. They are able to work on projects and evaluate their management.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student masters the principles of project work and is able to lead the project. He knows how to choose appropriate tools and has experience in using them. They are able to combine internal and external communication with both a single project and the company's overall picture and brand.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student has not demonstrated his/her competence as demonstrated by the objectives of the course.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 22.12.2024

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Milja Valtonen
  • Mika Jokinen
  • Sini Jokiniemi
  • Kirsi Tanner
  • Tero Poutala
  • Petriina Vuorinen
Person in charge

Milja Valtonen

Groups
  • 21LIKOT
  • 21LIKOM
  • 21LIKOJ
  • 21LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

The students strengthen their practical knowledge and skills in business administration through working life projects and case assignments. Project management students may also choose optional professional studies.

Course Learning Outcomes:
After completing the course, the students are able to
- plan, implement and report practical working life projects
- interact with the client and project team
- apply and deepen their professional competence in practical projects and case assignments.

Content (course unit)

How to act as a project team member?
How are professional knowledge and skills applied in practical projects and case assignments?

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Approved
The student is able to plan, implement and report working life projects together with the pro-ject team. The student has solved case-exercises independently by applying their professional skills.

Fail
Project plan, implementation or reporting is insufficient. Case-exercises are solved wrong.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.08.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 16.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Matti Kolehmainen
Person in charge

Matti Kolehmainen

Groups
  • 21ALITAM

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

06.04.2023 - 27.08.2023

Timing

28.08.2023 - 15.10.2023

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

80 % Contact teaching, 20 % Distance learning

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

10 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Riku-Matti Kinnunen
Person in charge

Riku-Matti Kinnunen

Groups
  • 22LIKOM
  • 22LIKOT
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 22IB
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 21IB
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä
  • 22LIKOH
  • 22LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

European competence level A1

Target group: beginners or those with comprehensive school studies in the languageIn the second foreign language course, the student learns the language used in the most common situations of working life, basic structures of the language and business culture(s) of the target language area.

The student
- will be able to understand and speak the language in the most common situations of working life
- will be able to understand and communicate the main information concerning businesses and workplace
- will be able to use the basic structures of the language
- will know cultural differences and ways of interaction in the language area, and will be able to take them into consideration in his/her work.

Content (course unit)

How to communicate in the most common situations of working life?
How do cultural differences and different business cultures affect oral communication?
What are the characteristics of oral communication?
What do I need to know about the country/countries in which the language is spoken?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student
- will be able to introduce himself and tell about his studies
- will manage the most common everyday situations in oral communication in an understandable way
- will be able to use the basic vocabulary and structures
- will need a lot of support in communication
- will manage rather well the basics of the French pronunciation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student
- will be able to introduce himself and tell about his studies in a clear and understandable way
- will manage rather well the most common everyday situations in oral communication
- will be able to use the basic vocabulary and structures in an adequate and correct way
- will manage fairly well the basics of the French pronunciation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student
- will be able to introduce himself and his interests more broadly
- will manage well the most common everyday situations in oral communication
- will be able to use the basic vocabulary and structures in an adequate and correct way
- will manage well the basics of the French pronunciation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

17.11.2022 - 15.01.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 18.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Open University of Applied Sciences

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 20

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration

Objectives (course unit)

European competence level A1

Target group: beginners or those with comprehensive school studies in the languageIn the second foreign language course, the student learns the language used in the most common situations of working life, basic structures of the language and business culture(s) of the target language area.

The student
- will be able to understand and speak the language in the most common situations of working life
- will be able to understand and communicate the main information concerning businesses and workplace
- will be able to use the basic structures of the language
- will know cultural differences and ways of interaction in the language area, and will be able to take them into consideration in his/her work.

Content (course unit)

How to communicate in the most common situations of working life?
How do cultural differences and different business cultures affect oral communication?
What are the characteristics of oral communication?
What do I need to know about the country/countries in which the language is spoken?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student
- will be able to introduce himself and tell about his studies
- will manage the most common everyday situations in oral communication in an understandable way
- will be able to use the basic vocabulary and structures
- will need a lot of support in communication
- will manage rather well the basics of the French pronunciation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student
- will be able to introduce himself and tell about his studies in a clear and understandable way
- will manage rather well the most common everyday situations in oral communication
- will be able to use the basic vocabulary and structures in an adequate and correct way
- will manage fairly well the basics of the French pronunciation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student
- will be able to introduce himself and his interests more broadly
- will manage well the most common everyday situations in oral communication
- will be able to use the basic vocabulary and structures in an adequate and correct way
- will manage well the basics of the French pronunciation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

12.09.2023 - 23.10.2023

Timing

24.10.2023 - 31.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

3 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

40 % Contact teaching, 60 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jouni Ranta
Person in charge

Jouni Ranta

Groups
  • 21LIKOJ
  • 22LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to develop basic skills in the application of criminal law and criminal procedure.

Student
- identify and present the main features of the rules governing crime, preliminary investigation, prosecution, criminal proceedings and punishment
- apply criminal and procedural law standards in practice and justify their decisions
- take account of ethics, responsibility and professional cooperation in their work.

Content (course unit)

The punishable act and its consequences.
Preliminary investigation and prosecution.
Criminal proceedings.
The criminal justice system.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Students will identify the main principles and general doctrines of criminal law and procedural law and apply what they have learned in practical situations. Students will identify problems in criminal and procedural law, obtain information from different legal sources and solve legal problems. Students will describe the importance of ethics and responsibility in their work. He/she will participate in group work and reporting.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student identifies and understands the key principles and general doctrines of criminal and procedural law and is able to evaluate them critically. The student will be able to structure a criminal and procedural case into relevant sub-issues, argue for their resolution in the light of key legal rules and present a reasoned solution. Students will act ethically and responsibly in their work. The student is an active member of a team and reports well on his/her work.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student will critically analyse and evaluate key principles and general doctrines of criminal and procedural law. The student will identify problems in criminal and procedural law, acquire and analyse information from various legal sources and solve legal problems analytically, critically and comprehensively. Students will promote ethics and responsibility at both individual and group levels. Students will be highly motivated and committed to taking responsibility for their own and group performance and reporting.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 24.08.2023

Timing

28.08.2023 - 11.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 30

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Sari Myllymäki
Person in charge

Sari Myllymäki

Groups
  • 22LIKOM
  • 22LIKOT
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 22IB
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä
  • 22LIKOH
  • 22LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

European competence level A1

Target group: beginners or those with comprehensive school studies in the languageIn the second foreign language course, the student learns the language used in the most common situations of working life, basic structures of the language and business culture(s) of the target language area.

The student
- will be able to understand and speak the language in the most common situations of working life
- will be able to understand and communicate the main information concerning businesses and workplace
- will be able to use the basic structures of the language
- will know cultural differences and ways of interaction in the language area, and will be able to take them into consideration in his/her work.

Content (course unit)

How to communicate in the most common situations of working life?
How do cultural differences and different business cultures affect oral communication?
What are the characteristics of oral communication?
What do I need to know about the country/countries in which the language is spoken?

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

29.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Anne Kerttula
Person in charge

Anne Kerttula

Groups
  • 22LIKOM
  • 22LIKOT
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 22IB
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä
  • 22LIKOH
  • 22LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

European competence level A1

Target group: beginners or those with comprehensive school studies in the languageIn the second foreign language course, the student learns the language used in the most common situations of working life, basic structures of the language and business culture(s) of the target language area.

The student
- will be able to understand and speak the language in the most common situations of working life
- will be able to understand and communicate the main information concerning businesses and workplace
- will be able to use the basic structures of the language
- will know cultural differences and ways of interaction in the language area, and will be able to take them into consideration in his/her work.

Content (course unit)

How to communicate in the most common situations of working life?
How do cultural differences and different business cultures affect oral communication?
What are the characteristics of oral communication?
What do I need to know about the country/countries in which the language is spoken?

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 24.08.2023

Timing

29.08.2023 - 12.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 30

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Sari Myllymäki
Person in charge

Sari Myllymäki

Groups
  • 22LIKOM
  • 22LIKOT
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 22IB
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 21IB
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä
  • 22LIKOH
  • 22LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

European competence level A1

Target group: beginners or those with comprehensive school studies in the languageIn the second foreign language course, the student learns the language used in the most common situations of working life, basic structures of the language and business culture(s) of the target language area.

The student
- will be able to understand and speak the language in the most common situations of working life
- will be able to understand and communicate the main information concerning businesses and workplace
- will be able to use the basic structures of the language
- will know cultural differences and ways of interaction in the language area, and will be able to take them into consideration in his/her work.

Content (course unit)

How to communicate in the most common situations of working life?
How do cultural differences and different business cultures affect oral communication?
What are the characteristics of oral communication?
What do I need to know about the country/countries in which the language is spoken?

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

28.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Anne Kerttula
Person in charge

Anne Kerttula

Groups
  • 22LIKOM
  • 22LIKOT
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 22IB
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 21IB
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä
  • 22LIKOH
  • 22LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

European competence level A2

Target group: those with passed basic course or upper secondary school studies in the language.
During the advanced course 1 of the second foreign language, students study and practise various situations of working life, repeat basic structures of the language and learn to know the business culture of the language area.

The student
- will be able to communicate orally in common situations of the field of study and working life
- will be able to tell about the main activities of his/her field
- will be able to use the basic structures of the language
- will become familiar with the working and cultural environment of the language area, and understand the importance of cultural background in the ways of thinking and working.

Content (course unit)

How to communicate and interact in various situations of working life?
How do cultural differences and different business cultures affect oral and written communication?
What are the verbal and non-verbal characteristics of oral communication?
Why is it important to know the country/countries in which the language is spoken?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Grade 1 (min. 50% of the goal)
The student
- understands the main points of the familiar topics covered in the course from either an easy text or slow spoken word, as the message is repeated if necessary
- is able to explain the main points about a company, their education and work experience
- can handle simple discussions if they are familiar with the topic
- understands and uses basic vocabulary in a satisfactory manner
- uses simple grammatical expressions in a passable manner
- recognises differences in customs and understands their significance in communication situations.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Grade 3 (min. 70% of the goal)
The student
- understands well the familiar topics covered in the course from either fairly simple text or fairly slow speech
- is able to apply what they have learned and explain the main points of a company, their education and work experience
- can handle discussions well if they are familiar with the topic
- understands and uses basic vocabulary fairly fluently
- uses simple grammatical expressions in a comprehensible manner
- recognises how customs impact business communication situations.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Grade 5 (min 90% of the goal)
The student
- understands well the familiar topics covered in the course from either text or normal speech
- is able to apply what they have learned and explain fluently the main points of a company, their education or work experience
- can handle discussions very well if they are familiar with the topic
- has quite natural pronunciation and intonation
- understands and uses the basic vocabulary fluently
- uses simple grammatical expressions (tenses, word order, cases and prepositions) in simple context nearly flawlessly
- knows how to utilize differences in customs in their communication.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Grounds for evaluation:
Course vocabulary, expressions and basic grammar, as well as being able to cope in various written and oral communication situations in German.

Evaluation is on scale 1-5 (see evaluation criteria).
The course grade is based on the average grade of the exams. In borderline cases (average e.g. 3,5), the grade (3 or 4) is based on how active the student has been in class, how punctually have they done the tasks and taken part in the classroom education.
Course feedback is a mandatory part of the course completion.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

31.08.2023 - 14.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Katja Kärki
Person in charge

Katja Kärki

Groups
  • 21ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The student can give a sales presentation and negotiate in English.

The student is able to
- plan and give a sales presentation "pitching"
- prepare and carry out a sales negotiation
- communicate in English in sales negotiations
- adapt the sales process and sales technics according to different cultural characteristics.

Content (course unit)

What is a good sales presentation like?
How do you communicate with a customer?
How do you prepare and carry out a succesfull sales negotiation?
How do you consider your target group and customer's needs in sales communication?

Prerequisites (course unit)

1. and 2. year studies or similar skills and knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student performs the required assessments. The student recognizes the main elements that influence sales presentations and negotiation skills. The student recognizes the existing challenges in sales communication.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student performs the required assessments. The student knows the main elements that influence sales presentations and negotiation skills. The student recognizes the elements and significance of intercultural communication in sales communication.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student performs the required assessments. The student knows and adapt the main elements that influence sales presentations and negotiation skills. The student modifies their communication style according to the existing context and takes cultural features into consideration

Location and time

According to the schedule on Pakki. Five on-campus meetings in room B3-27.

Exam schedules

There is no exam but you will give a sales pitch on the 14th of December.

Assessment methods and criteria

Evaluation is based on successful completion of given assignments and sufficient presence on the course.

You have to take part in spoken exercises and give a sales pitch. Failing to submit general assignments on time might affect your grade.

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

This course focuses on spoken communication.
*online meetings on Teams as well as on-campus classes in Tampere
*studying individually, in pairs or in groups
*blended teaching

Learning materials

All materials can be found on Moodle page.

Student workload

12 x 2 hours or contact teaching = 24 hours
Independent work at home.

Content scheduling

1st period: negotiating, argumenting, nonverbal communication
2nd period: presentation practice, sales pitching, intercultural communication

Completion alternatives

No alternative ways to complete the course. Classes cannot be compensated with assignments.

Practical training and working life cooperation

None.

International connections

None

Further information

Have a working camera on your computer!

There is an attendance policy of 80% i.e. you have to attend at least nine classes and at least three of them must be on-campus classes.

Assessment criteria - fail (0) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student
- is not able to give a business presentation or carry out a negotiation in English.
- does not know how to modify their communication style according to the cultural context.
- does not attend enough classes
- does not complete required assignments in time

Assessment criteria - satisfactory (1-2) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student
- performs the required assessments.
- recognizes the main elements that influence business presentations and negotiation skills.
- recognizes the existing challenges in business communication.
- speaks and writes in a comprehensible manner with several inaccuracies that might hinder communication
- pronounces mostly in a comprehensible manner
- uses very simple grammatical structures

Assessment criteria - good (3-4) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student
- performs the required assessments.
- knows the main elements that influence business presentations and negotiation skills.
- recognizes the elements and significance of intercultural communication in business communication.
- speaks and writes quite fluently with a few inaccuracies
- pronounces mostly in a comprehensible manner
- uses diverse grammatical structures

Assessment criteria - excellent (5) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student
- performs the required assessments on time.
- knows and adapts the main elements that influence business presentations and negotiation skills.
- modifies their communication style according to the existing context and takes cultural features into consideration.
- speaks and writes fluently with only minor errors in grammar or expressions
- pronounces in a comprehensible manner
- uses diverse and rich language with impeccable grammar

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 28.04.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tero Poutala
Person in charge

Tero Poutala

Groups
  • 23ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

Contract and Labor Law

Content (course unit)

Contract and Labor Law

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Satisfactory

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Excellent

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Niina Syrjälä
  • Miina Kivelä
Person in charge

Niina Syrjälä

Groups
  • 22ALITAV

Objectives (course unit)

After completing the course students
- Know how to use different social media channels for marketing purposes
- Are able to carry out goal-oriented content creation in social media and work as an admin
- Are able to plan and implement visual content for digital channels
- Know the difference and technical details of visual file formats
- Are able to utilize various tools in content creation and visual communications
- Know how to choose the right channels and act in them accordingly
- Know how to boost posts or buy social media ads.

Content (course unit)

How to choose the right social media channels for a brand?
How to plan visually consistent social media profile for a brand?
How to plan and implement goal-oriented social media content creation for a brand?
What are the characteristics of the most common social media platforms?
What kind of trends can be found within social media marketing?
What kind of apps and software to use for visual materials and what are the most common technical details on that field?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student can name social media channels and their characteristics and social media management tools. They can name some visual tools and tools within the channels and apps and, software to make the process easier. The students can make simple posts in a well-known social media. The student knows how to make a content plan and how to boost posts.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student can use the most common social media channels as an admin accordingly. They know how to choose the right social media channels for a particular campaign. The student can utilize the admin tools within the channels and apps, and software to make the process easier. They can create sponsored posts and a simple paid campaign for a fixed target group in a well-known social media. The student can make a content plan.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student can use social media channels in a goal-oriented and in an independen manner (as an admin) and master new ones quickly. They know how to choose the right social media channels for a particular campaign and make visual materials. The student can utilize the tools within the channels and apps, and software to make the process easier. Their content is engaging and stands out visually. The students can create sponsored posts and paid campaigns in various social media channels. They can create a goal-oriented content plan and put together target groups.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student has not demonstrated his/her competence in the manner indicated by the objectives of the course.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

05.02.2024 - 03.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Niina Syrjälä
  • Miina Kivelä
Person in charge

Niina Syrjälä

Groups
  • 21LIKOM

Objectives (course unit)

After completing the course students
- Know how to use different social media channels for marketing purposes
- Are able to carry out goal-oriented content creation in social media and work as an admin
- Are able to plan and implement visual content for digital channels
- Know the difference and technical details of visual file formats
- Are able to utilize various tools in content creation and visual communications
- Know how to choose the right channels and act in them accordingly
- Know how to boost posts or buy social media ads.

Content (course unit)

How to choose the right social media channels for a brand?
How to plan visually consistent social media profile for a brand?
How to plan and implement goal-oriented social media content creation for a brand?
What are the characteristics of the most common social media platforms?
What kind of trends can be found within social media marketing?
What kind of apps and software to use for visual materials and what are the most common technical details on that field?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student can name social media channels and their characteristics and social media management tools. They can name some visual tools and tools within the channels and apps and, software to make the process easier. The students can make simple posts in a well-known social media. The student knows how to make a content plan and how to boost posts.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student can use the most common social media channels as an admin accordingly. They know how to choose the right social media channels for a particular campaign. The student can utilize the admin tools within the channels and apps, and software to make the process easier. They can create sponsored posts and a simple paid campaign for a fixed target group in a well-known social media. The student can make a content plan.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student can use social media channels in a goal-oriented and in an independen manner (as an admin) and master new ones quickly. They know how to choose the right social media channels for a particular campaign and make visual materials. The student can utilize the tools within the channels and apps, and software to make the process easier. Their content is engaging and stands out visually. The students can create sponsored posts and paid campaigns in various social media channels. They can create a goal-oriented content plan and put together target groups.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student has not demonstrated his/her competence in the manner indicated by the objectives of the course.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

21.08.2023 - 12.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tiina Wickman-Viitala
Groups
  • 22ALITAV

Objectives (course unit)

During the course, the social, ethical and ecological responsibility of the business is familiar with. Consider the importance and opportunities of sustainable development and the circular economy at a local and global level.

Student
- knows the basic concepts of social, ethical and ecological responsibility in different contexts.
- is able to assess the company's responsibilities using indicators and deploy meters.
- the student understands sustainable development and circular economy as part of the business.

Content (course unit)

What are the areas of social responsibility?
How do you make the responsibility visible and how do you do it?
How is sustainability reflected in business?
How does the circular economy deliver value in society?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The students know the basic concepts of social responsibility. He knows how companies implement their responsibilities.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student masters the basic concepts of social responsibility. The student is in control of the evaluation of these measures. The student also masters the role of sustainable development and circular economy in profitable business.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student knows the basic concepts of responsibility. They are able to model sustainability actions, put them into practice and interpret their implementation in different companies.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student knows only some of the basic concepts related to the theme and is not able to assess the effectiveness of the social, ethical and ecological responsibility of the business.

Location and time

Distance learning

Exam schedules

DL in Moodle.

Assessment methods and criteria

All tasks must be completed.

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Team work, group works, presentations

Learning materials

Moodle

Student workload

1 credit = 27 h student work
5 credits =135 h student work

Completion alternatives

Contact teacher before the course starts.

Practical training and working life cooperation

The tasks can be preferably done with companies student knows.

International connections

National and international aspects considered.

Assessment criteria - fail (0) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

Some tasks are missing or failed.

Assessment criteria - satisfactory (1-2) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

Student knows the basic concepts of responsibility.

Assessment criteria - good (3-4) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

Student is able to apply the responsibility actions on his/hers work in company.

Assessment criteria - excellent (5) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

Student is able to apply the responsibility actions on his/hers work in company, and is able to suggest more resposible targets in company strategy. Student is able to make professional presentations about the topic.

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

1 op

RDI portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

80 % Contact teaching, 20 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pietro Albanese
  • Kirsi Tanner
Person in charge

Kirsi Tanner

Groups
  • 21LIKOM

Objectives (course unit)

After completing the course, the students are able to design, manage and evaluate marketing activities by utilizing key marketing tools in different decision-making situations. The students gain an understanding of how the marketing tools can be used to create product value, service and marketing value within customer value.

After completing the course the students
- are able to demonstrate knowledge of marketing management areas and strategic marketing tasks within an organization
- are able to use marketing analytics tools
- are able to identify, evaluate and act upon the needs and problems of different customers and customer groups depending on what importance they place on products, services, and organization
- are able to familiarize their audience with the marketing of their choice with a specific competence area
- are able to monitor marketing effectiveness and profitability
- are able to apply knowledge of marketing planning and management to the marketing practices.

Content (course unit)

Which are marketing management areas?
What are strategic marketing and the strategic basic marketing processes?
How to make use of strategic analytics tools for marketing?
How can modern marketing be successfully designed and implemented?
How to monitor marketing efficiency and profitability?

Prerequisites (course unit)

2nd year courses or equivalent knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student has achieved the requirements of the course at a basic level. They understand the concepts and models of strategic marketing and are able to perceive the legalities between them. The student has submitted the tasks late or incomplete, and the practical application still needs to developed.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to define the concepts and models of strategic marketing and to apply the subjects they have learnt in practice. The student is able to utilize the subject matter content at a good level.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student has achieved the goals of the topic. They have demonstrated excellent expertise in strategic marketing concepts, models and analytical tools. The student is able to analyze and apply marketing themes broadly in practice.

Location and time

During periods 1 and 2 on Kauppi campus.

Exam schedules

Moodle exam.

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Lectures, practical exercixes, Portfolio assignement, Moodle exam.

Learning materials

The literature is announced in Moodle. Literature for example

Bensoussan, B. E. 2013. Analysis without paralysis : 12 tools to make better strategic decisions.

Butler, D. Strategic marketing management . 2018. Saatavilla verkossa. Soveltuvin osin.

Vuorinen, T. 2013. Strategiakirja – 20 työkalua. Alma Talent. Helsinki. [Alma Talent Bisneskirjasto].

Student workload

Strategic marketing lectures and exam (24 hours) and literature, 2 cr. About 30 hours of independent work (exam preparation).

Portfolio related to strategic marketing 3 credits. A total of about 80 hours of independent work

Content scheduling

- Marketing management as a whole
- Methods of strategic analysis
- Management with knowledge and competitive strategies
- Strategic marketing and basic strategic marketing processes
- Development of a marketing strategy
- Modern marketing planning
- Monitoring the effectiveness and profitability of marketing

Completion alternatives

An alterative way of studying through studification.

Practical training and working life cooperation

Practical case assignments and portfolio.

International connections

English material and an international case.

Assessment criteria - satisfactory (1-2) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student has achieved the requirements of the course at a basic level. They understand the concepts and models of strategic marketing and are able to perceive the legalities between them. The student has submitted the tasks late or incomplete, and the practical application still needs to developed.

Assessment criteria - good (3-4) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student is able to define the concepts and models of strategic marketing and to apply the subjects they have learnt in practice. The student is able to utilize the subject matter content at a good level.

Assessment criteria - excellent (5) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student has achieved the goals of the topic. They have demonstrated excellent expertise in strategic marketing concepts, models and analytical tools. The student is able to analyze and apply marketing themes broadly in practice.

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Arja Reinvall
Person in charge

Arja Reinvall

Groups
  • 21ALITAM

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

23.11.2023 - 14.01.2024

Timing

15.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

4 op

RDI portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

20 % Contact teaching, 80 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

20 - 45

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tiina Wickman-Viitala
  • Taina Huhtinen
Person in charge

Taina Huhtinen

Groups
  • 21LIKOT

Objectives (course unit)

The course familiarizes the students with the most common information systems used in financial management, business intelligence and what possibilities robotics and artificial intelligence offer for developing business and financial processes.

After completing the course the students
- know different business intelligence (BI) solutions in practise
- are able to utilize the functionalities Microsoft Excel offers in representing and analysing the financial situation of a company
- understand the relevance of robotics in developing accounting processes
- understand the possibilities artificial intelligence and machine learning offer for business planning and strategic management.

Content (course unit)

What do Business Intelligence (BI) or Business Insight mean and what possibilities they offer in business development?
How can robotics accelerate business process development?
How can artificial intelligence and machine learning be utilized in strategic management?
How can business information be visualized?
How can MS Excel be used to formulate advanced reports to support strategic management?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the most important concepts of business intelligence, robotics and artificial intelligence and is familiar with some of the solutions presented during the course. They are able to formulate some calculations or reports with MS Excel based on instructions and can draw the most obvious conclusions based on the given information.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student has mastered the main concepts of business intelligence, robotics and artificial intelligence and is familiar with the solutions presented during the course. They are able to formulate explicit reports and calculations utilizing MS Excel functionalities. The student is able to combine information from several sources and to draw some conclusions based on the information.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student has mastered the concepts of business intelligence, robotics and artificial intelligence and is familiar with the solutions presented during the course. They are able to formulate creative, diverse reports and calculations utilizing MS Excel functionalities. The student is able to combine information from several sources and to draw conclusions based on the information.

Location and time

Contact lessons online on Zoom.
Group work presentations will take place at TAMK premises.

Exam schedules

no exam choice

Assessment methods and criteria

Participation and Assignments 100%, active participation can compensate positively.
The assignments will be given on Moodle.

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Potential Guest lecture/lectures
Learning discussions
Assignments
Moodle learning environment, where Materials and links
Independent information search of the students

Learning materials

Learning material and recommended literature will be informed to the students mainly in the beginning of the course and it can be complemented later.
Some English material will be used.

Student workload

5 ects, work load of the student is 5 x 27 hours = 135 hours total

Content scheduling

Start on Mon Jan 15, 2023 at 14 -16, online on Zoom.
The last class will take place on April, 22, 2023, at TAMK premises.

Completion alternatives

No exam choice

Practical training and working life cooperation

Guest lecturer
one of the assignments may be done to the student's work place

Further information

Senior Lecturers Taina Huhtinen, Tiina Wickman-Viitala
Prerequisities for participation: performance of the course 3H00DP28 Liiketoiminnan talousjohtaminen or corresponding knowledge.

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Arja Reinvall
Person in charge

Tiina Wickman-Viitala

Groups
  • 21ALITAM

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.12.2023 - 22.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 21.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jarmo Pösö
Person in charge

Jarmo Pösö

Groups
  • 24ALITAMAAJ
    Liiketalouden tutkinto-ohjelma 2024, Monimuoto, Juridiikka

Objectives (course unit)

During this course, you will learn the fundamental principles related to the financial expertise of business graduates.
Students will be able to
- solve essential percentage calculations relevant to entrepreneurs.
- be able to perform currency conversions.
- to apply index thinking in value determinations.
- to use spreadsheet software for financial and investment calculations.

Content (course unit)

How are percentage calculations relevant to financial thinking done?
How are currency conversions calculated?
What does indexing mean and how is it applied?
How is spreadsheet software used to solve financial and investment-related questions?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student is familiar with the basic concepts and methods related to financial mathematics.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student has a good command of the fundamental concepts and methods related to financial mathematics. The student can analyze practical tasks related to this subject and justify their solutions. The student can apply their learning to real-life situations.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the basic concepts and methods related to financial mathematics. The student is capable of analyzing practical tasks related to the subject matter and can provide comprehensive justifications for their solutions.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

17.01.2024 - 21.02.2024

Timing

04.03.2024 - 30.04.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

60 % Contact teaching, 40 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jarmo Pösö
  • Petriina Vuorinen
  • Taina Huhtinen
Person in charge

Petriina Vuorinen

Groups
  • 23LIKO1

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students learn to interpret a company's financial situation and profitability and to make the financial statements. They are able to utilize mathematics for economic planning and follow-up.

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION 1 cr
After completing the course the students
- are able to calculate the most central ratios concerning financial status and understand their interpretation
- understand how the working capital is tied to a company and how it can be regulated.

ACCOUNTING 2 cr
After completing the course the students
- are able to take care of the basic tasks related to the end of an accounting period
- can prepare a profit and loss account and balance sheet for a small firm.

MATHEMATICS 2 cr
After completing the course the students
- know the effects of change in the value of prices and currency and can handle them in calculations
- are able to make cross-currency calculations to calculate the effects of change in the value of the euro
- are able to make financial calculations using interest rate and interest rate cut-off calculations
- can use spreadsheet calculations.

Content (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
What are the key indicators of profitability, liquidity and solvency, how are they calculated and how they are interpreted?
How to manage working capital?

ACCOUNTING
How are the financial statements prepared for a small company?

MATHEMATICS
How is inflation measured and what is the value of money?
When and how is the change in the value of money taken into account in calculations?
How can the currency conversion process be made in different ways with the exchange rates quoted?
What is the impact of the exchange rate changes on consumers and businesses?
What are the different ways to repay a loan and how do they differ?
How can the total cost of different loan options be compared?
How do calculations utilize spreadsheet properties?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student knows the most important indicators of profitability, liquidity and solvency and is able to calculate them.

ACCOUNTING
The student knows what matters must be covered at end a company’s financial year. They know how a small company’s income statement and balance sheet are compiled, but there are gaps in the implementation.

MATHEMATICS
The student knows the most important concepts and is able to make simple calculations regarding money value, currencies and loans. They are able to perform calculations using a spreadsheet program.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student knows the working capital and the means to manage it. They are familiar with the most important indicators of profitability, liquidity and solvency and is able to calculate them. The student is familiar with the interpretation of key figures.

ACCOUNTING
The student has mastered the basic measures related to the termination of the financial year. They can compile the income statement and balance sheet of a small company.

MATHEMATICS
The student knows the concepts and their properties. They recognize the starting values required in the calculations in different practical situations and can cope with simple calculations of more challenging calculations. The student is able to evaluate the accuracy of the result. They are able to utilize the calculating features of spreadsheets.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student understands the importance of working capital management. They are able to calculate the most important indicators of profitability, liquidity and solvency and will be able to interpret the financial situation of the company.

ACCOUNTING
The student is able to apply the knowledge they have learned at end the company’s financial year. They understand the entity’s financial statements as a whole. The student is able to prepare the income statement and balance sheet of a small company.

MATHEMATICS
The student is able to apply their knowledge on various economic and financial issues. They know the concepts and their impact calculations and is thus able to evaluate the accuracy of the results. The student is able to make more challenging calculations that need to take into account several output values. The student is able to efficiently utilize the spreadsheet features, which enhance calculation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

17.01.2024 - 21.02.2024

Timing

04.03.2024 - 30.04.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

60 % Contact teaching, 40 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jarmo Pösö
  • Petriina Vuorinen
  • Taina Huhtinen
Person in charge

Petriina Vuorinen

Groups
  • 23LIKO2

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students learn to interpret a company's financial situation and profitability and to make the financial statements. They are able to utilize mathematics for economic planning and follow-up.

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION 1 cr
After completing the course the students
- are able to calculate the most central ratios concerning financial status and understand their interpretation
- understand how the working capital is tied to a company and how it can be regulated.

ACCOUNTING 2 cr
After completing the course the students
- are able to take care of the basic tasks related to the end of an accounting period
- can prepare a profit and loss account and balance sheet for a small firm.

MATHEMATICS 2 cr
After completing the course the students
- know the effects of change in the value of prices and currency and can handle them in calculations
- are able to make cross-currency calculations to calculate the effects of change in the value of the euro
- are able to make financial calculations using interest rate and interest rate cut-off calculations
- can use spreadsheet calculations.

Content (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
What are the key indicators of profitability, liquidity and solvency, how are they calculated and how they are interpreted?
How to manage working capital?

ACCOUNTING
How are the financial statements prepared for a small company?

MATHEMATICS
How is inflation measured and what is the value of money?
When and how is the change in the value of money taken into account in calculations?
How can the currency conversion process be made in different ways with the exchange rates quoted?
What is the impact of the exchange rate changes on consumers and businesses?
What are the different ways to repay a loan and how do they differ?
How can the total cost of different loan options be compared?
How do calculations utilize spreadsheet properties?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student knows the most important indicators of profitability, liquidity and solvency and is able to calculate them.

ACCOUNTING
The student knows what matters must be covered at end a company’s financial year. They know how a small company’s income statement and balance sheet are compiled, but there are gaps in the implementation.

MATHEMATICS
The student knows the most important concepts and is able to make simple calculations regarding money value, currencies and loans. They are able to perform calculations using a spreadsheet program.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student knows the working capital and the means to manage it. They are familiar with the most important indicators of profitability, liquidity and solvency and is able to calculate them. The student is familiar with the interpretation of key figures.

ACCOUNTING
The student has mastered the basic measures related to the termination of the financial year. They can compile the income statement and balance sheet of a small company.

MATHEMATICS
The student knows the concepts and their properties. They recognize the starting values required in the calculations in different practical situations and can cope with simple calculations of more challenging calculations. The student is able to evaluate the accuracy of the result. They are able to utilize the calculating features of spreadsheets.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student understands the importance of working capital management. They are able to calculate the most important indicators of profitability, liquidity and solvency and will be able to interpret the financial situation of the company.

ACCOUNTING
The student is able to apply the knowledge they have learned at end the company’s financial year. They understand the entity’s financial statements as a whole. The student is able to prepare the income statement and balance sheet of a small company.

MATHEMATICS
The student is able to apply their knowledge on various economic and financial issues. They know the concepts and their impact calculations and is thus able to evaluate the accuracy of the results. The student is able to make more challenging calculations that need to take into account several output values. The student is able to efficiently utilize the spreadsheet features, which enhance calculation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

17.01.2024 - 21.02.2024

Timing

04.03.2024 - 30.04.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

60 % Contact teaching, 40 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jarmo Pösö
  • Petriina Vuorinen
  • Taina Huhtinen
Person in charge

Petriina Vuorinen

Groups
  • 23LIKO3

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students learn to interpret a company's financial situation and profitability and to make the financial statements. They are able to utilize mathematics for economic planning and follow-up.

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION 1 cr
After completing the course the students
- are able to calculate the most central ratios concerning financial status and understand their interpretation
- understand how the working capital is tied to a company and how it can be regulated.

ACCOUNTING 2 cr
After completing the course the students
- are able to take care of the basic tasks related to the end of an accounting period
- can prepare a profit and loss account and balance sheet for a small firm.

MATHEMATICS 2 cr
After completing the course the students
- know the effects of change in the value of prices and currency and can handle them in calculations
- are able to make cross-currency calculations to calculate the effects of change in the value of the euro
- are able to make financial calculations using interest rate and interest rate cut-off calculations
- can use spreadsheet calculations.

Content (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
What are the key indicators of profitability, liquidity and solvency, how are they calculated and how they are interpreted?
How to manage working capital?

ACCOUNTING
How are the financial statements prepared for a small company?

MATHEMATICS
How is inflation measured and what is the value of money?
When and how is the change in the value of money taken into account in calculations?
How can the currency conversion process be made in different ways with the exchange rates quoted?
What is the impact of the exchange rate changes on consumers and businesses?
What are the different ways to repay a loan and how do they differ?
How can the total cost of different loan options be compared?
How do calculations utilize spreadsheet properties?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student knows the most important indicators of profitability, liquidity and solvency and is able to calculate them.

ACCOUNTING
The student knows what matters must be covered at end a company’s financial year. They know how a small company’s income statement and balance sheet are compiled, but there are gaps in the implementation.

MATHEMATICS
The student knows the most important concepts and is able to make simple calculations regarding money value, currencies and loans. They are able to perform calculations using a spreadsheet program.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student knows the working capital and the means to manage it. They are familiar with the most important indicators of profitability, liquidity and solvency and is able to calculate them. The student is familiar with the interpretation of key figures.

ACCOUNTING
The student has mastered the basic measures related to the termination of the financial year. They can compile the income statement and balance sheet of a small company.

MATHEMATICS
The student knows the concepts and their properties. They recognize the starting values required in the calculations in different practical situations and can cope with simple calculations of more challenging calculations. The student is able to evaluate the accuracy of the result. They are able to utilize the calculating features of spreadsheets.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student understands the importance of working capital management. They are able to calculate the most important indicators of profitability, liquidity and solvency and will be able to interpret the financial situation of the company.

ACCOUNTING
The student is able to apply the knowledge they have learned at end the company’s financial year. They understand the entity’s financial statements as a whole. The student is able to prepare the income statement and balance sheet of a small company.

MATHEMATICS
The student is able to apply their knowledge on various economic and financial issues. They know the concepts and their impact calculations and is thus able to evaluate the accuracy of the results. The student is able to make more challenging calculations that need to take into account several output values. The student is able to efficiently utilize the spreadsheet features, which enhance calculation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

17.01.2024 - 21.02.2024

Timing

04.03.2024 - 30.04.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

60 % Contact teaching, 40 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jarmo Pösö
  • Petriina Vuorinen
  • Taina Huhtinen
Person in charge

Petriina Vuorinen

Groups
  • 23LIKO4

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students learn to interpret a company's financial situation and profitability and to make the financial statements. They are able to utilize mathematics for economic planning and follow-up.

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION 1 cr
After completing the course the students
- are able to calculate the most central ratios concerning financial status and understand their interpretation
- understand how the working capital is tied to a company and how it can be regulated.

ACCOUNTING 2 cr
After completing the course the students
- are able to take care of the basic tasks related to the end of an accounting period
- can prepare a profit and loss account and balance sheet for a small firm.

MATHEMATICS 2 cr
After completing the course the students
- know the effects of change in the value of prices and currency and can handle them in calculations
- are able to make cross-currency calculations to calculate the effects of change in the value of the euro
- are able to make financial calculations using interest rate and interest rate cut-off calculations
- can use spreadsheet calculations.

Content (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
What are the key indicators of profitability, liquidity and solvency, how are they calculated and how they are interpreted?
How to manage working capital?

ACCOUNTING
How are the financial statements prepared for a small company?

MATHEMATICS
How is inflation measured and what is the value of money?
When and how is the change in the value of money taken into account in calculations?
How can the currency conversion process be made in different ways with the exchange rates quoted?
What is the impact of the exchange rate changes on consumers and businesses?
What are the different ways to repay a loan and how do they differ?
How can the total cost of different loan options be compared?
How do calculations utilize spreadsheet properties?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student knows the most important indicators of profitability, liquidity and solvency and is able to calculate them.

ACCOUNTING
The student knows what matters must be covered at end a company’s financial year. They know how a small company’s income statement and balance sheet are compiled, but there are gaps in the implementation.

MATHEMATICS
The student knows the most important concepts and is able to make simple calculations regarding money value, currencies and loans. They are able to perform calculations using a spreadsheet program.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student knows the working capital and the means to manage it. They are familiar with the most important indicators of profitability, liquidity and solvency and is able to calculate them. The student is familiar with the interpretation of key figures.

ACCOUNTING
The student has mastered the basic measures related to the termination of the financial year. They can compile the income statement and balance sheet of a small company.

MATHEMATICS
The student knows the concepts and their properties. They recognize the starting values required in the calculations in different practical situations and can cope with simple calculations of more challenging calculations. The student is able to evaluate the accuracy of the result. They are able to utilize the calculating features of spreadsheets.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
The student understands the importance of working capital management. They are able to calculate the most important indicators of profitability, liquidity and solvency and will be able to interpret the financial situation of the company.

ACCOUNTING
The student is able to apply the knowledge they have learned at end the company’s financial year. They understand the entity’s financial statements as a whole. The student is able to prepare the income statement and balance sheet of a small company.

MATHEMATICS
The student is able to apply their knowledge on various economic and financial issues. They know the concepts and their impact calculations and is thus able to evaluate the accuracy of the results. The student is able to make more challenging calculations that need to take into account several output values. The student is able to efficiently utilize the spreadsheet features, which enhance calculation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 25.02.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Toni Lehtimäki
  • Pauliina Airaksinen-Aminoff
Person in charge

Toni Lehtimäki

Groups
  • 21LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

In this course the students gain deeper knowledge about different leadership theories and themes.

After completing the course the students
- have got a wide knowledge of leadership themes
- understand the meaning of leadership theories
- recognize the different themes of leadership
- are able to put them into practice in their own organizations.

Content (course unit)

What are strategic leadership, diversity leadership, crises leadership, shared leadership, etc.?
What is modern management / leadership?
How can one develop the leadership in their own organization and grow into a talent man-ager?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows different theories and themes concerning leadership and is able to list the most common features about some of them.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student knows the most common themes of leadership and is able to choose some fea-tures from them to use in practice.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands deeply the different theories and themes concerning the leader-ship, is able to evaluate and combine them successfully, and put them into practice in their own organization.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 31.01.2024

Timing

09.02.2024 - 12.04.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 45

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Kati Kouhia-Kuusisto
Person in charge

Kati Kouhia-Kuusisto

Groups
  • 22LIKOT

Objectives (course unit)

This course deepens the students' knowledge of Enterprise Resource Planning systems (ERP) and familiarizes the students with the use of SAP HANA ERP system for production planning, product costings, cost center accounting and other company processes.

After completing the course the students
- understand the role of ERP systems in company operations
- know the phases of ERP system implementation project, as well as the relevant factors to take into account in such projects
- recognize the principles of production planning and are able to perform production process in an ERP system
- understand how the product cost structure is made up in ERP system
- analyze the product cost structure
- know the principles of cost center accounting and are able to perform such processes in an ERP system
- know current phenomena s in ERP development.

Content (course unit)

How do ERP systems support managing company processes?
What phases and challenges are related to ERP system implementation?
What is production planning?
How is product costing performed in an ERP system?
What are the principles of cost center accounting and how is it performed in an ERP system?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student recognizes the role of ERP system when developing company processes and operations. They are able to perform production planning and cost calculation basic activities as instructed.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student knows the role of ERP system when developing company processes and operations. They are able to use ERP system for production planning and cost calculations as instructed and to analyze the information produced by the system.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the role of ERP system when developing company processes and operations. They have mastered the concepts of production planning, logistics and finance in an ERP system. The student is able to use ERP system utilizing the acquired knowledge and to analyze the information produced by the system.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Sami Kalliokoski
Person in charge

Sami Kalliokoski

Groups
  • 22ALITAV

Objectives (course unit)

The student is able to
- explain what is meant by the supply chain and what concepts are involved,
- understands value chains as a competitive factor and develops them, e.g. in the field of value. lean methods,
- the basics of ordering and delivery processes and ERP systems.
- justify supply chain choices from sustainability perspectives

Content (course unit)

What is the supply chain? What are the concepts of logistics?
How does logistics create value?
How to make responsible logistics choices (e.g. whether to prepare for storage or on the basis of orders, what production methods and modes of transport are chosen, where to place production, what quantities are produced, how to take care of quality, how to cover costs)?
How are the environmental impacts of logistics measured?
What ERP systems are there?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The students are familiar with the basic concepts related to the theme and are able to justify responsible choices.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The students know the basic concepts and key principles and methods related to the theme. They are able to apply what they have learned to practice and justify choices from the point of view of responsibility.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The students understand the basic concepts and key principles and methods related to the theme. He can solve and analyze practical problems. They are able to justify their solutions comprehensively and also from the point of view of responsibility.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student knows only some of the basic concepts related to the theme and is unable to make reasoned logistical choices.

Location and time

According to Lukkari

Exam schedules

N.A.

Assessment methods and criteria

Group assignment, other assignments and activeness

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Online and classroom teaching
Assignments
Classroom exercises

Learning materials

Material in Moodle

Student workload

According to TAMK schedule and Moodle timing instruction.
Classroom and online lessons, independent study and group assignments

Content scheduling

Lectures and assignments

Completion alternatives

No alternative implementations

Practical training and working life cooperation

Visitor lecturer is possible

International connections

N.A.

Further information

N.A.

Assessment criteria - satisfactory (1-2) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student knows something from topic and is moderately able to interpret and apply the learned knowledge. The student is able moderately to describe how supply chain operates. The student is motivated and takes responsibility to his/her own work.

Assessment criteria - good (3-4) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student knows well the topic and is able to interpret and apply the learned knowledge. The student is able to describe how supply chain operates. The student is motivated and takes responsibility to his/her own work. Everything is done in time and according to instructions.

Assessment criteria - excellent (5) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student knows widely from topic and is widely able to interpret and apply the learned knowledge. The student is widely able to describe and justify how supply chain operates. The student is highly motivated and takes responsibility to his/her own work. Everything is done in time and according to instructions.

Enrolment period

14.12.2023 - 08.02.2024

Timing

09.02.2024 - 21.04.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

RDI portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Mika Boedeker
Person in charge

Mika Boedeker

Groups
  • 21ALITAM

Prerequisites (course unit)

Previous modules completed or equivalent knowledge.

Exam schedules

The individual exam can be completed on 23.3. - 7.4. in Moodle.
No re-exam.

Assessment methods and criteria

Individual exam: 60% of the total grade.
Small group assignments: 40% of the total grade.

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Lectures, individual and group work. Moodle as a learning environment. Lessons with Zoom remote connection.

Learning materials

Will be announced in Moodle.

Student workload

Total load: 135 h:
- Lessons: 16 h
- Learning the teaching material: approx. 40 h
- Individual and group work: approx. 80 h

Content scheduling

Lessons
1) Introduction to future thinking, weak signals. (22.2., 12.15-15.45, Zoom)
2) Megatrends, trends. (23.2., 12.15-15.45, Zoom)
3) From scenarios to utilizing future information. (22.3., 8.30-11 and 12-15.45, Zoom)

Independent individual and group work outside of lessons.

Individual exam
- Material exam (free use of the material during the exam)
- Can be completed in Moodle 23.3. - 7.4. (no chance to retake)
- More detailed instructions on the implementation in Moodle.

Small group assignments
- Done within the lessons
- Possible substitute tasks are agreed upon separately

Completion alternatives

No optional execution methods.

Practical training and working life cooperation

Small group assignments partially linked to the student's working life.

Further information

Completing the course requires commitment to working in small groups.

Assessment criteria - fail (0) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student does not perform the assigned tasks acceptably.

Assessment criteria - satisfactory (1-2) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

The student recognizes the basic concepts related to the topic. The student understands the process of future research and identifies different methods of future research and foresight. The student knows how to apply the methods used in a guided manner in order to perform the given tasks. When necessary, the student works in a group and takes responsibility for his own performance.

Assessment criteria - good (3-4) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

In addition to the previous one, the student can structure the relationships between phenomena and concepts related to the topic and independently apply the methods used.

Assessment criteria - excellent (5) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

In addition to the previous ones, the student understands the wholes of the subject area and the relationships between them more broadly and knows how to creatively apply the methods used.

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 08.01.2024

Timing

15.01.2024 - 24.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

80 % Contact teaching, 20 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Mika Jokinen
  • Mari Stenvall
Person in charge

Mika Jokinen

Groups
  • 22ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

During this course the students learn about B2B sales work and related interaction with the customers.

After completing the course the students
- understand the structure of B2B sales process from the first contact to the follow-up
- have enhanced their interaction skills, especially from the point of view of building trust, convincing presentation and negotiation skills
- have the skills in selling sales based on a real customer case.

Content (course unit)

What are the stages of the B2B customer meeting and how should the seller work at different stages?
How do I become a sales professional?
How to create value for a customer through sales?

Prerequisites (course unit)

1st year courses or equivalent knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The students recognizes the B2B areas of sales work and knows how to designate the various stages of sales. They know the methods of value selling and trust building.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student understands the basics of B2B sales work. They can work according to instructions in B2B sales work situations, and is able to take advantage of their sales expertise from the point of view of value sales and trust building.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the areas of B2B sales work and is able to apply them in practical work. They are able to structure the various stages of sales from preparation to the follow-up and apply them in practice. The student is able to develop the value produced for the customer through sales skills, and strengthen the trust between the seller and the customer.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

30.11.2023 - 24.01.2024

Timing

12.02.2024 - 07.04.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Mika Jokinen
  • Mari Stenvall
Person in charge

Mika Jokinen

Groups
  • 22LIKOM

Objectives (course unit)

During this course the students learn about B2B sales work and related interaction with the customers.

After completing the course the students
- understand the structure of B2B sales process from the first contact to the follow-up
- have enhanced their interaction skills, especially from the point of view of building trust, convincing presentation and negotiation skills
- have the skills in selling sales based on a real customer case.

Content (course unit)

What are the stages of the B2B customer meeting and how should the seller work at different stages?
How do I become a sales professional?
How to create value for a customer through sales?

Prerequisites (course unit)

1st year courses or equivalent knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The students recognizes the B2B areas of sales work and knows how to designate the various stages of sales. They know the methods of value selling and trust building.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student understands the basics of B2B sales work. They can work according to instructions in B2B sales work situations, and is able to take advantage of their sales expertise from the point of view of value sales and trust building.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the areas of B2B sales work and is able to apply them in practical work. They are able to structure the various stages of sales from preparation to the follow-up and apply them in practice. The student is able to develop the value produced for the customer through sales skills, and strengthen the trust between the seller and the customer.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 14.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pietro Albanese
Person in charge

Pietro Albanese

Groups
  • 22ALITAV

Objectives (course unit)

In this course, you learn to see problems that can be solved through research and to carry out studies especially for marketing needs.

The student is able to
- the research and development methods necessary for the research and development work and are able to apply them to practice,
- find research ideas and problems and are able to draw up a research plan and report and carry out research for marketing needs.

Content (course unit)

What is the research process like?
How is the research idea developed?
How do I choose a research problem/question?
What research methods exist and how are they used?
How do I make a research plan and a research report?
How are marketing studies carried out?

Prerequisites (course unit)

Previous modules completed or equivalent knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student is able to carry out simple studies, but has not focused on the research world and does not always understand the significance of research in relation to practice. He needs help to carry out a careful and reasoned investigation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student masters a few methods of research and development and is able to apply them to practice. They are able to carry out research that utilises the practice.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student has a wide range of mastery of the different methods of research and development and is able to apply them to practice. They are able to carry out research that utilises the practice with high quality.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student is not able to formulate research questions or plan or carry out research to determine marketing needs.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

15.09.2023 - 12.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Mika Boedeker
  • Pekka Kaatiala
  • Marja-Liisa Timperi
Person in charge

Mika Boedeker

Groups
  • 22ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The student knows research and develop methods and can apply them. He/she learns how to modify research ideas and problems. He/she can make a research plan and write a research report.

Content (course unit)

Research methods
Research process
Research plan, implementation and report

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Satisfactory

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Excellent

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 08.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

7 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pekka Kaatiala
  • Tero Poutala
Person in charge

Tero Poutala

Groups
  • 22LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students become acquainted with qualitative and quantitative research (qualitative 2, quantitative & research 5). The course includes a research exercise.

Course Learning Outcomes:
After completing the course students
- are familiar with the basics of research and know the main differences between qualitative and quantitative research
- are able to design and implement practical, applied research according to research ethics in a sustainable way
- are able to modify the research material into a perception matrix
- are able to use the statistical program to produce and interpret the most common statistical presentations
- are able to evaluate the reliability of the results.

Content (course unit)

What are the basics of research study and research ethics?
What are the different steps involved in doing research?
What are the different research methods and strategies?
How are the issues discussed by the theory measured as accurately as possible?
How can research findings be obtained?
How to implement a working questionnaire?
How can the presentability of the sample be affected?
How do different types of statistical variables differ?
How can the distributions be visualized?
What are the principles of statistical reasoning?
How can the reliability of research results be measured?
How is the observation data analyzed by a statistical program?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student recognizes the steps of qualitative and quantitative research. The student is able to produce or interpret the spreadsheets describing the observation material, as well as the simplest statistical patterns and indicators. The student is able to participate in qualitative or quantitative research.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to design and implement a small-scale qualitative or quantitative research. The student is able to produce and interpret the distribution tables and patterns of two variables. The student is able to choose suitable methods and methods for the variable type.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to plan and conduct qualitative or quantitative research. The student is able to produce the summaries required for research questions from the observation material and is able to evaluate the reliability of the results.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 08.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

7 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pekka Kaatiala
  • Tero Poutala
Person in charge

Tero Poutala

Groups
  • 22LIKOM

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students become acquainted with qualitative and quantitative research (qualitative 2, quantitative & research 5). The course includes a research exercise.

Course Learning Outcomes:
After completing the course students
- are familiar with the basics of research and know the main differences between qualitative and quantitative research
- are able to design and implement practical, applied research according to research ethics in a sustainable way
- are able to modify the research material into a perception matrix
- are able to use the statistical program to produce and interpret the most common statistical presentations
- are able to evaluate the reliability of the results.

Content (course unit)

What are the basics of research study and research ethics?
What are the different steps involved in doing research?
What are the different research methods and strategies?
How are the issues discussed by the theory measured as accurately as possible?
How can research findings be obtained?
How to implement a working questionnaire?
How can the presentability of the sample be affected?
How do different types of statistical variables differ?
How can the distributions be visualized?
What are the principles of statistical reasoning?
How can the reliability of research results be measured?
How is the observation data analyzed by a statistical program?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student recognizes the steps of qualitative and quantitative research. The student is able to produce or interpret the spreadsheets describing the observation material, as well as the simplest statistical patterns and indicators. The student is able to participate in qualitative or quantitative research.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to design and implement a small-scale qualitative or quantitative research. The student is able to produce and interpret the distribution tables and patterns of two variables. The student is able to choose suitable methods and methods for the variable type.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to plan and conduct qualitative or quantitative research. The student is able to produce the summaries required for research questions from the observation material and is able to evaluate the reliability of the results.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Credits

7 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

72 % Contact teaching, 28 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pekka Kaatiala
  • Mika Boedeker
Person in charge

Mika Boedeker

Groups
  • 22LIKOT

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students become acquainted with qualitative and quantitative research (qualitative 2, quantitative & research 5). The course includes a research exercise.

Course Learning Outcomes:
After completing the course students
- are familiar with the basics of research and know the main differences between qualitative and quantitative research
- are able to design and implement practical, applied research according to research ethics in a sustainable way
- are able to modify the research material into a perception matrix
- are able to use the statistical program to produce and interpret the most common statistical presentations
- are able to evaluate the reliability of the results.

Content (course unit)

What are the basics of research study and research ethics?
What are the different steps involved in doing research?
What are the different research methods and strategies?
How are the issues discussed by the theory measured as accurately as possible?
How can research findings be obtained?
How to implement a working questionnaire?
How can the presentability of the sample be affected?
How do different types of statistical variables differ?
How can the distributions be visualized?
What are the principles of statistical reasoning?
How can the reliability of research results be measured?
How is the observation data analyzed by a statistical program?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student recognizes the steps of qualitative and quantitative research. The student is able to produce or interpret the spreadsheets describing the observation material, as well as the simplest statistical patterns and indicators. The student is able to participate in qualitative or quantitative research.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to design and implement a small-scale qualitative or quantitative research. The student is able to produce and interpret the distribution tables and patterns of two variables. The student is able to choose suitable methods and methods for the variable type.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to plan and conduct qualitative or quantitative research. The student is able to produce the summaries required for research questions from the observation material and is able to evaluate the reliability of the results.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 07.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Credits

7 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

72 % Contact teaching, 28 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pekka Kaatiala
  • Mika Boedeker
Person in charge

Pekka Kaatiala

Groups
  • 22LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students become acquainted with qualitative and quantitative research (qualitative 2, quantitative & research 5). The course includes a research exercise.

Course Learning Outcomes:
After completing the course students
- are familiar with the basics of research and know the main differences between qualitative and quantitative research
- are able to design and implement practical, applied research according to research ethics in a sustainable way
- are able to modify the research material into a perception matrix
- are able to use the statistical program to produce and interpret the most common statistical presentations
- are able to evaluate the reliability of the results.

Content (course unit)

What are the basics of research study and research ethics?
What are the different steps involved in doing research?
What are the different research methods and strategies?
How are the issues discussed by the theory measured as accurately as possible?
How can research findings be obtained?
How to implement a working questionnaire?
How can the presentability of the sample be affected?
How do different types of statistical variables differ?
How can the distributions be visualized?
What are the principles of statistical reasoning?
How can the reliability of research results be measured?
How is the observation data analyzed by a statistical program?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student recognizes the steps of qualitative and quantitative research. The student is able to produce or interpret the spreadsheets describing the observation material, as well as the simplest statistical patterns and indicators. The student is able to participate in qualitative or quantitative research.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to design and implement a small-scale qualitative or quantitative research. The student is able to produce and interpret the distribution tables and patterns of two variables. The student is able to choose suitable methods and methods for the variable type.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to plan and conduct qualitative or quantitative research. The student is able to produce the summaries required for research questions from the observation material and is able to evaluate the reliability of the results.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

09.06.2023 - 31.08.2023

Timing

28.08.2023 - 15.10.2023

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

60 % Contact teaching, 40 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Hanna Laasanen
Person in charge

Hanna Laasanen

Groups
  • 21LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

After completing the course the students know the basics of legislation on employment and civil servants.

The students
- understand the main concepts and principles of labour and official law
- are able to locate and evaluate information from sources of employment law
- are able to analyze and solve related legal problems.

Content (course unit)

What are
- employers’, employees’ and officials’ rights, liabilities and duties?
- collective agreements?
- key provisions considering employee participation?
- key provisions considering labour protection?
- how does the employment and service relationship begin and how it will be terminat-ed?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student has reached the course objectives sufficiently. They know the basics of key concepts, principles and rules of this area of law and are able to apply them to factual situa-tions sufficiently.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student has reached the course objectives well, although their skills and competences are somewhat in need of further development. They know the main concepts, principles and rules of this area of law widely and is able to apply them to factual situations using reasoned analysis.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student has reached the course objectives excellently. They have mastered the main concepts, principles and rules of labour and civil servant law and are able to apply them to complicated factual situations using reasoned analysis.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 20.08.2023

Timing

17.08.2023 - 08.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

2 op

RDI portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

60 % Contact teaching, 40 % Distance learning

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Mika Jokinen
  • Marja-Liisa Timperi
Person in charge

Mika Jokinen

Groups
  • 23ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

Students orientate themselves to studies and lears how to act in the learning environment and working life. They learn how to use digital learning and working tools.

After completing the course, the students
- are able to define their learning objectives and to plan their time usage
- are able to work in the team and use dialogue
- recognize the norms and ethical rules concerning studies
- are able to use digital software in studying
- know how to use different information acquirement systems.

Content (course unit)

Which are the norms ruling the studying?
How do you act succesfully as a team member?
How do you use digital sofware in working and studying life?
How can you find needed information effective?

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Approved
The student does not take an active part in coaching and does not perform the given individual and groupworks on an approved level.

Failed
The student takes an active part in coaching and performs the given individual and groupworks.

Assessment scale

Pass/Fail

Enrolment period

02.07.2023 - 18.08.2023

Timing

17.08.2023 - 08.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

4 op

Mode of delivery

20 % Contact teaching, 80 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Marja-Liisa Timperi
  • Miina Kivelä
Person in charge

Satu Kylmälä

Groups
  • 23ALITAMAA
    Liiketalouden tutkinto-ohjelma 2023, Monimuoto, maakunta, verkkototeutus

Objectives (course unit)

Students orientate themselves to studies and lears how to act in the learning environment and working life. They learn how to use digital learning and working tools.

After completing the course, the students
- are able to define their learning objectives and to plan their time usage
- are able to work in the team and use dialogue
- recognize the norms and ethical rules concerning studies
- are able to use digital software in studying
- know how to use different information acquirement systems.

Content (course unit)

Which are the norms ruling the studying?
How do you act succesfully as a team member?
How do you use digital sofware in working and studying life?
How can you find needed information effective?

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Approved
The student does not take an active part in coaching and does not perform the given individual and groupworks on an approved level.

Failed
The student takes an active part in coaching and performs the given individual and groupworks.

Assessment scale

Pass/Fail

Enrolment period

01.01.2024 - 26.01.2024

Timing

18.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tero Poutala
  • Marja-Liisa Timperi
Person in charge

Tero Poutala

Groups
  • 24ALITAMAAJ
    Liiketalouden tutkinto-ohjelma 2024, Monimuoto, Juridiikka

Objectives (course unit)

Students orientate themselves to studies and lears how to act in the learning environment and working life. They learn how to use digital learning and working tools.

After completing the course, the students
- are able to define their learning objectives and to plan their time usage
- are able to work in the team and use dialogue
- recognize the norms and ethical rules concerning studies
- are able to use digital software in studying
- know how to use different information acquirement systems.

Content (course unit)

Which are the norms ruling the studying?
How do you act succesfully as a team member?
How do you use digital sofware in working and studying life?
How can you find needed information effective?

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Approved
The student does not take an active part in coaching and does not perform the given individual and groupworks on an approved level.

Failed
The student takes an active part in coaching and performs the given individual and groupworks.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.11.2023

Timing

10.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Minna Wilska
  • Tomi Leino
Groups
  • AVOINAMK
  • 23AVOHRP
    HR- ja palkkahallinnon osaaja, syksy 2023

Objectives (course unit)

The course familiarizes the students with the responsibilities of the supervisor in occupa-tional well-being, occupational health and safety and safety at work. It also gives them an overview of the significance of said duties in a work community.

After completing the course the students:
- understand the importance of the occupational well-being in leadership and supervisory work
- understand objectives of the occupational health and safety and its importance in the work community
- understand responsibilities and objectives of a supervisor related to safety at work.

Content (course unit)

What are the supervisor's responsibilities regarding occupational well-being?
What is the occupational health and safety and how is it taken care of in the workplace?
How is occupational health care organized and who is responsible for it?
What is the occupational safety management and what responsibilities does the supervisor have concerning it?
Why is the supervisor's own well-being at work important?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student is able to describe the issues related to the occupational well-being, occupa-tional health and safety and safety at work. They are able to name the responsibilities and obligations of the supervisor related to those matters.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is familiar with the issues concerning the organization's well-being at work, oc-cupational health and safety and safety at work and can apply and compare them in the work community's operations.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the responsibilities and obligations of the supervisor in terms of well-being at work, occupational health and safety and safety at work and understands their importance in managing the organization. They apply their learning in practical situations and are able to work responsibly in the workplace and to develop said areas.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

30.01.2024 - 21.02.2024

Timing

04.03.2024 - 17.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Minna Wilska
  • Tero Poutala
Person in charge

Minna Wilska

Groups
  • 22LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

The course familiarizes the students with the responsibilities of the supervisor in occupa-tional well-being, occupational health and safety and safety at work. It also gives them an overview of the significance of said duties in a work community.

After completing the course the students:
- understand the importance of the occupational well-being in leadership and supervisory work
- understand objectives of the occupational health and safety and its importance in the work community
- understand responsibilities and objectives of a supervisor related to safety at work.

Content (course unit)

What are the supervisor's responsibilities regarding occupational well-being?
What is the occupational health and safety and how is it taken care of in the workplace?
How is occupational health care organized and who is responsible for it?
What is the occupational safety management and what responsibilities does the supervisor have concerning it?
Why is the supervisor's own well-being at work important?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student is able to describe the issues related to the occupational well-being, occupa-tional health and safety and safety at work. They are able to name the responsibilities and obligations of the supervisor related to those matters.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is familiar with the issues concerning the organization's well-being at work, oc-cupational health and safety and safety at work and can apply and compare them in the work community's operations.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the responsibilities and obligations of the supervisor in terms of well-being at work, occupational health and safety and safety at work and understands their importance in managing the organization. They apply their learning in practical situations and are able to work responsibly in the workplace and to develop said areas.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.06.2023 - 31.07.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.09.2023

Credits

2 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tomi Leino
  • Petriina Vuorinen
Person in charge

Petriina Vuorinen

Groups
  • AVOINAMK
  • 23AVOHRP
    HR- ja palkkahallinnon osaaja, syksy 2023

Objectives (course unit)

Student
- knows how the terms of employment are determined
- is familiar with the essential rights and obligations arising from the employment relationship between the employer and the employee and the possible consequences of their infringement;
- knows how the employment contract is terminated and what grounds are required for termination.
- is able to calculate the amount of wages withheld from the employee's tax and the deductions from the wages withheld from the tax withheld
- is familiar with the basis for calculating fringe benefits and the basis for reimbursement of tax-exempt travel expenses;
- is able to calculate overtime pay on the basis of the Working Hours Act and holiday pay according to the Annual Holidays Act.

Content (course unit)

What is the significance of laws, collective agreements and employment contracts in the stating of the terms of employment?
What are the main obligations arising from an employee's employment relationship and how are they regulated?
What are the main obligations arising from the employer's employment relationship and how have they been regulated?
What can be the result of breaches of the employee's/employer's key obligations?
How do terminations and terminations differ and on what grounds can they be implemented?
What different forms of pay can be used?
How is the amount of tax withheld from wages calculated?
What other deductions from wages are made in addition to withholding tax?
What are fringe benefits and how are they dealt with in payroll?
What kind of compensation must the employee be paid for work that exceeds normal working hours?
What are reimbursements of travel expenses and how are the amounts of compensation determined?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The students know the basic concepts related to employment relationships and payroll. The student knows the key obligations of the employee and the employer and the consequences of violating them. The student mainly knows how to determine the wages paid to the employee.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student masters the basic concepts related to employment relationships and payroll, key regulations and key procedures for payroll. The student is familiar with the employee's and the employer's key obligations and the consequences of breaking them. The student knows how the wages paid to the employee are determined. The student is also able to apply information related to the topics and provide justifications for the solutions he or she proposes.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student knows the basic concepts and key provisions related to the employment relationship, as well as the key obligations of the employee and the employer and the consequences of breaking them excellently. They are able to search for information and apply it to practical problems and to justify comprehensively the solutions they have presented.
The student understands payroll as a whole and knows the related concepts and key procedures excellently. The student understands how the wages paid to the employee are determined and, if necessary, can also look for information and solutions for practical calculation situations.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student has not demonstrated his/her competence in this manner indicated by the objectives of the course.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

04.07.2023 - 01.09.2023

Timing

11.10.2023 - 29.10.2023

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tomi Leino
  • Tuula Niemi
Person in charge

Tomi Leino

Groups
  • AVOINAMK
  • 23AVOHRP
    HR- ja palkkahallinnon osaaja, syksy 2023

Objectives (course unit)

After the course, the students know how to apply labor law in supervisory work and what work community skills mean in practice.

After completing the course the students:
- are able to apply of the labor law in the most common supervisory situations
- understand the importance of responsibilities and obligations in the work community
- know the basic facts about the labor market system.

Content (course unit)

What are the responsibilities and obligations in a supervisor’s job?
What are the conditions of employment?
How to act according to the laws and instructions in the supervisory work?
How does a company follow the co-operation act?
What does a collective agreement mean?
Why are leadership skills, subordinate skills and common rules important in a work commu-nity?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student recognizes issues related to labor law and work community skills. They can name the responsibilities and obligations of a supervisor.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student knows the basics of labor law and is able to act in accordance with it in the practical situations. They can choose the most appropriate approach to labor law and regula-tions.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the whole set of labor legislation and the responsibilities and obli-gations of the supervisor, is able to work responsibly in a workplace and is able to apply the issues they have learned in HR and supervisory work in practice. They understand the im-portance of work community skills widely, and can apply them systematically in a practical work environment.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 25.02.2024

Credits

5 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tomi Leino
  • Tuula Niemi
Person in charge

Tomi Leino

Groups
  • 22LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

After the course, the students know how to apply labor law in supervisory work and what work community skills mean in practice.

After completing the course the students:
- are able to apply of the labor law in the most common supervisory situations
- understand the importance of responsibilities and obligations in the work community
- know the basic facts about the labor market system.

Content (course unit)

What are the responsibilities and obligations in a supervisor’s job?
What are the conditions of employment?
How to act according to the laws and instructions in the supervisory work?
How does a company follow the co-operation act?
What does a collective agreement mean?
Why are leadership skills, subordinate skills and common rules important in a work commu-nity?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student recognizes issues related to labor law and work community skills. They can name the responsibilities and obligations of a supervisor.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student knows the basics of labor law and is able to act in accordance with it in the practical situations. They can choose the most appropriate approach to labor law and regula-tions.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the whole set of labor legislation and the responsibilities and obli-gations of the supervisor, is able to work responsibly in a workplace and is able to apply the issues they have learned in HR and supervisory work in practice. They understand the im-portance of work community skills widely, and can apply them systematically in a practical work environment.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 01.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.08.2023

Credits

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Petriina Vuorinen
Person in charge

Petriina Vuorinen

Groups
  • 23ALITAMAA
    Liiketalouden tutkinto-ohjelma 2023, Monimuoto, maakunta, verkkototeutus
  • 23LIKO4
  • 23ALITA
  • 23LIKO3
  • 23LIKO2
  • 23LIKO1

Objectives (course unit)

The student knows how
- deal with mathematical expressions in business
- solve simple equations
- to draw up a mathematical model of the problem situation and solve the resulting equations.
- solve different percentage calculation situations

Content (course unit)

Calculating and processing the value of mathematical expressions. Solving the 1st degree equation and the power and exponential equation. Different situations of percentage decline.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Student understands how to handle basic mathematical expressions and equations. He/She is able to solve simple applications that are similar to the problems solved during the course. Student takes care of his/her own studies and can cope with exercises with some help from the group.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

In addition, student is able to apply the course topics to technical problems. Student can also explain the methods of her/his solutions. Mathematical notations and concepts are mainly used correctly. Student is able to solve the given exercises independently and also helps other students in the group.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

In addition, student has an overall understanding of course topics. He/she can solve more demanding problems and has the ability to present and justify the chosen methods of solution. Mathematical notations and concepts are used precisely. Student is motivated and committed to help the group to manage the course.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

21.08.2023 - 13.10.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tiina Wickman-Viitala
Person in charge

Tiina Wickman-Viitala

Groups
  • 22ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The student familiariaze him/herself with the concept of business responsibility. The student knows the tools of quality and process management.

Content (course unit)

Responsibility in business
Quality management
Process management

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Satisfactory

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Excellent

Location and time

Contact/Distance learning according the schedule

Exam schedules

DL in Moodle.

Assessment methods and criteria

All tasks must be completed.

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Team work, group works, presentations

Learning materials

Moodle.

Student workload

1 credit = 27 h student work
5 credits =135 h student work

Completion alternatives

Contact teacher before the course starts.

Practical training and working life cooperation

The tasks can be preferably done with companies student knows.

International connections

National and international aspects considered.

Assessment criteria - fail (0) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

Some tasks are missing or failed.

Assessment criteria - satisfactory (1-2) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

Student knows the basic concepts of responsibility and quality management.

Assessment criteria - good (3-4) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

Student is able to apply the responsibility actions on his/hers work in company and measure process quality.

Assessment criteria - excellent (5) (Not in use, Look at the Assessment criteria above)

Student is able to apply the responsibility actions on his/hers work in company, and is able to suggest more resposible targets in company strategy. Student is able to analyse and develop quality process management. Student is able to present his/hers work professionally.

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 08.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Elena Grigorova
Person in charge

Elena Grigorova

Groups
  • 22LIKOM
  • 22LIKOT
  • 23IB1
    International Business, syksy 2023, 1-ryhmä
  • 22IB
  • 23IB2
    International Business, syksy 2023, 2-ryhmä
  • 23IB3
    International Business, syksy 2023, 3-ryhmä
  • 21IB
  • 23IB4
    International Business, syksy 2023, 4-ryhmä
  • 23IB5
    International Business, syksy 2023, 5-ryhmä
  • 23IB6
    International Business, syksy 2023, 6-ryhmä
  • 23IB7
    International Business, syksy 2023, 7-ryhmä
  • 23IB8
    International Business, syksy 2023, 8-ryhmä
  • 22LIKOH
  • 22LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

European competence level A1

Target group: beginners or those with comprehensive school studies in the language, the second foreign language course, the student learns the language used in the most common situations of everyday life, basic structures of the language and culture(s) of the target language area.

The student
- will be able to understand and speak the language in the most common situations of everyday life
- will be able to use the basic structures of the language
- will know cultural differences and ways of interaction in the language area, and will be able to take them into consideration in his/her work.

Content (course unit)

How to communicate in the most common situations of everyday life?
What are the characteristics of oral communication?
What do I need to know about the country/countries in which the language is spoken?

Location and time

Tuesdays, 08:00 - 11:00, TAMK's campus

Exam schedules

- Written mid-term exam 10.10.2023 on campus
- Written final exam and oral assessment 15.12.2023 on campus
- Re-take dates will be determined later

Assessment methods and criteria

- Active course participation, home and online tasks (0 - 5) - 50%
- Written mid-term exam (0 - 5) - 25%
- Written final exam (0 - 5) - 25%
- Oral final assignment (pass/fail)

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Classroom teaching, independent study, pair and group activities

Learning materials

- Revised Kafe Piter 1 textbook (2020 edition). Note: Only a few copies are available at the TAMK library! You may need to buy it or borrow it from other libraries.
- Materials in Moodle

Student workload

- Contact lessons 15 x 3 h = 45 h
- Independent study = 90 h

Completion alternatives

None

Further information

The course is intended for students who had no previous Russian studies or whose elementary studies were completed several years ago.

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tero Poutala
Person in charge

Tero Poutala

Groups
  • 22ALITAV

Objectives (course unit)

After completing the course, the student has the ability to identify and take into account the key legal rules and conditions related to the online store.
Student
- understands the legal aspects and challenges related to e-commerce, including the sale of movables and services, distance selling, electronic payment and communications, and data protection
- is familiar with key market law regulation and how disputesrelated to e-commerce business are resolved
- is able to apply the thematic provisions to practice and make reasoned proposals for solutions in practical situations.

Content (course unit)

- market law regulation of e-commerce business, including rules on competition, consumers, marketing and copyright;
- principles and rules on electronic communications and payment, data protection and information security
- settlement of disputes related to e-commerce business

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The students know the basic concepts and regulations of the topics of the course and are able to apply them satisfactorily to practice.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is familiar with and is able to define the basic concepts of the topics of the course. The students are familiar with the key provisions of the topic and have the basic capacity to apply them to practice.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is familiar with and is able to define comprehensively the basic concepts of the topics of the course. The student is familiar with the key provisions of the topic and is able to analyse and apply the regulations to practice as well. If necessary, the student is able to search for information and present justifications for practical problems. The student is able to justify his/her decision comprehensively

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student has not demonstrated his/her competence in the manner indicated by the objectives of the course.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Teppo Yrjönkoski
  • Arja Reinvall
Person in charge

Teppo Yrjönkoski

Groups
  • 22ALITAV

Objectives (course unit)

Student
- identify different sales models in your online store
- is able to assess the impact on business profitability
- is able to utilise various financial information resources
- identify the business intelligence management process.
- knows different information management systems
- understands the potential of artificial intelligence and machine learning in strategic business planning.

Content (course unit)

What are the specific features of e-commerce accounting?
How can artificial intelligence and machine learning be used in strategic business planning?
How does e-commerce benefit from BI?
What does it take for a company to take advantage of BI?

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

08.02.2023 - 09.04.2023

Timing

02.10.2023 - 03.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 45

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Teppo Yrjönkoski
  • Arja Reinvall
Person in charge

Teppo Yrjönkoski

Groups
  • AVOINAMK
  • 23AVODIGILIK
    Digitaalinen liiketoiminta, 30 op, kevät 2023

Objectives (course unit)

Student
- identify different sales models in your online store
- is able to assess the impact on business profitability
- is able to utilise various financial information resources
- identify the business intelligence management process.
- knows different information management systems
- understands the potential of artificial intelligence and machine learning in strategic business planning.

Content (course unit)

What are the specific features of e-commerce accounting?
How can artificial intelligence and machine learning be used in strategic business planning?
How does e-commerce benefit from BI?
What does it take for a company to take advantage of BI?

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

03.08.2023 - 01.10.2023

Timing

14.08.2023 - 02.10.2023

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 45

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Teppo Yrjönkoski
Groups
  • AVOINAMK
  • 23AVODIGILIK
    Digitaalinen liiketoiminta, 30 op, kevät 2023

Objectives (course unit)

Student
- knows the general principles of SEO.
- understands the importance of keywords, understands the structure of optimization and knows how to utilize the operation of search robots in building SEO
- understand how site navigation affects usability and how product groups and product information are utilised in building the user experience.
- is able to use target group thinking to build discoverability and usability, taking into account the differences in trade between both consumers and businesses;
- is able to produce accessible materials for the network.

Content (course unit)

What is SEO?
How is the discoverability and usability of the online store implemented?
How do audiences affect the design of discoverability and usability?
How is accessibility taken into account when designing an online store?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The students know the basic concepts and methods related to SEO, usability planning and the discoverability of the online store.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The students master the basic concepts and methods related to SEARCH engine optimization, usability planning and the discoverability of the online store. The student is able to apply the practice he/she has learned.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to know the basic concepts and methods related to search engine optimization, usability planning and the discoverability of the online store, recognizes the importance of search terms and is able to utilise them in building an online store appropriately. The student is able to apply and analyse what he/she has learned for practical situations. The student is able to justify his/her decision comprehensively. If necessary, the student is also able to search for information and design new solutions for challenging situations.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The students only know some concepts related to SEO, usability planning and the discoverability of the online store and do not know how to apply these to practical design.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

3 op

Mode of delivery

40 % Contact teaching, 60 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Teppo Yrjönkoski
  • Miina Kivelä
Person in charge

Teppo Yrjönkoski

Groups
  • 22ALITAV

Objectives (course unit)

Student
- knows the general principles of SEO.
- understands the importance of keywords, understands the structure of optimization and knows how to utilize the operation of search robots in building SEO
- understand how site navigation affects usability and how product groups and product information are utilised in building the user experience.
- is able to use target group thinking to build discoverability and usability, taking into account the differences in trade between both consumers and businesses;
- is able to produce accessible materials for the network.

Content (course unit)

What is SEO?
How is the discoverability and usability of the online store implemented?
How do audiences affect the design of discoverability and usability?
How is accessibility taken into account when designing an online store?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The students know the basic concepts and methods related to SEO, usability planning and the discoverability of the online store.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The students master the basic concepts and methods related to SEARCH engine optimization, usability planning and the discoverability of the online store. The student is able to apply the practice he/she has learned.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to know the basic concepts and methods related to search engine optimization, usability planning and the discoverability of the online store, recognizes the importance of search terms and is able to utilise them in building an online store appropriately. The student is able to apply and analyse what he/she has learned for practical situations. The student is able to justify his/her decision comprehensively. If necessary, the student is also able to search for information and design new solutions for challenging situations.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The students only know some concepts related to SEO, usability planning and the discoverability of the online store and do not know how to apply these to practical design.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.11.2023 - 19.02.2024

Timing

04.03.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Teppo Yrjönkoski
  • Miina Kivelä
Person in charge

Miina Kivelä

Groups
  • AVOINAMK
  • 23AVOLIPO

Objectives (course unit)

The course focuses on various areas of e-commerce as well as planning and implementing an online store for an SMS.

After completing the course the students
- are able to plan and develop e-commerce for small businesses
- know the legal particularities related to e-commerce
- are able to plan logistics for e-commerce
- are able to plan and implement marketing for an e-commerce
- know how to set up an online store and produce the necessary contents
- know the characteristics of e-commerce and online business.

Content (course unit)

How to implement an online store?
What legal matters should be considered when implementing an online store?
How to market an e-commerce?
How do logistics work in e-commerce?
What possibilities lie in online business?

Prerequisites (course unit)

1st year courses or equivalent knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student can plan and implement a simple e-commerce for small businesses with a little help or develop an existing one with assistance. They are familiar with the legislation. The student knows how e-commerce logistics and marketing work. They are familiar with the possibilities of e-commerce.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student can plan and implement a simple e-commerce for small businesses or develop an existing one. They know the legislation and can apply it to a real business case. The student can plan and implement e-commerce logistics and marketing. They know how to beneficially use online business in the most common situations.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student can plan and implement an e-commerce for a small business or significantly develop an existing one. They know the legislation and can apply it to a real business case. The student can plan and implement e-commerce logistics and marketing. They have mastered the art of online business .

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 21.01.2024

Timing

24.01.2024 - 24.04.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Teppo Yrjönkoski
  • Miina Kivelä
Person in charge

Teppo Yrjönkoski

Groups
  • 22LIKOM

Objectives (course unit)

The course focuses on various areas of e-commerce as well as planning and implementing an online store for an SMS.

After completing the course the students
- are able to plan and develop e-commerce for small businesses
- know the legal particularities related to e-commerce
- are able to plan logistics for e-commerce
- are able to plan and implement marketing for an e-commerce
- know how to set up an online store and produce the necessary contents
- know the characteristics of e-commerce and online business.

Content (course unit)

How to implement an online store?
What legal matters should be considered when implementing an online store?
How to market an e-commerce?
How do logistics work in e-commerce?
What possibilities lie in online business?

Prerequisites (course unit)

1st year courses or equivalent knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student can plan and implement a simple e-commerce for small businesses with a little help or develop an existing one with assistance. They are familiar with the legislation. The student knows how e-commerce logistics and marketing work. They are familiar with the possibilities of e-commerce.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student can plan and implement a simple e-commerce for small businesses or develop an existing one. They know the legislation and can apply it to a real business case. The student can plan and implement e-commerce logistics and marketing. They know how to beneficially use online business in the most common situations.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student can plan and implement an e-commerce for a small business or significantly develop an existing one. They know the legislation and can apply it to a real business case. The student can plan and implement e-commerce logistics and marketing. They have mastered the art of online business .

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Teppo Yrjönkoski
Person in charge

Hanna Pihlajarinne

Groups
  • 23ALITAMAA
    Liiketalouden tutkinto-ohjelma 2023, Monimuoto, maakunta, verkkototeutus

Objectives (course unit)

Student
- is able to assess the opportunities offered by the online business in its own business environment and assess the profitability and risks of the online business
- is able to adapt the company's different processes to suit the online business
- is able to plan the launch and maintenance of the online business.
- is able to assess the profitability and risks of the online business
- compile a business plan
- choose the platform option or its implementation yourself
- define the necessary omnichannel options and the necessary system integrations
- plan business start-up and maintenance.
- Manage your company's operating processes
- utilize analytics data generated by information systems

Content (course unit)

- dmultichannel requirements in online business
- the necessary skills needs
- the necessary logistical solutions
- online store platform options
- the necessary information systems

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student is able to
- identify different processes in your online business
- is able to designate the necessary information systems
- be aware of the different channel options.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to
- apply different channel options and their use
- explore the benefits and risks of logistical solutions
- structure interaction between physical and digital processes
- is able to plan the steps required to start an online business

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to
- analyze analytics data and create development goals based on it
- understand large-scale entities and their relationships
- combine in a professional context the opportunities opened up by the development of digitalisation for business development
- combine different areas into a functioning online business.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student has not demonstrated his/her competence in the manner indicated by the objectives of the course.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2023 - 17.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Mari Touronen
  • Mari Stenvall
Person in charge

Mari Touronen

Groups
  • 23ALITAMAA
    Liiketalouden tutkinto-ohjelma 2023, Monimuoto, maakunta, verkkototeutus

Objectives (course unit)

In connection with this course, communication and IT skills and the management of the most common office software are practiced.

The student is able to
- communicate in the business world in writing and orally, and prepare reports and texts of different types
- apply IT skills in exercises, reports, calculations and presentations
- write an essay and report in accordance with the instruction
- give oral expert presentations.

Content (course unit)

What expertise is needed in written and oral communications in business?
How can IT skills and software skills be applied to exercises, reports, calculations and presentations?
How do I write an essay and report using a template?
How do I communicate to your target?
How do I take copyright into account in communication?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows some of the topics discussed, there are shortcomings in the use of the source material or the sources are superficial. You could have more of your own reflection at work. He knows some of the applications used and there is room for improvement in following the instructions and schedules. Cooperation with other students could be made more effective.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The students master the topics well, know how to use valid source material and utilise their own thinking. He knows most of the applications used well and is able to follow the instructions and schedules given. He is teamworkable and cooperative.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The students master the topics handled excellently, know how to use valid source material and utilise their own thinking. He has excellent control over the applications used and is able to follow the instructions and schedules given. He is teamwork-skilled and also knows how to support students.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student has not demonstrated his/her competence as demonstrated by the objectives of the course.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.12.2023 - 18.01.2024

Timing

19.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Mari Touronen
  • Mari Stenvall
Person in charge

Mari Touronen

Groups
  • 24ALITAMAAJ
    Liiketalouden tutkinto-ohjelma 2024, Monimuoto, Juridiikka

Objectives (course unit)

In connection with this course, communication and IT skills and the management of the most common office software are practiced.

The student is able to
- communicate in the business world in writing and orally, and prepare reports and texts of different types
- apply IT skills in exercises, reports, calculations and presentations
- write an essay and report in accordance with the instruction
- give oral expert presentations.

Content (course unit)

What expertise is needed in written and oral communications in business?
How can IT skills and software skills be applied to exercises, reports, calculations and presentations?
How do I write an essay and report using a template?
How do I communicate to your target?
How do I take copyright into account in communication?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows some of the topics discussed, there are shortcomings in the use of the source material or the sources are superficial. You could have more of your own reflection at work. He knows some of the applications used and there is room for improvement in following the instructions and schedules. Cooperation with other students could be made more effective.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The students master the topics well, know how to use valid source material and utilise their own thinking. He knows most of the applications used well and is able to follow the instructions and schedules given. He is teamworkable and cooperative.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The students master the topics handled excellently, know how to use valid source material and utilise their own thinking. He has excellent control over the applications used and is able to follow the instructions and schedules given. He is teamwork-skilled and also knows how to support students.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student has not demonstrated his/her competence as demonstrated by the objectives of the course.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

01.02.2024 - 06.03.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 17.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

RDI portion

3 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jouni Ranta
Person in charge

Jouni Ranta

Groups
  • AVOINAMK
  • 22LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to develop basic skills in the application of environmental law.

Student
- identify and present the main features of the legislation on property formation, land use planning and construction, natural resources and environmental protection
- apply environmental law standards in practice and justify their decisions
- take into account ethics, responsibility and professional cooperation.

Content (course unit)

Environmental principles.
Property formation.
Land use planning, zoning.
Land and water development.
Resource regulation and nature conservation.
Environmental protection, pollution control, climate change.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Students will identify the key principles and general doctrines of environmental law and apply what they have learned in practical situations. Students will identify problems in environmental law, obtain information from different legal sources and solve legal issues. Students will describe the importance of considering ethics and responsibility in their work. They will participate in group work and reporting.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Students will identify and understand the key principles and general doctrines of environmental law and be able to critically evaluate them. Students will be able to structure an environmental law case into relevant sub-issues, argue for their resolution in the light of key legal rules in the field of law and present a reasoned solution. Students will act ethically and responsibly in their work. The student is an active member of a team and reports well on his/her work.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student will critically analyse and evaluate key principles and general doctrines of environmental law. Students will identify problems in environmental law, obtain and analyse information from different legal sources and solve legal issues analytically, critically and comprehensively. Students will promote ethics and responsibility at both individual and group level. Students will be highly motivated and committed to taking responsibility for their own and group performance and reporting.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.08.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 21.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Matti Kolehmainen
Person in charge

Matti Kolehmainen

Groups
  • 21LIKOT

Objectives (course unit)

The course familiarizes students with functions of capital markets, company valuation and risk management.

After completing the course the students
- can calculate the value of a bond
- can calculate the costs of liabilities and equity
- are able to determine the value of a company
- are able to use derivative instruments
- manage the currency exposure.

Content (course unit)

How to calculate the cost of liabilities and equity for a company?
How to evaluate the company value?
What are derivative instruments?
How can the company protect itself from the currency risk exposure?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the link between the required rate of return and value of a bond. They know how to calculate the cost of capital. The student knows company value calculation methods and is able to evaluate company value. They knows what kinds of derivatives exist and what are they used for.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to calculate the value of a bond. They are able to calculate the average cost of capital. The student able to use one of the company value calculation methods to evaluate the company value. They know the tools and methods to manage risks. The student knows derivative strategies and how derivatives are used.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to calculate the value of a bond by using various rates of return. They are able to calculate the average cost of capital. The student can determine the value of the company by using various calculation methods. They know the tools and methods to manage risks and are able to manage the risks with various derivative strategies.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.12.2023 - 24.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Matti Kolehmainen
Person in charge

Matti Kolehmainen

Groups
  • 21ALITAM

Objectives (course unit)

The course familiarizes students with functions of capital markets, company valuation and risk management.

After completing the course the students
- can calculate the value of a bond
- can calculate the costs of liabilities and equity
- are able to determine the value of a company
- are able to use derivative instruments
- manage the currency exposure.

Content (course unit)

How to calculate the cost of liabilities and equity for a company?
How to evaluate the company value?
What are derivative instruments?
How can the company protect itself from the currency risk exposure?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the link between the required rate of return and value of a bond. They know how to calculate the cost of capital. The student knows company value calculation methods and is able to evaluate company value. They knows what kinds of derivatives exist and what are they used for.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to calculate the value of a bond. They are able to calculate the average cost of capital. The student able to use one of the company value calculation methods to evaluate the company value. They know the tools and methods to manage risks. The student knows derivative strategies and how derivatives are used.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to calculate the value of a bond by using various rates of return. They are able to calculate the average cost of capital. The student can determine the value of the company by using various calculation methods. They know the tools and methods to manage risks and are able to manage the risks with various derivative strategies.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

01.08.2023 - 31.08.2023

Timing

28.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tero Poutala
  • Petriina Vuorinen
Person in charge

Petriina Vuorinen

Groups
  • 22LIKOT

Objectives (course unit)

The course deepens the students' knowledge of financial accounting and closing the books.

After completing the course the students
- know how to draw up financial statements for a small company
- understand factors impacting companies’ financial result
- can utilize Fennoa accounting software in bookkeeping and balancing the books
- understand how significantly the digitalization and process automation impact companies and the role of bookkeeping.

Content (course unit)

How to draw up financial statements
What factors form companies’ financial result?
How to influence a company’s financial result?
How are the financial statements utilized?
How bookkeeping differs in various forms of businesses?
How taxation differs in various forms of businesses?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows factors affecting a company’s financial result and is able to perform
closing entries in familiar conditions. They know differences in taxation and
bookkeeping in various forms of businesses. They manage to use Fennoa accounting software in familiar situations.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student knows the principal factors affecting company's financial result and is able to
record closing entries by using instructions. They recognize different forms of
businesses and are able to record relevant entries. The students know the basics of taxation in different forms of businesses. They can use Fennoa accounting software according to
instructions.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the factors affecting the financial result and is able to apply the
Acquired knowledge when drawing financial statements. They know how the form of business affects bookkeeping and taxation and are able to utilize that information in practice.
The student has mastered Fennoa accounting software.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 28.10.2023

Timing

22.10.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jarmo Pösö
  • Matti Kolehmainen
  • Petriina Vuorinen
Person in charge

Petriina Vuorinen

Groups
  • 23LIKO1

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students familiarize themselves with the stages of the accounting period. They learn how to utilize mathematics and spreadsheets in making calculations.

ACCOUNTING 3 cr
After completing the course students
- know the stages of the accounting period (opening and closing the books, entries)
- understand the most important concepts in accounting and will be able to make the basic bookkeeping entries
- know the key regulations concerning value added tax
- know the purpose of the sales and purchase ledgers.

MATHEMATICS 2 cr
After completing the course students
- are able to apply percentage calculation in various financial calculations
- are able to make interest and compound interest calculations for return on capital or the price
- are familiar with spreadsheets in making calculations.

Content (course unit)

ACCOUNTING
What do accounting and bookkeeping comprise of
Why is bookkeeping essential?
How is the bookkeeping of SMEs done?
What are the reports made to authorities on a monthly basis?
How to use the accounting software?

MATHEMATICS
How are percentage calculations used effectively in various economy-related calculations?
How are the return on capital or price-related calculations made in the short and long term?
What tools does the spreadsheet provide for making funding calculations?
How to use functions in Excel?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

ACCOUNTING
The student is able to identify the key concepts of accounting. They can cope with accounting records.

MATHEMATICS
The student recognizes the starting values of percentage, interest rate and interest rate calculations. They can cope with simple percentage, interest and interest payments. The student knows the effect of the interest rate principle. They are able to perform calculations in the spreadsheet program.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

ACCOUNTING
The student knows the key concepts of accounting and the key rules for VAT. They manage the basic accounting records.

MATHEMATICS
The student is able to apply percentage, interest rate and interest rate calculations in various application situations. They are able to take into account the time values of the capital in the financial calculations. They are also able to evaluate the accuracy of the result. The student is able to utilize the existing functions provided by spreadsheets.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

ACCOUNTING
The student knows the key concepts of accounting and the key rules for VAT. They have mastered the basic accounting records and understand the bookkeeping as a whole.

MATHEMATICS
The student recognizes the starting values required in the calculations and are able to apply percentage, interest rate and interest rate calculations in a wide range of entities. The student knows the concepts and their impact on calculations and thus are able to evaluate the accuracy of the results. The student is able to efficiently utilize the existing functions offered by spreadsheets and other features, which enhance calculation

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

13.09.2023 - 27.10.2023

Timing

23.10.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jarmo Pösö
  • Matti Kolehmainen
  • Petriina Vuorinen
Person in charge

Petriina Vuorinen

Groups
  • 23LIKO2

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students familiarize themselves with the stages of the accounting period. They learn how to utilize mathematics and spreadsheets in making calculations.

ACCOUNTING 3 cr
After completing the course students
- know the stages of the accounting period (opening and closing the books, entries)
- understand the most important concepts in accounting and will be able to make the basic bookkeeping entries
- know the key regulations concerning value added tax
- know the purpose of the sales and purchase ledgers.

MATHEMATICS 2 cr
After completing the course students
- are able to apply percentage calculation in various financial calculations
- are able to make interest and compound interest calculations for return on capital or the price
- are familiar with spreadsheets in making calculations.

Content (course unit)

ACCOUNTING
What do accounting and bookkeeping comprise of
Why is bookkeeping essential?
How is the bookkeeping of SMEs done?
What are the reports made to authorities on a monthly basis?
How to use the accounting software?

MATHEMATICS
How are percentage calculations used effectively in various economy-related calculations?
How are the return on capital or price-related calculations made in the short and long term?
What tools does the spreadsheet provide for making funding calculations?
How to use functions in Excel?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

ACCOUNTING
The student is able to identify the key concepts of accounting. They can cope with accounting records.

MATHEMATICS
The student recognizes the starting values of percentage, interest rate and interest rate calculations. They can cope with simple percentage, interest and interest payments. The student knows the effect of the interest rate principle. They are able to perform calculations in the spreadsheet program.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

ACCOUNTING
The student knows the key concepts of accounting and the key rules for VAT. They manage the basic accounting records.

MATHEMATICS
The student is able to apply percentage, interest rate and interest rate calculations in various application situations. They are able to take into account the time values of the capital in the financial calculations. They are also able to evaluate the accuracy of the result. The student is able to utilize the existing functions provided by spreadsheets.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

ACCOUNTING
The student knows the key concepts of accounting and the key rules for VAT. They have mastered the basic accounting records and understand the bookkeeping as a whole.

MATHEMATICS
The student recognizes the starting values required in the calculations and are able to apply percentage, interest rate and interest rate calculations in a wide range of entities. The student knows the concepts and their impact on calculations and thus are able to evaluate the accuracy of the results. The student is able to efficiently utilize the existing functions offered by spreadsheets and other features, which enhance calculation

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

13.09.2023 - 27.10.2023

Timing

23.10.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jarmo Pösö
  • Matti Kolehmainen
  • Petriina Vuorinen
Person in charge

Petriina Vuorinen

Groups
  • 23LIKO3

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students familiarize themselves with the stages of the accounting period. They learn how to utilize mathematics and spreadsheets in making calculations.

ACCOUNTING 3 cr
After completing the course students
- know the stages of the accounting period (opening and closing the books, entries)
- understand the most important concepts in accounting and will be able to make the basic bookkeeping entries
- know the key regulations concerning value added tax
- know the purpose of the sales and purchase ledgers.

MATHEMATICS 2 cr
After completing the course students
- are able to apply percentage calculation in various financial calculations
- are able to make interest and compound interest calculations for return on capital or the price
- are familiar with spreadsheets in making calculations.

Content (course unit)

ACCOUNTING
What do accounting and bookkeeping comprise of
Why is bookkeeping essential?
How is the bookkeeping of SMEs done?
What are the reports made to authorities on a monthly basis?
How to use the accounting software?

MATHEMATICS
How are percentage calculations used effectively in various economy-related calculations?
How are the return on capital or price-related calculations made in the short and long term?
What tools does the spreadsheet provide for making funding calculations?
How to use functions in Excel?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

ACCOUNTING
The student is able to identify the key concepts of accounting. They can cope with accounting records.

MATHEMATICS
The student recognizes the starting values of percentage, interest rate and interest rate calculations. They can cope with simple percentage, interest and interest payments. The student knows the effect of the interest rate principle. They are able to perform calculations in the spreadsheet program.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

ACCOUNTING
The student knows the key concepts of accounting and the key rules for VAT. They manage the basic accounting records.

MATHEMATICS
The student is able to apply percentage, interest rate and interest rate calculations in various application situations. They are able to take into account the time values of the capital in the financial calculations. They are also able to evaluate the accuracy of the result. The student is able to utilize the existing functions provided by spreadsheets.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

ACCOUNTING
The student knows the key concepts of accounting and the key rules for VAT. They have mastered the basic accounting records and understand the bookkeeping as a whole.

MATHEMATICS
The student recognizes the starting values required in the calculations and are able to apply percentage, interest rate and interest rate calculations in a wide range of entities. The student knows the concepts and their impact on calculations and thus are able to evaluate the accuracy of the results. The student is able to efficiently utilize the existing functions offered by spreadsheets and other features, which enhance calculation

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

13.09.2023 - 27.10.2023

Timing

23.10.2023 - 15.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business and Media

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jarmo Pösö
  • Matti Kolehmainen
  • Petriina Vuorinen
Person in charge

Petriina Vuorinen

Groups
  • 23LIKO4

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students familiarize themselves with the stages of the accounting period. They learn how to utilize mathematics and spreadsheets in making calculations.

ACCOUNTING 3 cr
After completing the course students
- know the stages of the accounting period (opening and closing the books, entries)
- understand the most important concepts in accounting and will be able to make the basic bookkeeping entries
- know the key regulations concerning value added tax
- know the purpose of the sales and purchase ledgers.

MATHEMATICS 2 cr
After completing the course students
- are able to apply percentage calculation in various financial calculations
- are able to make interest and compound interest calculations for return on capital or the price
- are familiar with spreadsheets in making calculations.

Content (course unit)

ACCOUNTING
What do accounting and bookkeeping comprise of
Why is bookkeeping essential?
How is the bookkeeping of SMEs done?
What are the reports made to authorities on a monthly basis?
How to use the accounting software?

MATHEMATICS
How are percentage calculations used effectively in various economy-related calculations?
How are the return on capital or price-related calculations made in the short and long term?
What tools does the spreadsheet provide for making funding calculations?
How to use functions in Excel?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

ACCOUNTING
The student is able to identify the key concepts of accounting. They can cope with accounting records.

MATHEMATICS
The student recognizes the starting values of percentage, interest rate and interest rate calculations. They can cope with simple percentage, interest and interest payments. The student knows the effect of the interest rate principle. They are able to perform calculations in the spreadsheet program.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

ACCOUNTING
The student knows the key concepts of accounting and the key rules for VAT. They manage the basic accounting records.

MATHEMATICS
The student is able to apply percentage, interest rate and interest rate calculations in various application situations. They are able to take into account the time values of the capital in the financial calculations. They are also able to evaluate the accuracy of the result. The student is able to utilize the existing functions provided by spreadsheets.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

ACCOUNTING
The student knows the key concepts of accounting and the key rules for VAT. They have mastered the basic accounting records and understand the bookkeeping as a whole.

MATHEMATICS
The student recognizes the starting values required in the calculations and are able to apply percentage, interest rate and interest rate calculations in a wide range of entities. The student knows the concepts and their impact on calculations and thus are able to evaluate the accuracy of the results. The student is able to efficiently utilize the existing functions offered by spreadsheets and other features, which enhance calculation

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

23.11.2023 - 05.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tero Poutala
  • Arja Reinvall
Person in charge

Arja Reinvall

Groups
  • 21LIKOT

Objectives (course unit)

The course deepens the students’ skills both in direct and indirect taxation along with their specific questions.

After completing the course the student
- has mastered the totality of company taxation
- can make tax returns for various company forms and calculate taxable income
- is familiar with some special issues of taxation in foreign trade (e.g. transfer pricing)
- know special issues of VAT procedure
- know VAT procedure in foreign trade.

Content (course unit)

How are different forms of businesses taxed?
How are tax returns drawn up?
How can company taxation be considered in result planning?
What kinds of costs are non-deductible in value added taxation?
How are special issues and foreign trade procedures carried out in value added taxation?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the most important concepts, calculations and forms of taxation. They can somewhat apply this knowledge in practical problems and to seek for some basic information.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student knows the concepts, calculations and tax forms, both in direct and indirect taxation. They are able to apply this knowledge to different practical situations and to seek for information. The student is able to make some conclusions based on tax regulation and can somewhat combine information from different sources.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student has mastered the concepts, calculations and tax forms, both in direct and indirect taxation. They are able to apply this knowledge to different practical situations and to seek for information or resolutions. The student is able to make justified conclusions based on tax regulation and can combine information from different sources to an entity.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

22.11.2023 - 14.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Marita Mäki
Person in charge

Marita Mäki

Groups
  • 23ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The student can promote his/her business using communication skills effectively.
His/her negotiating and meeting skills are updated.
The student can write reports and apply IT-skills professionally.

Content (course unit)

Business communication and informing
Digital communication
Negotiating and presentation skills
Reports

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Satisfactory

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Excellent

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

07.06.2023 - 06.11.2023

Timing

23.10.2023 - 17.12.2023

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Matti Kolehmainen
Person in charge

Matti Kolehmainen

Groups
  • 21LIKOT
  • 21LIKOM
  • 21LIKOJ
  • 21LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

The computer simulated management game gives the participants an overall picture of chal-lenges in business management and bringing together different business activities. The game is implemented in a virtual environment.

After completing the course, the students
- are able to coordinate various business operations
- are able to work in a company's management team
- are capable of making decisions under time pressure.

Content (course unit)

How to lead a business in the highly competitive markets?
What does strategy mean for a company and its operations?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student was active in a team that has succeeded in playing at least satisfactorily and followed its business strategy satisfactorily. The required reports are at least satisfactory. The essay was submitted on time.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student was active in a team that succeeded in playing at least well and followed its business strategy well. The required reports are at least good. The essay was submitted on time.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student was actively involved in a team that succeeded in playing excellently by following its business strategy consistently. In addition, the team produced the required reports excellently. The essay was submitted on time.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 30.08.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 30.05.2025

Credits

3 op

Virtual portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

67 % Contact teaching, 33 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Mika Jokinen
  • Marja-Liisa Timperi
Person in charge

Mika Jokinen

Groups
  • 23LIKOM

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students continue to improve their working life metaskills and professional know-how. Development discussion with the coach is included in the course.

Course Learning Outcomes:
After completing the course the students
- have improved their working life metaskills
- can utilize the variety of possibilities to study and can plan their studies according to their career plan
- know the process of applying for a job.

Content (course unit)

What kinds of career paths do business administration students have?
How to improve professional know-how and expertise?
How to develop the preparedness to apply for a job?
How to draw up a portfolio showing professional know-how?

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Approved
The student has completed the given exercises and thus they can combine the discussed subjects with professional context. They can observe and assess subjects from their own and their community’s point of view.

Fail
The student has not completed the given exercises and thus does not recognize the meaning of the discussed subjects in their studies and in searching for a job.

Assessment scale

Pass/Fail

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 02.09.2024

Timing

10.09.2024 - 30.05.2025

Credits

2 op

Virtual portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

50 % Contact teaching, 50 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tuula Niemi
Groups
  • 22LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the focus is on completing studies, graduating and searching for a job. Development discussion with coach is included in the course.

Course Learning Outcomes:
After completing the course the students
- reach the readiness to move into working life and are able to continuously develop their working life skills
- recognize the need for lifelong learning.

Content (course unit)

How to prepare for a job interview and how to act during the interview?
How can a portfolio be utilized in job searching?
What opportunities does a BBA have for continuing studies?
What are the alumni activities?

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Pass
The student has completed the given exercises and thus they can combine the discussed subjects in the professional context. They can observe and assess subjects from their own and their community’s point of view.

Fail
The student has not completed the given exercises and thus does not recognize the meaning of the discussed subjects in their studies and searching for a job.

Assessment scale

Pass/Fail

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

Timing

21.10.2024 - 13.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Sini Jokiniemi
  • Kirsi Tanner
Person in charge

Sini Jokiniemi

Groups
  • 23LIKOM

Objectives (course unit)

During this course the students will deepen their knowledge about the management and development of customer relationships and customer experience.

After completing the course the students
- are able to utilize customer understanding in creating the customer journey , as well as to create customer profiles and personas
- can design marketing communications and understand its significance in the creation of the customer experience
- identify sources of customer value and design customer-oriented services
- are able to set customer targets and design the related metrics.

Content (course unit)

How to create a customer profile, persona description, and a customer journey?
How to plan customer-oriented marketing communications?
How to develop customer processes and the value of customer relationships?
How is customer experience managed and measured?

Prerequisites (course unit)

1st year courses or equivalent knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student recognizes the tasks related to the management of the customer experience and is able to name the related areas. They know how to develop customer relationships.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to work according to instructions in situations related to customer experience management. They are able to take advantage of e.g. customer understanding in customer relationship development and customer-oriented marketing communications.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the areas of customer experience management and can apply them in practical work. They can plan customer-oriented marketing communications. The student is able to develop customer experience and is able to combine the issues of the different areas into a whole.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 26.08.2024

Timing

29.08.2024 - 24.11.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Mika Jokinen
  • Teppo Yrjönkoski
Person in charge

Teppo Yrjönkoski

Groups
  • 22ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The course will focus on B2B sales, where the focus is on finding solutions to drive the customer's business, and systems to support sales.


Students will be able to
- build solutions that improve the customer's business
- identify their own strengths in solution selling
- consider the importance of holistic customer relationship management
- manage customer relationships using appropriate tools and CRM systems.

Content (course unit)

How do I get to know and understand the customer's business?
How do I develop my skills as a solution provider?
What tools and systems do I use to manage my sales?
How can I use different CRM systems to manage customer relationships?

Prerequisites (course unit)

1. and 2. year studies or similar skills and knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student has completed the given tasks. The student knows the basic concepts of solution selling and customer relationship management. The student will be able to apply what he/she has learned at basic level. The student's ability to justify solutions is weak.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student has completed the given tasks. The student masters the basic concepts and key procedures related to solution selling and customer relationship management. The student can solve practical situations related to the subject area and justify his/her solutions.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student has completed the given tasks. The student knows the basic concepts and key procedures related to solution selling and customer relationship management. The student will be able to solve and analyse practical situations related to the subject. The student will be able to provide a comprehensive justification for his/her solutions. Where appropriate, they can also search for information and design solutions to challenging situations.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

15.07.2024 - 02.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 12.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pia Lamminsivu
  • Mari Rytisalo
Person in charge

Mari Rytisalo

Groups
  • 23LIKOH
  • 23LIKOTA
  • 23LIKOM
  • 23LIKOJ
  • 23IB
    International Business, syksy 2023, kaikki
  • 22IB
  • 23LIKOTB

Objectives (course unit)

During this course the students learn how to apply theories from various business disci-plines to real company problems. The students will be provided with a strong foundation of analytical tools and techniques, problem-solving methodologies and effective presentation and communication techniques. The students will then be able to apply and refine their use of these techniques through hands-on learning with several business cases.

After having completed the course, the students
- can develop and evaluate alternative feasible solutions for different international and na-tional business cases
- are able to apply theories and analytical tools from different business disciplines to real-world situations
- can make clear and justifiable recommendations to real-life business problems
- are able to present decisions to public in a professional manner
- demonstrate various leadership skills related to teamwork, innovation process manage-ment, work organization and methods, and initiative.

Content (course unit)

How to identify relevant information for different business decisions?
What are the methods in solving business cases with a structured approach?
How to give clear, convincing and engaging business presentations?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student is present the required amount of contact classes (80 %) but the contribution to the different processes of team work and presenting case solutions is not more than satisfactory.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

In solving the cases, the student is able to participate in decision-making and gives an average input in the process of defining the problem(s), gathering and analyzing relevant information, and finally developing and evaluating alternative courses of action. Based on this analytical process, the student is able to participate in creating a recommendation on what he/she thinks the best course of action is as well as providing detailed implementation and risk mitigation plans. Presentation skills are of an average level in professionalism and assertiveness. The operation in a team is varying in perspectives of being responsible, considerate, motivated and task-oriented.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

In solving the cases, the student is able to act as a decision-maker and go through the stages of defining the problem(s), gathering and analyzing relevant information, and finally developing and evaluating alternative courses of action. Based on this analytical process, the student is able to create a recommendation on what he/she thinks the best course of action is as well as providing detailed implementation and risk mitigation plans. Presentation skills are convincing and professional. The operation in a team is responsible, considerate, motivated and task-oriented.

Location and time

On main campus (Kuntokatu), see detailed schedule in intranet

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Teaching methods focus strongly on practical, hand-on learning. This will be implemented by providing business cases that students solve by applying knowledge from various areas of study and effectively present the solutions. There will also be lectures focusing on specific areas that needs to be considered in analyzing and solving business cases.

Student workload

Classroom sessions:42 hours
Class preparation (case analyses): 68 hours
Other assignments: 25 hours

Completion alternatives

---

Practical training and working life cooperation

The study module will be implemented in cooperation with companies that provide real business cases for student teams to solve.

International connections

The best student team will have an opportunity to represent TAMK in an international case competition given that they are willing to spend time on additional case coaching if necessary.

Further information

Criteria for enrolling to the study module:
- full-time student
- Studying Business Administration/International Business/Industrial Engineering/Management
Because of the nature of the study module, cancelling participation after the study module has started is not possible.
If selected to a team representing home institution in a business case competition, please notice that some competitions have a rule of an age limit.

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 30.08.2024

Timing

26.08.2024 - 15.11.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Mika Jokinen
  • Miina Kivelä
Person in charge

Mika Jokinen

Groups
  • 23LIKOM

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students learn about digital marketing and creating content to various digital platforms.

After completing the course the students
- know how to choose the right channels when planning digital marketing
- know how to plan and implement various content marketing campaigns
- are able to make the most of digital tools when implementing a sales process.

Content (course unit)

How to choose the best channels for digital marketing?
How to create engaging content?
How to succeed in digital marketing?
What are the characteristics of digital sales?
How to use analytics for segmentation?

Prerequisites (course unit)

1st year courses or equivalent knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows different digital platforms and can identify and name content types. They know what to take into consideration when planning a digital marketing campaign. The student knows the basics of digital marketing terminology.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student knows how to use the most common digital platforms and is able to create basic content to them. They can plan a modest digital marketing campaign to fixed segments and measure it. The student knows digital marketing terminology widely.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student knows how to use the most common digital platforms independently and is able to learn new ones quickly. The have mastered the art of content creation and know how to set goals and plan ahead. The student can plan, implement and measure digital marketing for fixed segments and also define new segments. They have mastered the digital marketing terminology.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student has not demonstrated his/her competence in the manner indicated by the objectives of the course.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 30.08.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 13.10.2024

Credits

5 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Milja Valtonen
  • Tuula Niemi
Person in charge

Tuula Niemi

Groups
  • 22LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

The course deepens the students’ leadership skills through e.g. practical training.

After completing the course the students:
- are able to work in the situations that require practical supervisory skills
- are able to work in challenging and difficult supervisory situations
- understand the importance of competence development and the tools related to it
- understand the strength and potential of teamwork and motivation.

Content (course unit)

How to act as a supervisor in interviews, development discussions, etc.? (Practical situa-tions)
What kinds of challenging situations are there in supervisory work?
What kinds of the recommended course of actions should be learned in order to handle conflict situations?
How is it possible to make a team work efficiently?
Why is competence development important in the organization?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student recognizes the course of actions of the challenging supervisory situations and is able to name the recommended practices for the most common supervisory situations.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is familiar with the recommended practices in challenging supervisory situa-tions and is able to choose the most appropriate method from the different options and justify their choice. They are able to solve the problems and make plans for developing competence.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is reasonably able to look for different ways of working in challenging supervi-sory situations and to combine different solutions in a creative way. They understand widely the range of HR and supervisory situations and are able to evaluate the optimum perfor-mance of the teams. The student is able to work structurally and responsibly in practical su-pervisory situations and to apply management and leadership in practice.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.11.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2025 - 31.05.2025

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Liiketalous Virtuaalihenkilö
Groups
  • 24AVOHRP
    Hr- ja palkkahallinnon asiantuntija
  • AVOINAMK

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to familiarize students with the basics of supervisory work and to give them an idea of what supervisory work is.

After completing the course the students:
- know the most important elements of supervisory work and understand their significance
- are able to work in daily supervisory situations
- know how to design and develop the supervisory work in practice
- are able to work as part of an organization.

Content (course unit)

What is the supervisor work?
How are the orientation and recruiting work done in practice?
How to act in the most common supervisory situations?
What is the significance of the development discussions?
How is organizational competence developed?
What do the performance management and change management mean? What is quality management?
How are the organization and individual motivated?
Why is the communication an important part of supervisory work?
How do the organizational structures support the supervisory work and management / lead-ership?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the duties related to the supervisory work and is able to name the differ-ent parts of the work. They know different practices of the supervisory work.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to work according to the instructions in the situations related to the basic supervisory work. They can choose different ways of working and know how to apply the learning outcomes in HR and supervisory work in practice

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the complexity of supervisory work and is able to apply the issues they have learned about the leadership in practice. They are able to develop the supervisory work and to combine the issues of the various areas to form a coherent entity.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

10.06.2024 - 04.08.2024

Timing

01.01.2025 - 30.05.2025

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Liiketalous Virtuaalihenkilö
Groups
  • 24AVOHRP2
    HR- ja palkkahallinnon asiantuntija, ryhmä 2

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to familiarize students with the basics of supervisory work and to give them an idea of what supervisory work is.

After completing the course the students:
- know the most important elements of supervisory work and understand their significance
- are able to work in daily supervisory situations
- know how to design and develop the supervisory work in practice
- are able to work as part of an organization.

Content (course unit)

What is the supervisor work?
How are the orientation and recruiting work done in practice?
How to act in the most common supervisory situations?
What is the significance of the development discussions?
How is organizational competence developed?
What do the performance management and change management mean? What is quality management?
How are the organization and individual motivated?
Why is the communication an important part of supervisory work?
How do the organizational structures support the supervisory work and management / lead-ership?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the duties related to the supervisory work and is able to name the differ-ent parts of the work. They know different practices of the supervisory work.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to work according to the instructions in the situations related to the basic supervisory work. They can choose different ways of working and know how to apply the learning outcomes in HR and supervisory work in practice

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the complexity of supervisory work and is able to apply the issues they have learned about the leadership in practice. They are able to develop the supervisory work and to combine the issues of the various areas to form a coherent entity.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 26.08.2024

Timing

29.08.2024 - 30.11.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

3 op

RDI portion

3 op

Mode of delivery

40 % Contact teaching, 60 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Mika Jokinen
  • Vesa Vuorinen
Person in charge

Mika Jokinen

Groups
  • 22ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

Includes sales project.

Content (course unit)

How to design, carry out and measure a sales project?

Prerequisites (course unit)

1. and 2. year studies or similar skills and knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Satisfactory

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Excellent

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 27.08.2024

Timing

30.08.2024 - 12.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

3 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

40 % Contact teaching, 60 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Vesa Vuorinen
  • Mika Jokinen
Person in charge

Mika Jokinen

Groups
  • 22ALITAV

Objectives (course unit)

During this course, the launch of a new or renewed product or service will be carried out.

The student is able to
- implement the design and implementation of the launch of a new or renewed product or service on the basis of a company's assignment or own idea.

Content (course unit)

What does a successful launch encompass?
How are the launch operations carried out?

Prerequisites (course unit)

Previous modules completed or equivalent knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student is able to design and implement a simple campaign.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to design and implement the launch project.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to plan and implement (according to the objectives drawn up) a successful launch project and bring a new or renewed product or service to the market. He will be able to evaluate the results of the launch and identify the areas of development.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student is not able to plan or implement the launch project in practice.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2024 - 23.09.2024

Timing

03.10.2024 - 31.12.2024

Credits

5 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Juha Ikonen
  • Markus Jähi
Person in charge

Markus Jähi

Groups
  • 24ALITA
    Liiketalouden tutkinto-ohjelma 2024, Monimuoto, Myyntiosaaminen

Objectives (course unit)

The student knows the innovation methods and can develop his/her ideas to innovations.
He/she knows the legislation of innovations.

Content (course unit)

Brainstorming methods
Developing an idea to an innovation
Tools needed in innovation process
Legislation concerning innovation

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student has participated in the team innovation event and completed the assigned tasks. The student knows the basic concepts related to innovation and related legislation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student has participated in the team innovation event and completed the assigned tasks. The student has a good command of the basic concepts and key procedures related to innovation and related legislation. The student will be able to solve practical problems related to the subject area and justify his/her solutions. The student will be able to apply what he/she has learned to practical situations.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student has participated in the team innovation event and completed the assigned tasks. The student knows the basic concepts and key procedures related to innovation and related legislation. The student understands the innovation process as a whole. The student will be able to solve and analyse practical problems related to the subject. The student will be able to justify his/her solutions in a comprehensive manner. The student will be able to apply his/her innovation skills in a broad range of areas.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 30.08.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 30.11.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

15 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Mika Jokinen
  • Sini Jokiniemi
Person in charge

Sini Jokiniemi

Groups
  • 22LIKOM

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students learn different kinds of go to market –decisions and -actions. They improve their sales negotiation skills and learn new techniques needed in an international business environment. The students understand how different cultural aspects affect international sales and marketing.

After completing the course the students
- are able to define the most common market entry modes
- are able to use market intelligence in order to create an international marketing strategy
- are able to understand the cultural differences in international sales and marketing
- know how to sell and negotiate in an international context
- are able to communicate in a demanding international business environment.

Content (course unit)

What are the key marketing strategy decisions in international market entry?
How to implement international account management?
What are the professional B2B sales skills and techniques needed in an international business environment?

Prerequisites (course unit)

2nd year courses or equivalent knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student has achieved the learning outcomes of the course sufficiently. They understand the principles of international marketing and sales. The student recognizes, is able to determine, and use the concepts and models.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student has achieved the learning outcomes of the course well, although the skills and competences are somewhat in need of further development. They are able to determine and apply the concepts of the subject matter well and to apply them in simple tasks.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student has achieved the learning outcomes of the course excellently. They have mastered the concepts of the subject matter in an excellent manner. The student is able to conduct fluent and reasoned analysis and has good capabilities to apply what they have learnt.

Location and time

Location: Kauppi Campus, Tampere University of Applied Sciences:
23.09.2024 14.00 - 16.00 C4-04b
07.10.2024 14.00 - 16.00 C4-04b
21.10.2024 14.00 - 16.00 B5-26
04.11.2024 14.00 - 16.00 B5-26
11.11.2024 14.00 - 16.00 B5-26
25.11.2024 14.00 - 17.00 B5-26

Schedule: during the first and second periods

Exam schedules

Moodle exam

Assessment methods and criteria

Individual Moodle Exam

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Lectures, exercises and discussions (teachers and guests)
Individual search of information
Teamwork, team-based learning

Learning materials

Lecture materials and literature will be later available in Moodle.

Student workload

5 credits (5x27 hours of work)

Completion alternatives

Recognition of learning based on competence:
Students of Tampere University of Applied Sciences (TAMK) may propose recognition of learning based on their prior competence by using HyväHot Application in Pakki. Send the HyväHot application at least two weeks prior to the first lesson and choose the course's responsible teacher as the one handling the application. In the reply, the responsible teacher will inform a way to show your competence together with other additional information.

Recognition of learning based on studies/courses:
Students of Tampere University of Applied Sciences (TAMK) may propose to replace the course with a suitable course they have completed elsewhere before by using HyväHot Application in Pakki. Send the HyväHot application at least two weeks prior to the first lesson and choose the course's responsible teacher as the one handling the application.

Practical training and working life cooperation

Cases and assignments.

International connections

International cases and assignments.

Enrolment period

02.06.2023 - 31.07.2023

Timing

06.08.2024 - 03.09.2024

Credits

1 op

Virtual portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tuula Niemi
Groups
  • 24AVOHRP
    Hr- ja palkkahallinnon asiantuntija
  • AVOINAMK

Assessment scale

Pass/Fail

Enrolment period

10.06.2024 - 04.08.2024

Timing

06.08.2024 - 03.09.2024

Credits

1 op

Virtual portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tuula Niemi
Groups
  • 24AVOHRP2
    HR- ja palkkahallinnon asiantuntija, ryhmä 2

Assessment scale

Pass/Fail

Enrolment period

01.09.2024 - 06.10.2024

Timing

21.10.2024 - 15.12.2024

Credits

5 op

RDI portion

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Minna Wilska
  • Tuula Niemi
Person in charge

Minna Wilska

Groups
  • 22LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

The course deepens the students’ know-how in e.g. the area of supervisor-related indicators and systems.

After completing the course the students:
- understand and are able to interpret research data related to supervisory work
- understand the importance of measurement in leadership
- are able to interpret and understand the benefits and significance of the new systems
- are able to take advantage of the latest management tools in their own work communities.

Content (course unit)

How to find topical research data on leadership and how to apply it in one’s own work?
What are the current indicators for supervisory work?
How do information systems help management?
How do leadership systems help management: Lean, standards, etc.?
How do the artificial intelligence, robotics, trends, and social media affect leadership?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the importance of measurement in supervisory work, different leadership tools and is able to name the most commonly used management systems.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is familiar with the most common leadership indicators and is able to compare their suitability in different situations. They can choose management tools and systems that are suitable for their work environment from the options provided.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to find extensively research data on leadership and measurement and to apply the information they find in practice. The student knows widely modern systems of leadership and is able to use the latest tools in their own work community.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.11.2023

Timing

01.01.2025 - 31.05.2025

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Liiketalous Virtuaalihenkilö
Groups
  • 24AVOHRP
    Hr- ja palkkahallinnon asiantuntija
  • AVOINAMK

Objectives (course unit)

The course deepens the students’ know-how in e.g. the area of supervisor-related indicators and systems.

After completing the course the students:
- understand and are able to interpret research data related to supervisory work
- understand the importance of measurement in leadership
- are able to interpret and understand the benefits and significance of the new systems
- are able to take advantage of the latest management tools in their own work communities.

Content (course unit)

How to find topical research data on leadership and how to apply it in one’s own work?
What are the current indicators for supervisory work?
How do information systems help management?
How do leadership systems help management: Lean, standards, etc.?
How do the artificial intelligence, robotics, trends, and social media affect leadership?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the importance of measurement in supervisory work, different leadership tools and is able to name the most commonly used management systems.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is familiar with the most common leadership indicators and is able to compare their suitability in different situations. They can choose management tools and systems that are suitable for their work environment from the options provided.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to find extensively research data on leadership and measurement and to apply the information they find in practice. The student knows widely modern systems of leadership and is able to use the latest tools in their own work community.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

10.06.2024 - 04.08.2024

Timing

01.01.2025 - 30.05.2025

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Liiketalous Virtuaalihenkilö
Groups
  • 24AVOHRP2
    HR- ja palkkahallinnon asiantuntija, ryhmä 2

Objectives (course unit)

The course deepens the students’ know-how in e.g. the area of supervisor-related indicators and systems.

After completing the course the students:
- understand and are able to interpret research data related to supervisory work
- understand the importance of measurement in leadership
- are able to interpret and understand the benefits and significance of the new systems
- are able to take advantage of the latest management tools in their own work communities.

Content (course unit)

How to find topical research data on leadership and how to apply it in one’s own work?
What are the current indicators for supervisory work?
How do information systems help management?
How do leadership systems help management: Lean, standards, etc.?
How do the artificial intelligence, robotics, trends, and social media affect leadership?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the importance of measurement in supervisory work, different leadership tools and is able to name the most commonly used management systems.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is familiar with the most common leadership indicators and is able to compare their suitability in different situations. They can choose management tools and systems that are suitable for their work environment from the options provided.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to find extensively research data on leadership and measurement and to apply the information they find in practice. The student knows widely modern systems of leadership and is able to use the latest tools in their own work community.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

03.06.2024 - 23.10.2024

Timing

24.10.2024 - 15.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

3 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

40 % Contact teaching, 60 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jouni Ranta
Person in charge

Jouni Ranta

Groups
  • 23LIKOJ
  • 22LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to develop basic skills in the application of public law.

Student
- identify and present the main features of the regulation of public power, international relations, fundamental and human rights, local self-government and action
- apply public law standards in practice and justify their decisions
- taking account of ethics, responsibility and professional cooperation in their work

Content (course unit)

Legal order, constitution.
International relations.
Fundamental and human rights.
Functions and competences of supreme governmental bodies.
Administrative law. Municipal autonomy, municipal law.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Students will identify the main principles and general doctrines of public law and apply what they have learned in practical situations. Students will identify problems in public law, obtain information from different legal sources and solve public law problems. The student will describe the importance of taking ethics and responsibility into account in his/her work. They will participate in group work and reporting.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Students will identify and understand the key principles and general doctrines of public law and be able to critically evaluate them. The student will be able to structure a public law case into relevant sub-issues, argues for their resolution in the light of the main rules of public law and presents a reasoned solution. Students will act ethically and responsibly in their work. The student is an active member of a team and reports well on his/her work.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student will critically analyse and evaluate key principles and general doctrines of public law. Students will identify problems in public law, acquire and analyse information from different sources and solve legal problems analytically, critically and comprehensively. Students will promote ethics and responsibility at both individual and group level. Students will be highly motivated and committed to taking responsibility for their own and group performance and reporting.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

03.06.2024 - 22.08.2024

Timing

23.08.2024 - 15.10.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jouni Ranta
Person in charge

Jouni Ranta

Groups
  • 24ALITAMAAJ
    Liiketalouden tutkinto-ohjelma 2024, Monimuoto, Juridiikka

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to develop basic skills in the application of public law.

Student
- identify and present the main features of the regulation of public power, international relations, fundamental and human rights, local self-government and action
- apply public law standards in practice and justify their decisions
- taking account of ethics, responsibility and professional cooperation in their work

Content (course unit)

Legal order, constitution.
International relations.
Fundamental and human rights.
Functions and competences of supreme governmental bodies.
Administrative law. Municipal autonomy, municipal law.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Students will identify the main principles and general doctrines of public law and apply what they have learned in practical situations. Students will identify problems in public law, obtain information from different legal sources and solve public law problems. The student will describe the importance of taking ethics and responsibility into account in his/her work. They will participate in group work and reporting.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Students will identify and understand the key principles and general doctrines of public law and be able to critically evaluate them. The student will be able to structure a public law case into relevant sub-issues, argues for their resolution in the light of the main rules of public law and presents a reasoned solution. Students will act ethically and responsibly in their work. The student is an active member of a team and reports well on his/her work.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student will critically analyse and evaluate key principles and general doctrines of public law. Students will identify problems in public law, acquire and analyse information from different sources and solve legal problems analytically, critically and comprehensively. Students will promote ethics and responsibility at both individual and group level. Students will be highly motivated and committed to taking responsibility for their own and group performance and reporting.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 29.08.2024

Timing

05.08.2024 - 15.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Teppo Yrjönkoski
  • Tero Poutala
Person in charge

Teppo Yrjönkoski

Groups
  • 22ALITAV

Objectives (course unit)

After completing the course, the student is able to plan the following aspects of the internationalisation of the online store:

Student
- is able to define appropriate target groups for the online store;
- is able to identify differences in the definition of target groups in the consumer and business activities.
- is able to choose online payment systems in a customer-oriented manner, taking into account the provisions of the tax code of different countries, the accounting regulations for financial transaction costs and the compatibility of payment systems with ERP systems.
- understands the importance of language versions in the internationalisation of e-commerce and is able to choose the right language versions according to the growth strategy and market of the online store
- understands the basics of e-commerce logistics in the internationalisation of e-commerce and knows how to build appropriate distribution networks
- understands the differences in sales of physical products and services in the online business in an international operating environment and understands the importance of the service network in internationalisation;
- understands the importance of platform options in internationalisation and is able to assess the impact of different options on the growth of the online business from both an operational and an economic point of view.
- recognizes the cost impacts of logistics on the company's profitability and is able to compare different options from the customer's point of view and knows different options in payment systems.
- identify opportunities for building download and upgrade services.
- knows different distribution channel options. and also various other service offerings in the online store.

Content (course unit)

How do language versions affect internationalisation?
How are platform solutions, logistics solutions and payment systems selected in an international e-commerce store?
How does internationalisation take into account physical product and intangible service?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The students know the basic concepts related to the internationalisation of e-commerce.

He is able to apply what he has learned to practice at a basic level. There are shortcomings in the student's ability to justify the decisions they have made.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The students know the basic concepts and key procedures related to the internationalisation of e-commerce. They know how to design an international online store. The student is able to solve practical problems related to the topic and justify his/her decision.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The students are able to know the basic concepts and key procedures related to the internationalisation of e-commerce. The student is able to design and implement an international online business as a whole. He is able to solve and analyse practical problems related to the topic. The student is able to justify his/her decision comprehensively. If necessary, they can also search for information and plan solutions for challenging situations.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student has not demonstrated his/her competence in the manner indicated by the objectives of the course.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

03.06.2024 - 31.05.2025

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

RDI portion

3 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tuula Niemi
Groups
  • 22LIKOM
  • 22LIKOT
  • 22LIKOH
  • 22LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

Trade and entrepreneurship studies are a study module organized by The K-Retailers’ Association. These e-learning studies cover retail sector and retailer entrepreneurship in Finland. The course Retail Trade Environment and Competitive Tools is one of three courses in this module, dealing with retail in-dustry, customers, distribution channels and competitive tools in retail sector.

The students
- can form a general view on retail trade and its importance in Finland
- can describe the different fields of business in retail trade and the target groups’ behavior and spending
- know the role and duties of supply chain in retail trade
- understand competition tools of retail trade
- can define the role of a retail entrepreneur in a chain store business.

Content (course unit)

What are the basic concepts of retail trade in Finland?
What special characteristic des the customers of retail sector have?
What is the role of a store as part of supply chain?
What is K-retailer entrepreneurship?
What are the competitive tools of a store?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student is able to prove they have the command of the most essential basic concepts of
retail trade.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to prove they have the command of basic concepts of retail trade and they
recognize the basic principles of retail trade.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to prove they have the command of basic concepts of retail trade and understand the basic principles of retail trade.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2024 - 31.07.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Kati Kouhia-Kuusisto
Person in charge

Kati Kouhia-Kuusisto

Groups
  • 24ALITAMAAJ
    Liiketalouden tutkinto-ohjelma 2024, Monimuoto, Juridiikka

Objectives (course unit)

After completing the course, the student
- is familiar with basic accounting concepts and different types of transactions
- is able to post transactions to the general ledger
- understands the principles of VALUE ADDED TAX and is able to process VAT in accounting
- is able to use accounting software to carry out accounting
- is able to draw up the financial statements of a small company in accordance with the legislation in force in Finland.
- is part of the ordinary a accruals (inventories and depreciation of non-current assets)

Content (course unit)

Key concepts of accounting 

Ledger postings for different transaction types
Principles of VALUE ADDED TAX and accounting for VAT 

Accounting with Fennoa accounting software 

Financial statements and preparation of financial statements
Key financial statement reports

Business performance

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Students will identify the key concepts of accounting and be able to handle basic accounting entries.
The student will be able to make accounting entries similar to those previously learnt. The student will be able to use the Fennoa accounting software in situations similar to those previously studied.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student knows the main concepts of accounting and the main rules of VAT. You will be able to handle basic accounting entries.
You will be able to prepare financial statements according to the instructions. They can use the Fennoa accounting software in the situations described in the instructions.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student knows the main concepts of accounting and the main rules of VAT. The student will be able to handle basic accounting entries and understand the overall accounting system. They can apply what they have learned in practice when preparing financial statements. They will be able to use the Fennoa accounting software.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2024 - 31.07.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Kati Kouhia-Kuusisto
Person in charge

Kati Kouhia-Kuusisto

Groups
  • 24ALITA
    Liiketalouden tutkinto-ohjelma 2024, Monimuoto, Myyntiosaaminen

Objectives (course unit)

After completing the course, the student
- is familiar with basic accounting concepts and different types of transactions
- is able to post transactions to the general ledger
- understands the principles of VALUE ADDED TAX and is able to process VAT in accounting
- is able to use accounting software to carry out accounting
- is able to draw up the financial statements of a small company in accordance with the legislation in force in Finland.
- is part of the ordinary a accruals (inventories and depreciation of non-current assets)

Content (course unit)

Key concepts of accounting 

Ledger postings for different transaction types
Principles of VALUE ADDED TAX and accounting for VAT 

Accounting with Fennoa accounting software 

Financial statements and preparation of financial statements
Key financial statement reports

Business performance

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Students will identify the key concepts of accounting and be able to handle basic accounting entries.
The student will be able to make accounting entries similar to those previously learnt. The student will be able to use the Fennoa accounting software in situations similar to those previously studied.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student knows the main concepts of accounting and the main rules of VAT. You will be able to handle basic accounting entries.
You will be able to prepare financial statements according to the instructions. They can use the Fennoa accounting software in the situations described in the instructions.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student knows the main concepts of accounting and the main rules of VAT. The student will be able to handle basic accounting entries and understand the overall accounting system. They can apply what they have learned in practice when preparing financial statements. They will be able to use the Fennoa accounting software.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

21.07.2024 - 19.08.2024

Timing

20.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

Credits

60 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Groups
  • AVOINAMK

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2025 - 31.05.2025

Credits

2 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Liiketalous Virtuaalihenkilö
Groups
  • 24AVOHRP
    Hr- ja palkkahallinnon asiantuntija
  • AVOINAMK

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

10.06.2024 - 04.08.2024

Timing

04.12.2024 - 25.03.2025

Credits

2 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Liiketalous Virtuaalihenkilö
Groups
  • 24AVOHRP2
    HR- ja palkkahallinnon asiantuntija, ryhmä 2

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2024 - 31.07.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pia Lamminsivu
  • Taina Matis
  • Petriina Vuorinen
Person in charge

Taina Matis

Groups
  • 24LIKO1

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to learn how to plan and implement a business.

After completing the course, the student will
- can make a business plan and start implementing it.
- understand the importance of project team leadership and project management.
- can plan and implement a project.

Content (course unit)

What is a business plan and how is it prepared?
What are the key aspects of project management?
How to plan and implement a project?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student will identify the purpose, principle, and content of a business plan. They understand the importance of project management. The student will participate in the work and reporting in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student will articulate the purpose, principle, and content of a business plan. They understand the importance of project management. The student will actively participate in the work and reporting in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student will be able to analyze different approaches to business planning and project management and recommend appropriate working methods and methodologies. They will be able to anticipate risks and support others when necessary. The student will take committed responsibility for the progress, quality, and reporting of work in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2024 - 31.07.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pia Lamminsivu
  • Taina Matis
  • Petriina Vuorinen
Person in charge

Taina Matis

Groups
  • 24LIKO2

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to learn how to plan and implement a business.

After completing the course, the student will
- can make a business plan and start implementing it.
- understand the importance of project team leadership and project management.
- can plan and implement a project.

Content (course unit)

What is a business plan and how is it prepared?
What are the key aspects of project management?
How to plan and implement a project?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student will identify the purpose, principle, and content of a business plan. They understand the importance of project management. The student will participate in the work and reporting in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student will articulate the purpose, principle, and content of a business plan. They understand the importance of project management. The student will actively participate in the work and reporting in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student will be able to analyze different approaches to business planning and project management and recommend appropriate working methods and methodologies. They will be able to anticipate risks and support others when necessary. The student will take committed responsibility for the progress, quality, and reporting of work in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2024 - 31.07.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pia Lamminsivu
  • Taina Matis
  • Petriina Vuorinen
Person in charge

Taina Matis

Groups
  • 24LIKO3

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to learn how to plan and implement a business.

After completing the course, the student will
- can make a business plan and start implementing it.
- understand the importance of project team leadership and project management.
- can plan and implement a project.

Content (course unit)

What is a business plan and how is it prepared?
What are the key aspects of project management?
How to plan and implement a project?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student will identify the purpose, principle, and content of a business plan. They understand the importance of project management. The student will participate in the work and reporting in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student will articulate the purpose, principle, and content of a business plan. They understand the importance of project management. The student will actively participate in the work and reporting in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student will be able to analyze different approaches to business planning and project management and recommend appropriate working methods and methodologies. They will be able to anticipate risks and support others when necessary. The student will take committed responsibility for the progress, quality, and reporting of work in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2024 - 31.07.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pia Lamminsivu
  • Taina Matis
  • Petriina Vuorinen
Person in charge

Taina Matis

Groups
  • 24LIKO4

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to learn how to plan and implement a business.

After completing the course, the student will
- can make a business plan and start implementing it.
- understand the importance of project team leadership and project management.
- can plan and implement a project.

Content (course unit)

What is a business plan and how is it prepared?
What are the key aspects of project management?
How to plan and implement a project?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student will identify the purpose, principle, and content of a business plan. They understand the importance of project management. The student will participate in the work and reporting in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student will articulate the purpose, principle, and content of a business plan. They understand the importance of project management. The student will actively participate in the work and reporting in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student will be able to analyze different approaches to business planning and project management and recommend appropriate working methods and methodologies. They will be able to anticipate risks and support others when necessary. The student will take committed responsibility for the progress, quality, and reporting of work in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2024 - 31.07.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 23.10.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Entrepreneurship (Proacademy)

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Hanna Saraketo
  • Mikael Lindell
Groups
  • 24TIJO

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to learn how to plan and implement a business.

After completing the course, the student will
- can make a business plan and start implementing it.
- understand the importance of project team leadership and project management.
- can plan and implement a project.

Content (course unit)

What is a business plan and how is it prepared?
What are the key aspects of project management?
How to plan and implement a project?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student will identify the purpose, principle, and content of a business plan. They understand the importance of project management. The student will participate in the work and reporting in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student will articulate the purpose, principle, and content of a business plan. They understand the importance of project management. The student will actively participate in the work and reporting in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student will be able to analyze different approaches to business planning and project management and recommend appropriate working methods and methodologies. They will be able to anticipate risks and support others when necessary. The student will take committed responsibility for the progress, quality, and reporting of work in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2024 - 31.07.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 18.10.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Entrepreneurship and Team Leadership (Proacademy)

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Annikka Lepola
  • Tanja Verho
Groups
  • 24ENTRE
    Entrepreneurship and Team Leadership, syksy 2024

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to learn how to plan and implement a business.

After completing the course, the student will
- can make a business plan and start implementing it.
- understand the importance of project team leadership and project management.
- can plan and implement a project.

Content (course unit)

What is a business plan and how is it prepared?
What are the key aspects of project management?
How to plan and implement a project?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student will identify the purpose, principle, and content of a business plan. They understand the importance of project management. The student will participate in the work and reporting in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student will articulate the purpose, principle, and content of a business plan. They understand the importance of project management. The student will actively participate in the work and reporting in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student will be able to analyze different approaches to business planning and project management and recommend appropriate working methods and methodologies. They will be able to anticipate risks and support others when necessary. The student will take committed responsibility for the progress, quality, and reporting of work in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2024 - 25.08.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 20.10.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pia Lamminsivu
  • Matti Kolehmainen
  • Sirkka Saarinen
Person in charge

Pia Lamminsivu

Groups
  • 24LIKO1

Objectives (course unit)

This course will give the student an insight into the phenomena and laws that influence the business environment.

After completing the course, the student will
- know the basics of business planning and starting a business.
- identify the main theories and concepts of economics.
- be familiar with business forms and the principles of profitable business planning.

Content (course unit)

What elements make up the business environment and how are economic phenomena reflected in companies' activities?
How do different types of businesses differ?
What is contract law?
What does accounting involve?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student will identify the principles that guide the economy. They understand the basic conditions of entrepreneurship. The student will participate in practical work based on theory in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student will analyze the elements of the national economy and choose activities related to starting a business, taking into account legal aspects. Understand the role of the economy in business. The student will actively participate in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student will be able to analyse the requirements of the business environment when setting up a company and recommend appropriate working methods and procedures. They will be able to assess the conditions for starting a business and support others if necessary. The student will take committed responsibility for working in the learning environment chosen for implementation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2024 - 25.08.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 20.10.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pia Lamminsivu
  • Matti Kolehmainen
  • Sirkka Saarinen
Person in charge

Pia Lamminsivu

Groups
  • 24LIKO2

Objectives (course unit)

This course will give the student an insight into the phenomena and laws that influence the business environment.

After completing the course, the student will
- know the basics of business planning and starting a business.
- identify the main theories and concepts of economics.
- be familiar with business forms and the principles of profitable business planning.

Content (course unit)

What elements make up the business environment and how are economic phenomena reflected in companies' activities?
How do different types of businesses differ?
What is contract law?
What does accounting involve?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student will identify the principles that guide the economy. They understand the basic conditions of entrepreneurship. The student will participate in practical work based on theory in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student will analyze the elements of the national economy and choose activities related to starting a business, taking into account legal aspects. Understand the role of the economy in business. The student will actively participate in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student will be able to analyse the requirements of the business environment when setting up a company and recommend appropriate working methods and procedures. They will be able to assess the conditions for starting a business and support others if necessary. The student will take committed responsibility for working in the learning environment chosen for implementation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2024 - 25.08.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 20.10.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pia Lamminsivu
  • Matti Kolehmainen
  • Sirkka Saarinen
Person in charge

Pia Lamminsivu

Groups
  • 24LIKO3

Objectives (course unit)

This course will give the student an insight into the phenomena and laws that influence the business environment.

After completing the course, the student will
- know the basics of business planning and starting a business.
- identify the main theories and concepts of economics.
- be familiar with business forms and the principles of profitable business planning.

Content (course unit)

What elements make up the business environment and how are economic phenomena reflected in companies' activities?
How do different types of businesses differ?
What is contract law?
What does accounting involve?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student will identify the principles that guide the economy. They understand the basic conditions of entrepreneurship. The student will participate in practical work based on theory in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student will analyze the elements of the national economy and choose activities related to starting a business, taking into account legal aspects. Understand the role of the economy in business. The student will actively participate in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student will be able to analyse the requirements of the business environment when setting up a company and recommend appropriate working methods and procedures. They will be able to assess the conditions for starting a business and support others if necessary. The student will take committed responsibility for working in the learning environment chosen for implementation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2024 - 25.08.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 20.10.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pia Lamminsivu
  • Matti Kolehmainen
  • Sirkka Saarinen
Person in charge

Pia Lamminsivu

Groups
  • 24LIKO4

Objectives (course unit)

This course will give the student an insight into the phenomena and laws that influence the business environment.

After completing the course, the student will
- know the basics of business planning and starting a business.
- identify the main theories and concepts of economics.
- be familiar with business forms and the principles of profitable business planning.

Content (course unit)

What elements make up the business environment and how are economic phenomena reflected in companies' activities?
How do different types of businesses differ?
What is contract law?
What does accounting involve?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student will identify the principles that guide the economy. They understand the basic conditions of entrepreneurship. The student will participate in practical work based on theory in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student will analyze the elements of the national economy and choose activities related to starting a business, taking into account legal aspects. Understand the role of the economy in business. The student will actively participate in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student will be able to analyse the requirements of the business environment when setting up a company and recommend appropriate working methods and procedures. They will be able to assess the conditions for starting a business and support others if necessary. The student will take committed responsibility for working in the learning environment chosen for implementation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2024 - 31.07.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 23.10.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Entrepreneurship (Proacademy)

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Hanna Saraketo
  • Mikael Lindell
Groups
  • 24TIJO

Objectives (course unit)

This course will give the student an insight into the phenomena and laws that influence the business environment.

After completing the course, the student will
- know the basics of business planning and starting a business.
- identify the main theories and concepts of economics.
- be familiar with business forms and the principles of profitable business planning.

Content (course unit)

What elements make up the business environment and how are economic phenomena reflected in companies' activities?
How do different types of businesses differ?
What is contract law?
What does accounting involve?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student will identify the principles that guide the economy. They understand the basic conditions of entrepreneurship. The student will participate in practical work based on theory in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student will analyze the elements of the national economy and choose activities related to starting a business, taking into account legal aspects. Understand the role of the economy in business. The student will actively participate in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student will be able to analyse the requirements of the business environment when setting up a company and recommend appropriate working methods and procedures. They will be able to assess the conditions for starting a business and support others if necessary. The student will take committed responsibility for working in the learning environment chosen for implementation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2024 - 31.07.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 15.10.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Entrepreneurship and Team Leadership (Proacademy)

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Annikka Lepola
  • Tanja Verho
Groups
  • 24ENTRE
    Entrepreneurship and Team Leadership, syksy 2024

Objectives (course unit)

This course will give the student an insight into the phenomena and laws that influence the business environment.

After completing the course, the student will
- know the basics of business planning and starting a business.
- identify the main theories and concepts of economics.
- be familiar with business forms and the principles of profitable business planning.

Content (course unit)

What elements make up the business environment and how are economic phenomena reflected in companies' activities?
How do different types of businesses differ?
What is contract law?
What does accounting involve?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student will identify the principles that guide the economy. They understand the basic conditions of entrepreneurship. The student will participate in practical work based on theory in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student will analyze the elements of the national economy and choose activities related to starting a business, taking into account legal aspects. Understand the role of the economy in business. The student will actively participate in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student will be able to analyse the requirements of the business environment when setting up a company and recommend appropriate working methods and procedures. They will be able to assess the conditions for starting a business and support others if necessary. The student will take committed responsibility for working in the learning environment chosen for implementation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 30.08.2024

Timing

05.08.2024 - 20.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jarmo Pösö
  • Helena Karjalainen
Person in charge

Jarmo Pösö

Groups
  • 23ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

Sales Mathematics and Basics of Taxation

Content (course unit)

Sales Mathematics and Basics of Taxation

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Satisfactory

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Excellent

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2024 - 31.07.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pia Lamminsivu
Person in charge

Pia Lamminsivu

Groups
  • 24LIKO1

Objectives (course unit)

The course aims to comprehend what elements make up a business and to put theory into practice.

After completing the course, the student will
- understand the principles and areas of business and how they relate to each other.
- can apply theory in a practical learning environment.
- can work in a team and actively practice different work-life skills.

Content (course unit)

What are the different aspects of business management?
How is business theory applied in practical situations?
What kind of work-life skills are needed to do business?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student will identify the basic principles and areas of business. They understand the basics of operational business. The student will participate in the production and reporting of work in the learning environment chosen for implementation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student will articulate the basic principles and areas of business and follow the principles of the laws of business. They select the appropriate policies and methods for business operations. The student will be proactive and able to report well on the implementation of work in the chosen learning environment.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student will be able to analyze different business principles and aspects and recommend appropriate working methods and techniques. They will be able to anticipate risks and support others. The student is committed to taking responsibility for the progress of work and the quality of reporting, taking into account the learning environment chosen for implementation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

24.09.2024 - 23.10.2024

Timing

24.10.2024 - 31.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Entrepreneurship (Proacademy)

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Hanna Saraketo
  • Marja-Liisa Timperi
  • Mikael Lindell
Groups
  • 24TIJO

Objectives (course unit)

The course aims to comprehend what elements make up a business and to put theory into practice.

After completing the course, the student will
- understand the principles and areas of business and how they relate to each other.
- can apply theory in a practical learning environment.
- can work in a team and actively practice different work-life skills.

Content (course unit)

What are the different aspects of business management?
How is business theory applied in practical situations?
What kind of work-life skills are needed to do business?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student will identify the basic principles and areas of business. They understand the basics of operational business. The student will participate in the production and reporting of work in the learning environment chosen for implementation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student will articulate the basic principles and areas of business and follow the principles of the laws of business. They select the appropriate policies and methods for business operations. The student will be proactive and able to report well on the implementation of work in the chosen learning environment.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student will be able to analyze different business principles and aspects and recommend appropriate working methods and techniques. They will be able to anticipate risks and support others. The student is committed to taking responsibility for the progress of work and the quality of reporting, taking into account the learning environment chosen for implementation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2024 - 31.07.2024

Timing

21.10.2024 - 31.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Entrepreneurship and Team Leadership (Proacademy)

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Annikka Lepola
  • Tanja Verho
Groups
  • 24ENTRE
    Entrepreneurship and Team Leadership, syksy 2024

Objectives (course unit)

The course aims to comprehend what elements make up a business and to put theory into practice.

After completing the course, the student will
- understand the principles and areas of business and how they relate to each other.
- can apply theory in a practical learning environment.
- can work in a team and actively practice different work-life skills.

Content (course unit)

What are the different aspects of business management?
How is business theory applied in practical situations?
What kind of work-life skills are needed to do business?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student will identify the basic principles and areas of business. They understand the basics of operational business. The student will participate in the production and reporting of work in the learning environment chosen for implementation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student will articulate the basic principles and areas of business and follow the principles of the laws of business. They select the appropriate policies and methods for business operations. The student will be proactive and able to report well on the implementation of work in the chosen learning environment.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student will be able to analyze different business principles and aspects and recommend appropriate working methods and techniques. They will be able to anticipate risks and support others. The student is committed to taking responsibility for the progress of work and the quality of reporting, taking into account the learning environment chosen for implementation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 30.08.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Minna Wilska
  • Milja Valtonen
  • Riku-Matti Kinnunen
  • Satu Kylmälä
  • Sini Jokiniemi
  • Annina Korpela
  • Tuula Niemi
Person in charge

Tuula Niemi

Groups
  • 21LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

Students
- produce a finished thesis report and other thesis-related material as regards style and layout
- report, justify and assess thesis-related research methods, implementation and results in accordance with TAMK’s guidelines and research-ethical principles
- present and defend their thesis professionally and in a theoretically justified manner
- give constructive feedback as a peer reviewer
- can communicate in a matter-of-fact style in Finnish, Swedish or English in accordance with the thesis requirements

Content (course unit)

Course is accepted when at least publication of the written report is published, plagiarism check and maturity test accepted.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Assessment criteria can be found from TAMK's web pages: https://intra.tuni.fi/en/handbook?page=3104
General rating of thesis will be given in the end of the process.

Course is accepted when the theses has been published along TAMK's guidelines, plagiarism has been checked, maturity test and other assignments agreed in the degree programme have been accepted.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Assessment criteria can be found from TAMK's web pages: https://intra.tuni.fi/en/handbook?page=3104
General rating of thesis will be given in the end of the process.

Course is accepted when the theses has been published along TAMK's guidelines, plagiarism has been checked, maturity test and other assignments agreed in the degree programme have been accepted.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Assessment criteria can be found from TAMK's web pages: https://intra.tuni.fi/en/handbook?page=3104
General rating of thesis will be given in the end of the process.

Course is accepted when the theses has been published along TAMK's guidelines, plagiarism has been checked, maturity test and other assignments agreed in the degree programme have been accepted.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

03.06.2024 - 31.05.2025

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.07.2025

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

RDI portion

3 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tuula Niemi
Groups
  • 22LIKOM
  • 22LIKOT
  • 22LIKOH
  • 22LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

Trade and entrepreneurship studies are a study module organized by The K-Retailers’ Association. These e-learning studies cover retail sector and retailer entrepreneurship in Finland. The course Man-agement of Personnel and Sales is one of three courses in this module, dealing with sales manage-ment and human resource management in a department of retail sector store.

After completing the course the students
- know the occupational health and safety regulations in retail sector
- are able to lead the sales of a department
- are able to lead a customer-oriented, sales-minded team considering the regulations.

Content (course unit)

What special characteristic does a store have as a workplace?
What are the essential occupational health and safety regulations in retail sector?
How can the human resources management be carried out successfully?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student is able to prove some of the command of basic concepts of organizing the work on a de-partment and knows the basic principles of sales and human resource management.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to prove the command of basic concepts of organizing the work on a department and knows the basic principles of sales and human resource management.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to prove the command of concepts of organizing the work on a department and understands the basic principles of sales and human resource management.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

29.06.2023 - 27.08.2023

Timing

11.09.2024 - 31.10.2024

Credits

3 op

Virtual portion

3 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Helena Karjalainen
Person in charge

Kati Kouhia-Kuusisto

Groups
  • 24AVOHRP
    Hr- ja palkkahallinnon asiantuntija
  • AVOINAMK

Objectives (course unit)

The course deepens the students’ knowledge of calculation of pay and familiarizes them with different salary systems.

After completing the course the students
- have mastered the calculation of pay according to essential laws
- know the impact of entrepreneurship in payroll issues
- are able to apply the terms of collective agreements in calculation of pay
- are able to apply the different conditions of contracts in calculation of pay
- are familiar with some payroll software and understand their operational principles
- are familiar with different ways of rewarding personnel and know how these are taxed.

Content (course unit)

How are the salaries for employees calculated?
How to recognize who is in the position of an entrepreneur and what needs to be taken into account when calculating a salary for an entrepreneur?
How is overtime determined and compensated, according to law or collective agreements?
How are holiday pays determined and compensated, according to law or collective agreements?
What obligations does an employer have during sick leaves or parental leaves of employees?
How can the salaries for employees be calculated utilizing payroll software?
What different kinds of methods can be used in rewarding personnel?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the main factors affecting to payroll management and is able to perform payroll
calculation in familiar conditions. They know the most typical modes of how collective agreements af-fect salaries and can utilize this knowledge in familiar cases.
The student manages to use a payroll software in familiar conditions. They know some ways to
reward personnel in organizations.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student understands the principal factors affecting to payroll management and is able to
apply the acquired knowledge in typical practical situations of payroll management and salary
calculation. They know how the collective agreements affect salaries, and can interpret
the terms of collective agreements in usual situations. The student can use some payroll software
according to instructions. They know the main ways to reward personnel and can somewhat
develop the rewarding process in organizations.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the factors affecting to payroll management and is able to apply the
acquired knowledge in different practical situations of payroll management and salary calculation.
They know how the collective agreements affect salaries, are able to interpret collective
agreements and to utilize that information in different situations.
The student has mastered some payroll software. They know how personnel can be rewarded and are able to develop the rewarding processes in organizations.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

10.06.2024 - 04.08.2024

Timing

09.10.2024 - 31.12.2024

Credits

3 op

Virtual portion

3 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Helena Karjalainen
Groups
  • 24AVOHRP2
    HR- ja palkkahallinnon asiantuntija, ryhmä 2

Objectives (course unit)

The course deepens the students’ knowledge of calculation of pay and familiarizes them with different salary systems.

After completing the course the students
- have mastered the calculation of pay according to essential laws
- know the impact of entrepreneurship in payroll issues
- are able to apply the terms of collective agreements in calculation of pay
- are able to apply the different conditions of contracts in calculation of pay
- are familiar with some payroll software and understand their operational principles
- are familiar with different ways of rewarding personnel and know how these are taxed.

Content (course unit)

How are the salaries for employees calculated?
How to recognize who is in the position of an entrepreneur and what needs to be taken into account when calculating a salary for an entrepreneur?
How is overtime determined and compensated, according to law or collective agreements?
How are holiday pays determined and compensated, according to law or collective agreements?
What obligations does an employer have during sick leaves or parental leaves of employees?
How can the salaries for employees be calculated utilizing payroll software?
What different kinds of methods can be used in rewarding personnel?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows the main factors affecting to payroll management and is able to perform payroll
calculation in familiar conditions. They know the most typical modes of how collective agreements af-fect salaries and can utilize this knowledge in familiar cases.
The student manages to use a payroll software in familiar conditions. They know some ways to
reward personnel in organizations.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student understands the principal factors affecting to payroll management and is able to
apply the acquired knowledge in typical practical situations of payroll management and salary
calculation. They know how the collective agreements affect salaries, and can interpret
the terms of collective agreements in usual situations. The student can use some payroll software
according to instructions. They know the main ways to reward personnel and can somewhat
develop the rewarding process in organizations.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the factors affecting to payroll management and is able to apply the
acquired knowledge in different practical situations of payroll management and salary calculation.
They know how the collective agreements affect salaries, are able to interpret collective
agreements and to utilize that information in different situations.
The student has mastered some payroll software. They know how personnel can be rewarded and are able to develop the rewarding processes in organizations.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 30.08.2024

Timing

29.08.2024 - 20.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Emmanuel Abruquah
Person in charge

Emmanuel Abruquah

Groups
  • 22ALITAV

Objectives (course unit)

The student can give a sales presentation and negotiate in English.

The student is able to
- plan and give a sales presentation - "pitching".
- prepare and carry out a business negotiation.
- communicate in English in negotiations.
- adapt the presentation or negotiation according to different cultural characteristics.

Content (course unit)

What is a good sales presentation like?
How do you communicate with a customer?
How do you prepare and carry out a successful business negotiation?
How do you consider your target group and customer's needs in business communication?

Prerequisites (course unit)

Previous modules completed or equivalent knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student performs the required assessments. The student recognizes the main elements that influence business presentations and negotiation skills. The student recognizes the existing challenges in business communication.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student performs the required assessments. The student knows the main elements that influence business presentations and negotiation skills. The student recognizes the elements and significance of intercultural communication in business communication.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student performs the required assessments. The student knows and adapts the main elements that influence business presentations and negotiation skills. The student modifies their communication style according to the existing context and takes cultural features into consideration.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student is not able to give a business presentation or carry out a negotiation in English. The student does not know how to modify their communication style according to the cultural context.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2024 - 05.08.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Anne Kopperoinen
Person in charge

Anne Kopperoinen

Groups
  • 24LIKO1

Objectives (course unit)

The course focuses on enhancing professional business communication skills in multicultural environments.

After completing the course students will be able to:

• tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks, and duties at work by using professional English
• meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
• follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication.

Content (course unit)

• What can the students communicate on their competence and working life environment

• What kind of qualifications do the students need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction?

• How can the students develop their competence and acquire business-related information?

Further information (course unit)

European Framework of Reference for Languages B2 level.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Englanniksi

• pronunciation is not always correct but it is understandable
• comprehension of key points of limited professional material is good
• ability to acquire and share basic knowledge
• basic and some unclear expressions are used in communication, but main message is shared and transmitted with some professional touch
• communication seems clumsy and limited but some attention is paid to interaction

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

• pronunciation sounds clear and quite natural
• comprehension of key points as well as details of professional material is good
• acquired knowledge can be implemented
• clear professional expressions are used and the number of mistakes is limited
• communication seems professional and interpersonal skills are quite good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

• pronunciation sounds clear and natural with different nuances in tone
• comprehension of key points as well as details of demanding professional material is good
• acquired knowledge can be implemented with ease
• fluent and proficient language is used with a good sense of style and register
• communication seems professional, interactive, and efficient with very few mistakes made

Location and time

Weekly lessons at TAMK. See the detailed schedule on Moodle

Assessment methods and criteria

- Assessment is based on several course assignments, which are explained at the beginning of the course. All mandatory assignments must be completed successfully to receive a final grade for the study module.
- The course has an 80% attendance requirement, and at least 60% of all Moodle exercise tasks must be completed. Attendance, class participation, and task completion impact the grade, especially in borderline cases

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Contact teaching, exercises, collaborative learning, online learning, exam.

Learning materials

Moodle material.
To support your studies: Business Express (by Niskanen, Vetter, and Urbom, published by SanomaPro Oy, latest edition). Please note that it’s available in limited quantities at the TAMK library; consider checking other libraries or purchasing a used copy.

Student workload

Weekly lessons at TAMK, independent study. Several mandatory course assignments.

Content scheduling

The course focuses on enhancing professional business communication skills in multicultural environments.

Contents:
- Education
- Employment
- Applying for a job
- Cross-cultural communication
- Company presentations
- Business and society
- Style of business expressions
- Business correspondence
- Packing, Quotations
- Meetings and negotiations
- Complaints

Completion alternatives

If your English language skills are strong, you can apply for the Fast Track implementation:

N-00CY46-3019 (16.9.-10.11.2024)
or
N-00CY46-3020 (7.10.-30.11.2024)

It is possible to apply for credit transfer for the course if you have completed higher education studies that align with the course content description or possess the relevant knowledge and skills described in the course content (e.g., extensive international work experience). Please contact the teacher before the course starts,

Further information

- Studies (5 ECTS credits) are divided into two different periods (1st and 2nd period).
- Prerequisites for the course: Completion of upper secondary education or a vocational degree, with a B2 proficiency level according to the European Framework. - Take a skills test and register for any preparatory courses if necessary.
- Anne Kopperoinen (anne.kopperoinen@tuni.fi) can be reached via email or Teams by appointment in advance.

Enrolment period

02.07.2024 - 05.08.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Anne Kopperoinen
Person in charge

Anne Kopperoinen

Groups
  • 24LIKO2

Objectives (course unit)

The course focuses on enhancing professional business communication skills in multicultural environments.

After completing the course students will be able to:

• tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks, and duties at work by using professional English
• meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
• follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication.

Content (course unit)

• What can the students communicate on their competence and working life environment

• What kind of qualifications do the students need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction?

• How can the students develop their competence and acquire business-related information?

Further information (course unit)

European Framework of Reference for Languages B2 level.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Englanniksi

• pronunciation is not always correct but it is understandable
• comprehension of key points of limited professional material is good
• ability to acquire and share basic knowledge
• basic and some unclear expressions are used in communication, but main message is shared and transmitted with some professional touch
• communication seems clumsy and limited but some attention is paid to interaction

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

• pronunciation sounds clear and quite natural
• comprehension of key points as well as details of professional material is good
• acquired knowledge can be implemented
• clear professional expressions are used and the number of mistakes is limited
• communication seems professional and interpersonal skills are quite good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

• pronunciation sounds clear and natural with different nuances in tone
• comprehension of key points as well as details of demanding professional material is good
• acquired knowledge can be implemented with ease
• fluent and proficient language is used with a good sense of style and register
• communication seems professional, interactive, and efficient with very few mistakes made

Location and time

Weekly lessons at TAMK. See the detailed schedule on Moodle

Assessment methods and criteria

- Assessment is based on several course assignments, which are explained at the beginning of the course. All mandatory assignments must be completed successfully to receive a final grade for the study module.
- The course has an 80% attendance requirement, and at least 60% of all Moodle exercise tasks must be completed. Attendance, class participation, and task completion impact the grade, especially in borderline cases

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Contact teaching, exercises, collaborative learning, online learning, exam.

Learning materials

Moodle material.
To support your studies: Business Express (by Niskanen, Vetter, and Urbom, published by SanomaPro Oy, latest edition). Please note that it’s available in limited quantities at the TAMK library; consider checking other libraries or purchasing a used copy.

Student workload

Weekly lessons at TAMK, independent study. Several mandatory course assignments.

Content scheduling

The course focuses on enhancing professional business communication skills in multicultural environments.

Contents:
- Education
- Employment
- Applying for a job
- Cross-cultural communication
- Company presentations
- Business and society
- Style of business expressions
- Business correspondence
- Packing, Quotations
- Meetings and negotiations
- Complaints

Completion alternatives

If your English language skills are strong, you can apply for the Fast Track implementation:

N-00CY46-3019 (16.9.-10.11.2024)
or
N-00CY46-3020 (7.10.-30.11.2024)

It is possible to apply for credit transfer for the course if you have completed higher education studies that align with the course content description or possess the relevant knowledge and skills described in the course content (e.g., extensive international work experience). Please contact the teacher before the course starts,

Further information

- Studies (5 ECTS credits) are divided into two different periods (1st and 2nd period).
- Prerequisites for the course: Completion of upper secondary education or a vocational degree, with a B2 proficiency level according to the European Framework. - Take a skills test and register for any preparatory courses if necessary.
- Anne Kopperoinen (anne.kopperoinen@tuni.fi) can be reached via email or Teams by appointment in advance.

Enrolment period

02.07.2024 - 06.09.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Elena Grigorova
Person in charge

Hanna Pihlajarinne

Groups
  • 24LIKO3

Objectives (course unit)

The course focuses on enhancing professional business communication skills in multicultural environments.

After completing the course students will be able to:

• tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks, and duties at work by using professional English
• meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
• follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication.

Content (course unit)

• What can the students communicate on their competence and working life environment

• What kind of qualifications do the students need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction?

• How can the students develop their competence and acquire business-related information?

Further information (course unit)

European Framework of Reference for Languages B2 level.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Englanniksi

• pronunciation is not always correct but it is understandable
• comprehension of key points of limited professional material is good
• ability to acquire and share basic knowledge
• basic and some unclear expressions are used in communication, but main message is shared and transmitted with some professional touch
• communication seems clumsy and limited but some attention is paid to interaction

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

• pronunciation sounds clear and quite natural
• comprehension of key points as well as details of professional material is good
• acquired knowledge can be implemented
• clear professional expressions are used and the number of mistakes is limited
• communication seems professional and interpersonal skills are quite good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

• pronunciation sounds clear and natural with different nuances in tone
• comprehension of key points as well as details of demanding professional material is good
• acquired knowledge can be implemented with ease
• fluent and proficient language is used with a good sense of style and register
• communication seems professional, interactive, and efficient with very few mistakes made

Location and time

On campus according to the timetable.

Exam schedules

Please see Methods and Grounds for Evaluation.

Assessment methods and criteria

The assessment is based on successful completion of the following tasks and activities:
• Job interview (group activity; individual grade: pass/fail)
• Company presentation at the trade fair (pair task; individual grade incl.self- and peer assessment: 0-5)
• Company meeting (group activity; individual grade: pass/fail)
• Written exam in TUNI Exam (individual task; individual grade: 0-5)
• Overall participation in the course such as attendance, engagement with the course material, participation in class activities and completion of home assignments is also taken into consideration when determining the final grade.

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Contact teaching, presentations, discussions, pair and group work, individual tasks and independent study.

Learning materials

• Materials in Moodle
• Business Express, T. Niskanen, J. Vetter, R. Urbom, SanomaPro Oy. Note: Limited copies are available at TAMK library.

Student workload

Total course – 5 cr x 27 h = 135 study hours incl.:
• contact lessons – 14 x 2 h = 28 h
• independent study – 107 h

Content scheduling

• Oral skills (presentations, meetings, negotiations, telephone communication, video conferencing, social interaction)
• Writing skills (CVs, emails, agenda, meeting minutes, business documents such as enquiries, proposals, quotations, complaints, etc.)
• Grammar as needed

Completion alternatives

OPTION 1
If the student has completed corresponding studies at another university or university of applied sciences, the student may apply for credit transfer through Hyvähot/CreTa system.

OPTION 2
Students who have extensive international work experience may complete the course through demonstration of competencies.

OPTION 3
Students with strong English language skills can apply for one of the Fast Track implementations:
• N-00CY46-3019 (16.09.2024 - 10.11.2024)
• N-00CY46-3020 (07.10.2024.- 30.11.2024)

All alternative ways of completing the course should be discussed with the teacher at the beginning of the course.

Further information

• Mandatory attendance – 80%.
• There is no online or hybrid option (some students on campus, some online).

Enrolment period

02.07.2024 - 06.09.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Elena Grigorova
Person in charge

Hanna Pihlajarinne

Groups
  • 24LIKO4

Objectives (course unit)

The course focuses on enhancing professional business communication skills in multicultural environments.

After completing the course students will be able to:

• tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks, and duties at work by using professional English
• meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
• follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication.

Content (course unit)

• What can the students communicate on their competence and working life environment

• What kind of qualifications do the students need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction?

• How can the students develop their competence and acquire business-related information?

Further information (course unit)

European Framework of Reference for Languages B2 level.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Englanniksi

• pronunciation is not always correct but it is understandable
• comprehension of key points of limited professional material is good
• ability to acquire and share basic knowledge
• basic and some unclear expressions are used in communication, but main message is shared and transmitted with some professional touch
• communication seems clumsy and limited but some attention is paid to interaction

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

• pronunciation sounds clear and quite natural
• comprehension of key points as well as details of professional material is good
• acquired knowledge can be implemented
• clear professional expressions are used and the number of mistakes is limited
• communication seems professional and interpersonal skills are quite good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

• pronunciation sounds clear and natural with different nuances in tone
• comprehension of key points as well as details of demanding professional material is good
• acquired knowledge can be implemented with ease
• fluent and proficient language is used with a good sense of style and register
• communication seems professional, interactive, and efficient with very few mistakes made

Location and time

On campus according to the timetable.

Exam schedules

Please see Methods and Grounds for Evaluation.

Assessment methods and criteria

The assessment is based on successful completion of the following tasks and activities:
• Job interview (group activity; individual grade: pass/fail)
• Company presentation at the trade fair (pair task; individual grade incl.self- and peer assessment: 0-5)
• Company meeting (group activity; individual grade: pass/fail)
• Written exam in TUNI Exam (individual task; individual grade: 0-5)
• Overall participation in the course such as attendance, engagement with the course material, participation in class activities and completion of home assignments is also taken into consideration when determining the final grade.

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Contact teaching, presentations, discussions, pair and group work, individual tasks and independent study.

Learning materials

• Materials in Moodle
• Business Express, T. Niskanen, J. Vetter, R. Urbom, SanomaPro Oy. Note: Limited copies are available at TAMK library.

Student workload

Total course – 5 cr x 27 h = 135 study hours incl.:
• contact lessons – 14 x 2 h = 28 h
• independent study – 107 h

Content scheduling

• Oral skills (presentations, meetings, negotiations, telephone communication, video conferencing, social interaction)
• Writing skills (CVs, emails, agenda, meeting minutes, business documents such as enquiries, proposals, quotations, complaints, etc.)
• Grammar as needed

Completion alternatives

OPTION 1
If the student has completed corresponding studies at another university or university of applied sciences, the student may apply for credit transfer through Hyvähot/CreTa system.

OPTION 2
Students who have extensive international work experience may complete the course through demonstration of competencies.

OPTION 3
Students with strong English language skills can apply for one of the Fast Track implementations:
• N-00CY46-3019 (16.09.2024 - 10.11.2024)
• N-00CY46-3020 (07.10.2024.- 30.11.2024)

All alternative ways of completing the course should be discussed with the teacher at the beginning of the course.

Further information

• Mandatory attendance – 80%.
• There is no online or hybrid option (some students on campus, some online).

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 22.10.2024

Timing

28.10.2024 - 29.11.2024

Credits

5 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Juha Ikonen
  • Markus Jähi
Person in charge

Markus Jähi

Groups
  • 23LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to familiarize the students with the basics of project management and give them an idea of what the project is.

After completing the course the students
- know a project manager's core tasks and understand the importance of the project work in an organization
- know and understand the key tools of the project management.

Content (course unit)

What tasks are typical in a project manager’s work?
How are projects led?
What tools should the project manager be able to use?
Why is team work particularly important in projects?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student is able to describe the basic tasks of the project manager and to list the tools used in the projects.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to work as a project manager and to apply the most common tools of pro-ject management. They can identify the basic elements of project management and are able to choose an appropriate methodology for the project management context.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands widely the tasks of a project manager and is able to work flexibly and constructively as a project manager. They understand the basic elements of project management and are able to use the tools required for projects efficiently and versatile.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 26.08.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 20.10.2024

Credits

5 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Juha Ikonen
  • Markus Jähi
Person in charge

Markus Jähi

Groups
  • 22LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to extend the students’ basic skills in project management and pro-ject work.

After completing the course the students:
- are able to work as project team members
- understand the importance of the project cost accounting and know how to apply it
- understand the importance of the project communication.

Content (course unit)

How is a project managed?
How is the project funding handled?
How does the Cesim simulation exercise help learning?
What is the meaning of project portfolio management?
How to effectively handle project communication?
How does the project management Finnish Champion Competition support know-how?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student is able to describe the project manager's individual tasks and to list the tools used in projects.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to work as a project manager and a project team member and to apply the most common tools for the project management. They can identify the areas of project management and are able to choose an appropriate project management methodology according to the situation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to apply the principles of project management widely and to act as a pro-ject manager flexibly and constructively. They know the elements of project management and are able to use the tools required for projects efficiently.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

10.04.2024 - 30.08.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 30.05.2025

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Milja Valtonen
  • Mika Jokinen
  • Sini Jokiniemi
  • Kirsi Tanner
  • Tero Poutala
  • Petriina Vuorinen
  • Liiketalous Virtuaalihenkilö
Groups
  • 22LIKOM
  • 22LIKOT
  • 22LIKOH
  • 22LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

The students strengthen their practical knowledge and skills in business administration through working life projects and case assignments. Project management students may also choose optional professional studies.

Course Learning Outcomes:
After completing the course, the students are able to
- plan, implement and report practical working life projects
- interact with the client and project team
- apply and deepen their professional competence in practical projects and case assignments.

Content (course unit)

How to act as a project team member?
How are professional knowledge and skills applied in practical projects and case assignments?

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Approved
The student is able to plan, implement and report working life projects together with the pro-ject team. The student has solved case-exercises independently by applying their professional skills.

Fail
Project plan, implementation or reporting is insufficient. Case-exercises are solved wrong.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

24.04.2024 - 31.08.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 25.10.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Riku-Matti Kinnunen
Person in charge

Riku-Matti Kinnunen

Groups
  • 23LIKOH
  • 24IB
    International Business, syksy 2024, kaikki
  • 23LIKOTA
  • 23LIKOM
  • 23LIKOJ
  • 23IB
    International Business, syksy 2023, kaikki
  • 22IB
  • 23LIKOTB

Objectives (course unit)

European competence level A1

Target group: beginners or those with comprehensive school studies in the languageIn the second foreign language course, the student learns the language used in the most common situations of working life, basic structures of the language and business culture(s) of the target language area.

The student
- will be able to understand and speak the language in the most common situations of working life
- will be able to understand and communicate the main information concerning businesses and workplace
- will be able to use the basic structures of the language
- will know cultural differences and ways of interaction in the language area, and will be able to take them into consideration in his/her work.

Content (course unit)

How to communicate in the most common situations of working life?
How do cultural differences and different business cultures affect oral communication?
What are the characteristics of oral communication?
What do I need to know about the country/countries in which the language is spoken?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student
- will be able to introduce himself and tell about his studies
- will manage the most common everyday situations in oral communication in an understandable way
- will be able to use the basic vocabulary and structures
- will need a lot of support in communication
- will manage rather well the basics of the French pronunciation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student
- will be able to introduce himself and tell about his studies in a clear and understandable way
- will manage rather well the most common everyday situations in oral communication
- will be able to use the basic vocabulary and structures in an adequate and correct way
- will manage fairly well the basics of the French pronunciation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student
- will be able to introduce himself and his interests more broadly
- will manage well the most common everyday situations in oral communication
- will be able to use the basic vocabulary and structures in an adequate and correct way
- will manage well the basics of the French pronunciation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 30.08.2024

Timing

03.09.2024 - 10.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Sari Myllymäki
Person in charge

Sari Myllymäki

Groups
  • 23LIKOH
  • 24IB
    International Business, syksy 2024, kaikki
  • 23LIKOTA
  • 23LIKOM
  • 23LIKOJ
  • 23IB
    International Business, syksy 2023, kaikki
  • 22IB
  • 23LIKOTB

Objectives (course unit)

European competence level A1

Target group: beginners or those with comprehensive school studies in the languageIn the second foreign language course, the student learns the language used in the most common situations of working life, basic structures of the language and business culture(s) of the target language area.

The student
- will be able to understand and speak the language in the most common situations of working life
- will be able to understand and communicate the main information concerning businesses and workplace
- will be able to use the basic structures of the language
- will know cultural differences and ways of interaction in the language area, and will be able to take them into consideration in his/her work.

Content (course unit)

How to communicate in the most common situations of working life?
How do cultural differences and different business cultures affect oral communication?
What are the characteristics of oral communication?
What do I need to know about the country/countries in which the language is spoken?

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 30.08.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Anne Kerttula
Person in charge

Anne Kerttula

Groups
  • 23LIKOH
  • 24IB
    International Business, syksy 2024, kaikki
  • 23LIKOTA
  • 23LIKOM
  • 23LIKOJ
  • 23IB
    International Business, syksy 2023, kaikki
  • 22IB
  • 23LIKOTB

Objectives (course unit)

European competence level A1

Target group: beginners or those with comprehensive school studies in the languageIn the second foreign language course, the student learns the language used in the most common situations of working life, basic structures of the language and business culture(s) of the target language area.

The student
- will be able to understand and speak the language in the most common situations of working life
- will be able to understand and communicate the main information concerning businesses and workplace
- will be able to use the basic structures of the language
- will know cultural differences and ways of interaction in the language area, and will be able to take them into consideration in his/her work.

Content (course unit)

How to communicate in the most common situations of working life?
How do cultural differences and different business cultures affect oral communication?
What are the characteristics of oral communication?
What do I need to know about the country/countries in which the language is spoken?

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 30.08.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Anne Kerttula
Person in charge

Anne Kerttula

Groups
  • 23LIKOH
  • 24IB
    International Business, syksy 2024, kaikki
  • 23LIKOTA
  • 23LIKOM
  • 23LIKOJ
  • 23IB
    International Business, syksy 2023, kaikki
  • 22IB
  • 23LIKOTB

Objectives (course unit)

European competence level A1

Target group: beginners or those with comprehensive school studies in the languageIn the second foreign language course, the student learns the language used in the most common situations of working life, basic structures of the language and business culture(s) of the target language area.

The student
- will be able to understand and speak the language in the most common situations of working life
- will be able to understand and communicate the main information concerning businesses and workplace
- will be able to use the basic structures of the language
- will know cultural differences and ways of interaction in the language area, and will be able to take them into consideration in his/her work.

Content (course unit)

How to communicate in the most common situations of working life?
How do cultural differences and different business cultures affect oral communication?
What are the characteristics of oral communication?
What do I need to know about the country/countries in which the language is spoken?

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 30.08.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 09.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Sari Myllymäki
Person in charge

Sari Myllymäki

Groups
  • 23LIKOH
  • 24IB
    International Business, syksy 2024, kaikki
  • 23LIKOTA
  • 23LIKOM
  • 23LIKOJ
  • 23IB
    International Business, syksy 2023, kaikki
  • 22IB
  • 23LIKOTB

Objectives (course unit)

European competence level A2

Target group: those with passed basic course or upper secondary school studies in the language.
During the advanced course 1 of the second foreign language, students study and practise various situations of working life, repeat basic structures of the language and learn to know the business culture of the language area.

The student
- will be able to communicate orally in common situations of the field of study and working life
- will be able to tell about the main activities of his/her field
- will be able to use the basic structures of the language
- will become familiar with the working and cultural environment of the language area, and understand the importance of cultural background in the ways of thinking and working.

Content (course unit)

How to communicate and interact in various situations of working life?
How do cultural differences and different business cultures affect oral and written communication?
What are the verbal and non-verbal characteristics of oral communication?
Why is it important to know the country/countries in which the language is spoken?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Grade 1 (min. 50% of the goal)
The student
- understands the main points of the familiar topics covered in the course from either an easy text or slow spoken word, as the message is repeated if necessary
- is able to explain the main points about a company, their education and work experience
- can handle simple discussions if they are familiar with the topic
- understands and uses basic vocabulary in a satisfactory manner
- uses simple grammatical expressions in a passable manner
- recognises differences in customs and understands their significance in communication situations.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Grade 3 (min. 70% of the goal)
The student
- understands well the familiar topics covered in the course from either fairly simple text or fairly slow speech
- is able to apply what they have learned and explain the main points of a company, their education and work experience
- can handle discussions well if they are familiar with the topic
- understands and uses basic vocabulary fairly fluently
- uses simple grammatical expressions in a comprehensible manner
- recognises how customs impact business communication situations.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Grade 5 (min 90% of the goal)
The student
- understands well the familiar topics covered in the course from either text or normal speech
- is able to apply what they have learned and explain fluently the main points of a company, their education or work experience
- can handle discussions very well if they are familiar with the topic
- has quite natural pronunciation and intonation
- understands and uses the basic vocabulary fluently
- uses simple grammatical expressions (tenses, word order, cases and prepositions) in simple context nearly flawlessly
- knows how to utilize differences in customs in their communication.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

Grounds for evaluation:
Course vocabulary, expressions and basic grammar, as well as being able to cope in various written and oral communication situations in German.

Evaluation is on scale 1-5 (see evaluation criteria).
The course grade is based on the average grade of the exams. In borderline cases (average e.g. 3,5), the grade (3 or 4) is based on how active the student has been in class, how punctually have they done the tasks and taken part in the classroom education.
Course feedback is a mandatory part of the course completion.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 05.08.2024

Timing

05.08.2024 - 20.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

TAMK Languages and Communication

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Emmanuel Abruquah
Person in charge

Emmanuel Abruquah

Groups
  • 22ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The student can give a sales presentation and negotiate in English.

The student is able to
- plan and give a sales presentation "pitching"
- prepare and carry out a sales negotiation
- communicate in English in sales negotiations
- adapt the sales process and sales technics according to different cultural characteristics.

Content (course unit)

What is a good sales presentation like?
How do you communicate with a customer?
How do you prepare and carry out a succesfull sales negotiation?
How do you consider your target group and customer's needs in sales communication?

Prerequisites (course unit)

1. and 2. year studies or similar skills and knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student performs the required assessments. The student recognizes the main elements that influence sales presentations and negotiation skills. The student recognizes the existing challenges in sales communication.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student performs the required assessments. The student knows the main elements that influence sales presentations and negotiation skills. The student recognizes the elements and significance of intercultural communication in sales communication.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student performs the required assessments. The student knows and adapt the main elements that influence sales presentations and negotiation skills. The student modifies their communication style according to the existing context and takes cultural features into consideration

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

03.06.2024 - 24.08.2024

Timing

26.08.2024 - 15.10.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

3 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

40 % Contact teaching, 60 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jouni Ranta
Person in charge

Jouni Ranta

Groups
  • 23LIKOJ
  • 22LIKOJ

Objectives (course unit)

After completing the course the students have basic knowledge of contract law and the law of obligations.

The students are
- familiar with the basic concepts and principles of obligation law
- able to apply for information of the main legal topics of the course
- able to analyze and solve legal problems of contractual relations, as well as questions relat-ing to obligations, and to analyze and solve legal problems.

Content (course unit)

Main topics:
debt relations and other relations regarding obligations
legal entities, legal acts and the rules of representation and authorization
formation of contract, its termination and ground of invalidity
types of a contracts, such as sale of goods and standard form contracts
compensation for damage
repayment of undue advantage.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student has reached the course objectives sufficiently. They know the basics of key concepts, principles and rules of this area of law and are able to apply them to factual situa-tions sufficiently.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student has reached the course objectives well, although their skills and competences are somewhat in need of further development. They know the main concepts, principles and rules of this area of law widely and are able to apply them to factual situations using rea-soned analysis.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student has reached the course objectives excellently. They have mastered the main concepts, principles and rules of obligation law and are able to apply them to complicated factual situations using reasoned analysis.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 30.08.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 20.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pietro Albanese
  • Kirsi Tanner
Person in charge

Kirsi Tanner

Groups
  • 22LIKOM

Objectives (course unit)

After completing the course, the students are able to design, manage and evaluate marketing activities by utilizing key marketing tools in different decision-making situations. The students gain an understanding of how the marketing tools can be used to create product value, service and marketing value within customer value.

After completing the course the students
- are able to demonstrate knowledge of marketing management areas and strategic marketing tasks within an organization
- are able to use marketing analytics tools
- are able to identify, evaluate and act upon the needs and problems of different customers and customer groups depending on what importance they place on products, services, and organization
- are able to familiarize their audience with the marketing of their choice with a specific competence area
- are able to monitor marketing effectiveness and profitability
- are able to apply knowledge of marketing planning and management to the marketing practices.

Content (course unit)

Which are marketing management areas?
What are strategic marketing and the strategic basic marketing processes?
How to make use of strategic analytics tools for marketing?
How can modern marketing be successfully designed and implemented?
How to monitor marketing efficiency and profitability?

Prerequisites (course unit)

2nd year courses or equivalent knowledge.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student has achieved the requirements of the course at a basic level. They understand the concepts and models of strategic marketing and are able to perceive the legalities between them. The student has submitted the tasks late or incomplete, and the practical application still needs to developed.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to define the concepts and models of strategic marketing and to apply the subjects they have learnt in practice. The student is able to utilize the subject matter content at a good level.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student has achieved the goals of the topic. They have demonstrated excellent expertise in strategic marketing concepts, models and analytical tools. The student is able to analyze and apply marketing themes broadly in practice.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2024 - 31.07.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Jarmo Pösö
Groups
  • 24ALITA
    Liiketalouden tutkinto-ohjelma 2024, Monimuoto, Myyntiosaaminen

Objectives (course unit)

During this course, you will learn the fundamental principles related to the financial expertise of business graduates.
Students will be able to
- solve essential percentage calculations relevant to entrepreneurs.
- be able to perform currency conversions.
- to apply index thinking in value determinations.
- to use spreadsheet software for financial and investment calculations.

Content (course unit)

How are percentage calculations relevant to financial thinking done?
How are currency conversions calculated?
What does indexing mean and how is it applied?
How is spreadsheet software used to solve financial and investment-related questions?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student is familiar with the basic concepts and methods related to financial mathematics.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student has a good command of the fundamental concepts and methods related to financial mathematics. The student can analyze practical tasks related to this subject and justify their solutions. The student can apply their learning to real-life situations.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the basic concepts and methods related to financial mathematics. The student is capable of analyzing practical tasks related to the subject matter and can provide comprehensive justifications for their solutions.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2024 - 31.07.2024

Timing

21.10.2024 - 31.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Entrepreneurship and Team Leadership (Proacademy)

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Annikka Lepola
  • Tanja Verho
Groups
  • 24ENTRE
    Entrepreneurship and Team Leadership, syksy 2024

Objectives (course unit)

The aim of the course is to focus on the customer and their needs to make business more profitable and sustainable.

After completing the course, the student will
- understand the importance and principles of communication and customer management in a successful business.
- can make and use calculations to achieve results.

Content (course unit)

What is the role of customer and crisis communication in business?
Why is customer-centric marketing needed in the digital world?
How do you use economic mathematics in business?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student will recognise the importance of customer relationship management and its practices. They will understand the elements of customer orientation in communication. THe student will be able to perform the most important mathematical calculations. They participate in the work in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student will articulate the process and methods of customer relationship management. They implement customer-oriented marketing and communication by selecting appropriate channels and content. They solve mathematical problems. The student will be active in the learning environment chosen for the implementation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student will be able to analyze different approaches to customer relationship management. They will be able to anticipate, plan, and implement customer-oriented communication and marketing. They can relate mathematical calculations to a professional context. The student will take committed responsibility for the work in the learning environment chosen for implementation.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 13.08.2024

Timing

14.08.2024 - 02.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

60 % Contact teaching, 40 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pekka Kaatiala
  • Mika Boedeker
  • Marja-Liisa Timperi
Person in charge

Mika Boedeker

Groups
  • 23ALITA

Objectives (course unit)

The student knows research and develop methods and can apply them. He/she learns how to modify research ideas and problems. He/she can make a research plan and write a research report.

Content (course unit)

Research methods
Research process
Research plan, implementation and report

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Satisfactory

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

Good

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

Excellent

Location and time

Lectures according to the timetable.
Depending on the situation, Zoom / Teams online meetings if necessary.
More detailed schedule and teaching facilities lukkarit.tamk.fi

Exam schedules

Basics of research work and qualitative research:
During the part, mini-exams to be completed in stages in Moodle (3 pcs.)
- material exams (free use of material during the exam)
- no re-exams
- more detailed information in the section Moodle.

Quantitative research:
- no exam

Assessment methods and criteria

Basics of research work and qualitative research: Exams and exercises.
Quantitative: Coding task, video task and practice tasks independently. A research report with a work partner, including the related self-evaluation and peer evaluation. There is no exam.

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Lectures, literature, explanatory videos, exercises and their reporting.
Local education
Online teaching (Moodle/Zoom/Teams)
Pair work
Teamwork
Independent study

Learning materials

Recommended learning material in Moodle.
For studying, you must have a computer, Internet connection, webcam and headset at your disposal.
In addition, applications are used in the study, the download links of which can be found on TAMK's intranet or for which an ID is created online.
You must bring your computer with you for all the upcoming days.
Teaching material, links to explanatory videos and literature are announced in Moodle.

Student workload

5 credits = 5 * 27 h = 135 h of student work, of which approx. 35 h of teaching and supervision according to the timetable.

Completion alternatives

CreTa (See study guide)

Further information

The implementation consists of three entities:
- Basics of research work and qualitative research (Boedeker): presence in distance education, study material and exams in Moodle, analysis exercise.
- Quantitative research (Kaatiala): presence (at least 50%) in teaching, assignments, projects and necessary material in Moodle.
- Knowledge acquisition (Timperi): presence in 90 min distance/local education and tasks in Moodle.

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 28.08.2024

Timing

30.08.2024 - 11.12.2024

Credits

7 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

72 % Contact teaching, 28 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pekka Kaatiala
  • Mika Boedeker
Person in charge

Pekka Kaatiala

Groups
  • 23LIKOH

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students become acquainted with qualitative and quantitative research (qualitative 2, quantitative & research 5). The course includes a research exercise.

Course Learning Outcomes:
After completing the course students
- are familiar with the basics of research and know the main differences between qualitative and quantitative research
- are able to design and implement practical, applied research according to research ethics in a sustainable way
- are able to modify the research material into a perception matrix
- are able to use the statistical program to produce and interpret the most common statistical presentations
- are able to evaluate the reliability of the results.

Content (course unit)

What are the basics of research study and research ethics?
What are the different steps involved in doing research?
What are the different research methods and strategies?
How are the issues discussed by the theory measured as accurately as possible?
How can research findings be obtained?
How to implement a working questionnaire?
How can the presentability of the sample be affected?
How do different types of statistical variables differ?
How can the distributions be visualized?
What are the principles of statistical reasoning?
How can the reliability of research results be measured?
How is the observation data analyzed by a statistical program?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student recognizes the steps of qualitative and quantitative research. The student is able to produce or interpret the spreadsheets describing the observation material, as well as the simplest statistical patterns and indicators. The student is able to participate in qualitative or quantitative research.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to design and implement a small-scale qualitative or quantitative research. The student is able to produce and interpret the distribution tables and patterns of two variables. The student is able to choose suitable methods and methods for the variable type.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to plan and conduct qualitative or quantitative research. The student is able to produce the summaries required for research questions from the observation material and is able to evaluate the reliability of the results.

Location and time

Lectures according to the timetable.
Depending on the situation, Zoom / Teams online meetings if necessary.
More detailed schedule and teaching facilities lukkarit.tamk.fi

Exam schedules

Basics of research work and qualitative research:
During the part, mini-exams to be completed in stages in Moodle (3 pcs.)
- material exams (free use of material during the exam)
- no re-exams
- more detailed information in the section Moodle.

Quantitative research:
Exam end of November 2024
1st retake January 2025
2nd retake in February 2025 at a time to be announced separately.

Assessment methods and criteria

Weighted average of parts; all parts to be performed acceptably.
Rating and part weights:
Basics of research work and qualitative research: 0-5; weight 30% learning tasks
Quantitative research: 0-5; weight 70%, exercises and exam.
Practical research project: Passed/Failed; approved performance corresponds to a grade of 3.

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Lectures, exams, explanatory videos, practice tasks and their reporting
Face-to-face teaching and class exercises
Depending on the situation, possibly distance learning online (Moodle/Zoom/Teams)
Pair and group work
Independent study
Exercise research

Learning materials

Recommended learning material in Moodle.
In order to study, you must have a computer, Internet connection, camera and microphone at your disposal.
In addition, applications are used in the study, the download links of which can be found on TAMK's intranet or for which an ID is created online.
Teaching material, links to explanatory videos, support material and literature information are in Moodle.
In addition to the material contained in Moodle:
Laadullinen tutkimus: Tuomi & Sarajärvi - Laadullinen tutkimus ja sisällönanalyysi (valitut osat).
Määrällinen tutkimus: Heikkilä - Tilastollinen tutkimus.

Student workload

Teaching and guidance for about 48 hours. Student's independent work about 139 hours.

Completion alternatives

CreTa (See study guide)

Further information

Teachers:
Part 1, Boedeker: Basics of Research and Qualitative Research. Teaching completely remotely with Zoom.
Part 2, Kaatiala: A quantitative study. The teaching is completely face-to-face. For each participating attendance, you get +0.5 points (maximum 4 points) for the final exam of the course (maximum 36 points).

More detailed information in Moodle. Each part/teacher has their own Moodle.

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 28.08.2024

Timing

29.08.2024 - 11.12.2024

Credits

7 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

72 % Contact teaching, 28 % Distance learning

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Pekka Kaatiala
  • Mika Boedeker
Person in charge

Pekka Kaatiala

Groups
  • 23LIKOM

Objectives (course unit)

During the course the students become acquainted with qualitative and quantitative research (qualitative 2, quantitative & research 5). The course includes a research exercise.

Course Learning Outcomes:
After completing the course students
- are familiar with the basics of research and know the main differences between qualitative and quantitative research
- are able to design and implement practical, applied research according to research ethics in a sustainable way
- are able to modify the research material into a perception matrix
- are able to use the statistical program to produce and interpret the most common statistical presentations
- are able to evaluate the reliability of the results.

Content (course unit)

What are the basics of research study and research ethics?
What are the different steps involved in doing research?
What are the different research methods and strategies?
How are the issues discussed by the theory measured as accurately as possible?
How can research findings be obtained?
How to implement a working questionnaire?
How can the presentability of the sample be affected?
How do different types of statistical variables differ?
How can the distributions be visualized?
What are the principles of statistical reasoning?
How can the reliability of research results be measured?
How is the observation data analyzed by a statistical program?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student recognizes the steps of qualitative and quantitative research. The student is able to produce or interpret the spreadsheets describing the observation material, as well as the simplest statistical patterns and indicators. The student is able to participate in qualitative or quantitative research.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is able to design and implement a small-scale qualitative or quantitative research. The student is able to produce and interpret the distribution tables and patterns of two variables. The student is able to choose suitable methods and methods for the variable type.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student is able to plan and conduct qualitative or quantitative research. The student is able to produce the summaries required for research questions from the observation material and is able to evaluate the reliability of the results.

Location and time

Lectures according to the timetable.
Depending on the situation, Zoom / Teams online meetings if necessary.
More detailed schedule and teaching facilities lukkarit.tamk.fi

Exam schedules

Basics of research work and qualitative research:
During the part, mini-exams to be completed in stages in Moodle (3 pcs.)
- material exams (free use of material during the exam)
- no re-exams
- more detailed information in the section Moodle.

Quantitative research:
Exam end of November 2024
1st retake January 2025
2nd retake in February 2025 at a time to be announced separately.

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Lectures, exams, explanatory videos, practice tasks and their reporting
Face-to-face teaching and class exercises
Depending on the situation, possibly distance learning online (Moodle/Zoom/Teams)
Pair and group work
Independent study
Exercise research

Learning materials

Recommended learning material in Moodle.
In order to study, you must have a computer, Internet connection, camera and microphone at your disposal.
In addition, applications are used in the study, the download links of which can be found on TAMK's intranet or for which an ID is created online.
Teaching material, links to explanatory videos, support material and literature information are in Moodle.
In addition to the material contained in Moodle:
Laadullinen tutkimus: Tuomi & Sarajärvi - Laadullinen tutkimus ja sisällönanalyysi (valitut osat).
Määrällinen tutkimus: Heikkilä - Tilastollinen tutkimus.

Student workload

Teaching and guidance for about 48 hours. Student's independent work about 139 hours.

Completion alternatives

CreTa (See study guide)

Further information

Teachers:
Part 1, Boedeker: Basics of Research and Qualitative Research. Teaching completely remotely with Zoom.
Part 2, Kaatiala: A quantitative study. The teaching is completely face-to-face. For each participating attendance, you get +0.5 points (maximum 4 points) for the final exam of the course (maximum 36 points).

More detailed information in Moodle. Each part/teacher has their own Moodle.

Enrolment period

02.11.2023

Timing

01.01.2025 - 31.05.2025

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Liiketalous Virtuaalihenkilö
Groups
  • 24AVOHRP
    Hr- ja palkkahallinnon asiantuntija
  • AVOINAMK

Objectives (course unit)

The course familiarizes the students with the responsibilities of the supervisor in occupa-tional well-being, occupational health and safety and safety at work. It also gives them an overview of the significance of said duties in a work community.

After completing the course the students:
- understand the importance of the occupational well-being in leadership and supervisory work
- understand objectives of the occupational health and safety and its importance in the work community
- understand responsibilities and objectives of a supervisor related to safety at work.

Content (course unit)

What are the supervisor's responsibilities regarding occupational well-being?
What is the occupational health and safety and how is it taken care of in the workplace?
How is occupational health care organized and who is responsible for it?
What is the occupational safety management and what responsibilities does the supervisor have concerning it?
Why is the supervisor's own well-being at work important?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student is able to describe the issues related to the occupational well-being, occupa-tional health and safety and safety at work. They are able to name the responsibilities and obligations of the supervisor related to those matters.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is familiar with the issues concerning the organization's well-being at work, oc-cupational health and safety and safety at work and can apply and compare them in the work community's operations.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the responsibilities and obligations of the supervisor in terms of well-being at work, occupational health and safety and safety at work and understands their importance in managing the organization. They apply their learning in practical situations and are able to work responsibly in the workplace and to develop said areas.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

10.06.2024 - 04.08.2024

Timing

13.11.2024 - 31.05.2025

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Liiketalous Virtuaalihenkilö
Groups
  • 24AVOHRP2
    HR- ja palkkahallinnon asiantuntija, ryhmä 2

Objectives (course unit)

The course familiarizes the students with the responsibilities of the supervisor in occupa-tional well-being, occupational health and safety and safety at work. It also gives them an overview of the significance of said duties in a work community.

After completing the course the students:
- understand the importance of the occupational well-being in leadership and supervisory work
- understand objectives of the occupational health and safety and its importance in the work community
- understand responsibilities and objectives of a supervisor related to safety at work.

Content (course unit)

What are the supervisor's responsibilities regarding occupational well-being?
What is the occupational health and safety and how is it taken care of in the workplace?
How is occupational health care organized and who is responsible for it?
What is the occupational safety management and what responsibilities does the supervisor have concerning it?
Why is the supervisor's own well-being at work important?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student is able to describe the issues related to the occupational well-being, occupa-tional health and safety and safety at work. They are able to name the responsibilities and obligations of the supervisor related to those matters.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student is familiar with the issues concerning the organization's well-being at work, oc-cupational health and safety and safety at work and can apply and compare them in the work community's operations.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the responsibilities and obligations of the supervisor in terms of well-being at work, occupational health and safety and safety at work and understands their importance in managing the organization. They apply their learning in practical situations and are able to work responsibly in the workplace and to develop said areas.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.06.2023 - 31.07.2023

Timing

06.08.2024 - 02.09.2024

Credits

2 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Helena Karjalainen
  • Tomi Leino
Person in charge

Petriina Vuorinen

Groups
  • 24AVOHRP
    Hr- ja palkkahallinnon asiantuntija
  • AVOINAMK

Objectives (course unit)

Student
- knows how the terms of employment are determined
- is familiar with the essential rights and obligations arising from the employment relationship between the employer and the employee and the possible consequences of their infringement;
- knows how the employment contract is terminated and what grounds are required for termination.
- is able to calculate the amount of wages withheld from the employee's tax and the deductions from the wages withheld from the tax withheld
- is familiar with the basis for calculating fringe benefits and the basis for reimbursement of tax-exempt travel expenses;
- is able to calculate overtime pay on the basis of the Working Hours Act and holiday pay according to the Annual Holidays Act.

Content (course unit)

What is the significance of laws, collective agreements and employment contracts in the stating of the terms of employment?
What are the main obligations arising from an employee's employment relationship and how are they regulated?
What are the main obligations arising from the employer's employment relationship and how have they been regulated?
What can be the result of breaches of the employee's/employer's key obligations?
How do terminations and terminations differ and on what grounds can they be implemented?
What different forms of pay can be used?
How is the amount of tax withheld from wages calculated?
What other deductions from wages are made in addition to withholding tax?
What are fringe benefits and how are they dealt with in payroll?
What kind of compensation must the employee be paid for work that exceeds normal working hours?
What are reimbursements of travel expenses and how are the amounts of compensation determined?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The students know the basic concepts related to employment relationships and payroll. The student knows the key obligations of the employee and the employer and the consequences of violating them. The student mainly knows how to determine the wages paid to the employee.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student masters the basic concepts related to employment relationships and payroll, key regulations and key procedures for payroll. The student is familiar with the employee's and the employer's key obligations and the consequences of breaking them. The student knows how the wages paid to the employee are determined. The student is also able to apply information related to the topics and provide justifications for the solutions he or she proposes.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student knows the basic concepts and key provisions related to the employment relationship, as well as the key obligations of the employee and the employer and the consequences of breaking them excellently. They are able to search for information and apply it to practical problems and to justify comprehensively the solutions they have presented.
The student understands payroll as a whole and knows the related concepts and key procedures excellently. The student understands how the wages paid to the employee are determined and, if necessary, can also look for information and solutions for practical calculation situations.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student has not demonstrated his/her competence in this manner indicated by the objectives of the course.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

10.06.2024 - 04.08.2024

Timing

06.08.2024 - 18.09.2024

Credits

2 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Helena Karjalainen
  • Tomi Leino
Groups
  • 24AVOHRP2
    HR- ja palkkahallinnon asiantuntija, ryhmä 2

Objectives (course unit)

Student
- knows how the terms of employment are determined
- is familiar with the essential rights and obligations arising from the employment relationship between the employer and the employee and the possible consequences of their infringement;
- knows how the employment contract is terminated and what grounds are required for termination.
- is able to calculate the amount of wages withheld from the employee's tax and the deductions from the wages withheld from the tax withheld
- is familiar with the basis for calculating fringe benefits and the basis for reimbursement of tax-exempt travel expenses;
- is able to calculate overtime pay on the basis of the Working Hours Act and holiday pay according to the Annual Holidays Act.

Content (course unit)

What is the significance of laws, collective agreements and employment contracts in the stating of the terms of employment?
What are the main obligations arising from an employee's employment relationship and how are they regulated?
What are the main obligations arising from the employer's employment relationship and how have they been regulated?
What can be the result of breaches of the employee's/employer's key obligations?
How do terminations and terminations differ and on what grounds can they be implemented?
What different forms of pay can be used?
How is the amount of tax withheld from wages calculated?
What other deductions from wages are made in addition to withholding tax?
What are fringe benefits and how are they dealt with in payroll?
What kind of compensation must the employee be paid for work that exceeds normal working hours?
What are reimbursements of travel expenses and how are the amounts of compensation determined?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The students know the basic concepts related to employment relationships and payroll. The student knows the key obligations of the employee and the employer and the consequences of violating them. The student mainly knows how to determine the wages paid to the employee.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student masters the basic concepts related to employment relationships and payroll, key regulations and key procedures for payroll. The student is familiar with the employee's and the employer's key obligations and the consequences of breaking them. The student knows how the wages paid to the employee are determined. The student is also able to apply information related to the topics and provide justifications for the solutions he or she proposes.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student knows the basic concepts and key provisions related to the employment relationship, as well as the key obligations of the employee and the employer and the consequences of breaking them excellently. They are able to search for information and apply it to practical problems and to justify comprehensively the solutions they have presented.
The student understands payroll as a whole and knows the related concepts and key procedures excellently. The student understands how the wages paid to the employee are determined and, if necessary, can also look for information and solutions for practical calculation situations.

Assessment criteria, pass/fail (course unit)

The student has not demonstrated his/her competence in this manner indicated by the objectives of the course.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

04.07.2023 - 01.09.2023

Timing

09.10.2024 - 01.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tomi Leino
  • Tuula Niemi
Person in charge

Tomi Leino

Groups
  • 24AVOHRP
    Hr- ja palkkahallinnon asiantuntija
  • AVOINAMK

Objectives (course unit)

After the course, the students know how to apply labor law in supervisory work and what work community skills mean in practice.

After completing the course the students:
- are able to apply of the labor law in the most common supervisory situations
- understand the importance of responsibilities and obligations in the work community
- know the basic facts about the labor market system.

Content (course unit)

What are the responsibilities and obligations in a supervisor’s job?
What are the conditions of employment?
How to act according to the laws and instructions in the supervisory work?
How does a company follow the co-operation act?
What does a collective agreement mean?
Why are leadership skills, subordinate skills and common rules important in a work commu-nity?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student recognizes issues related to labor law and work community skills. They can name the responsibilities and obligations of a supervisor.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student knows the basics of labor law and is able to act in accordance with it in the practical situations. They can choose the most appropriate approach to labor law and regula-tions.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the whole set of labor legislation and the responsibilities and obli-gations of the supervisor, is able to work responsibly in a workplace and is able to apply the issues they have learned in HR and supervisory work in practice. They understand the im-portance of work community skills widely, and can apply them systematically in a practical work environment.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

10.06.2024 - 04.08.2024

Timing

02.10.2024 - 30.11.2024

Credits

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Tomi Leino
  • Tuula Niemi
Groups
  • 24AVOHRP2
    HR- ja palkkahallinnon asiantuntija, ryhmä 2

Objectives (course unit)

After the course, the students know how to apply labor law in supervisory work and what work community skills mean in practice.

After completing the course the students:
- are able to apply of the labor law in the most common supervisory situations
- understand the importance of responsibilities and obligations in the work community
- know the basic facts about the labor market system.

Content (course unit)

What are the responsibilities and obligations in a supervisor’s job?
What are the conditions of employment?
How to act according to the laws and instructions in the supervisory work?
How does a company follow the co-operation act?
What does a collective agreement mean?
Why are leadership skills, subordinate skills and common rules important in a work commu-nity?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student recognizes issues related to labor law and work community skills. They can name the responsibilities and obligations of a supervisor.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student knows the basics of labor law and is able to act in accordance with it in the practical situations. They can choose the most appropriate approach to labor law and regula-tions.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the whole set of labor legislation and the responsibilities and obli-gations of the supervisor, is able to work responsibly in a workplace and is able to apply the issues they have learned in HR and supervisory work in practice. They understand the im-portance of work community skills widely, and can apply them systematically in a practical work environment.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

02.07.2024 - 05.08.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.12.2024

Credits

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Matti Kolehmainen
Groups
  • 24LIKO1
  • 24LIKO2
  • 24ALITA
    Liiketalouden tutkinto-ohjelma 2024, Monimuoto, Myyntiosaaminen
  • 24LIKO3
  • 24LIKO4

Objectives (course unit)

The student knows how
- deal with mathematical expressions in business
- solve simple equations
- to draw up a mathematical model of the problem situation and solve the resulting equations.
- solve different percentage calculation situations

Content (course unit)

Calculating and processing the value of mathematical expressions. Solving the 1st degree equation and the power and exponential equation. Different situations of percentage decline.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

Student understands how to handle basic mathematical expressions and equations. He/She is able to solve simple applications that are similar to the problems solved during the course. Student takes care of his/her own studies and can cope with exercises with some help from the group.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

In addition, student is able to apply the course topics to technical problems. Student can also explain the methods of her/his solutions. Mathematical notations and concepts are mainly used correctly. Student is able to solve the given exercises independently and also helps other students in the group.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

In addition, student has an overall understanding of course topics. He/she can solve more demanding problems and has the ability to present and justify the chosen methods of solution. Mathematical notations and concepts are used precisely. Student is motivated and committed to help the group to manage the course.

Assessment scale

0-5

Enrolment period

05.06.2024 - 02.09.2024

Timing

03.09.2024 - 13.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Elena Grigorova
Groups
  • 23LIKOH
  • 24IB
    International Business, syksy 2024, kaikki
  • 23LIKOTA
  • 23LIKOM
  • 23LIKOJ
  • 23IB
    International Business, syksy 2023, kaikki
  • 22IB
  • 23LIKOTB

Objectives (course unit)

European competence level A1

Target group: beginners or those with comprehensive school studies in the language, the second foreign language course, the student learns the language used in the most common situations of everyday life, basic structures of the language and culture(s) of the target language area.

The student
- will be able to understand and speak the language in the most common situations of everyday life
- will be able to use the basic structures of the language
- will know cultural differences and ways of interaction in the language area, and will be able to take them into consideration in his/her work.

Content (course unit)

How to communicate in the most common situations of everyday life?
What are the characteristics of oral communication?
What do I need to know about the country/countries in which the language is spoken?

Location and time

Tuesdays, 08:00 - 11:00, TAMK's campus

Exam schedules

- Written mid-term exam 08.10.2024 on campus
- Written final exam and oral assessment 10.12.2024 on campus
- Re-take dates will be determined later

Assessment methods and criteria

- Active course participation, home and online tasks (0 - 5) - 50%
- Written mid-term exam (0 - 5) - 25%
- Written final exam (0 - 5) - 25%
- Oral final assignment (pass/fail)

Assessment scale

0-5

Teaching methods

Classroom teaching, independent study, pair and group activities

Learning materials

- Revised Kafe Piter 1 textbook (2020 edition). Note: Only a few copies are available at the TAMK library! You may need to buy it or borrow it from other libraries.
- Materials in Moodle

Student workload

- Contact lessons 14 x 3 h = 42 h
- Independent study = 93 h

Completion alternatives

None

Further information

The course is intended for students who had no previous Russian studies or whose elementary studies were completed several years ago.

Enrolment period

08.06.2024 - 05.09.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 16.12.2024

Credits

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Business Administration

Campus

TAMK Main Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Administration
Teachers
  • Petriina Vuorinen
Groups
  • 23LIKOTB

Objectives (course unit)

The course deepens the students' knowledge of financial accounting and closing the books.

After completing the course the students
- know how to draw up financial statements for a small company
- understand factors impacting companies’ financial result
- can utilize Fennoa accounting software in bookkeeping and balancing the books
- understand how significantly the digitalization and process automation impact companies and the role of bookkeeping.

Content (course unit)

How to draw up financial statements
What factors form companies’ financial result?
How to influence a company’s financial result?
How are the financial statements utilized?
How bookkeeping differs in various forms of businesses?
How taxation differs in various forms of businesses?

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2) (course unit)

The student knows factors affecting a company’s financial result and is able to perform
closing entries in familiar conditions. They know differences in taxation and
bookkeeping in various forms of businesses. They manage to use Fennoa accounting software in familiar situations.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4) (course unit)

The student knows the principal factors affecting company's financial result and is able to
record closing entries by using instructions. They recognize different forms of
businesses and are able to record relevant entries. The students know the basics of taxation in different forms of businesses. They can use Fennoa accounting software according to
instructions.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5) (course unit)

The student understands the factors affecting the financial result and is able to apply the
Acquired knowledge when drawing financial statements. They know how the form of business affects bookkeeping and taxation and are able to utilize that information in practice.
The student has mastered Fennoa accounting software.

Assessment scale

0-5